Dental Library eBooks: Home

This comprehensive guide to color science and shade selection in Dentistry presents all the theory and clinical guidance required in order to achieve consistent clinical success. The book opens by reviewing color and its dimensions and discussing color perception, drawing attention to the various phenomena that impact upon it. Shade selection in Operative Dentistry is then explained in detail with the aid of copious illustrations. The coverage encompasses shade selection methods for resin-based composite restorations and for bleaching procedures, with presentation of the latest evidence on their accuracy and reliability. Guidance is then provided on how to achieve predictable color harmony between the natural tooth and the composite restorative material in the context of biomimetic Dentistry, with discussion of special effects, pigments, layering techniques, surface texture, and finishing and polishing. Changes in color over time and responses to such changes are also outlined. The book will be of value for practitioners in Restorative and Esthetic Dentistry as well as for dental students and researchers.

Dental Wear in Evolutionary and Biocultural Contexts provides a single source for disseminating the current state-of-the-art research regarding dental wear across a variety of hominoid species under a number of temporal and spatial contexts. The volume begins with a brief introductory chapter addressing the general history, understandings and approaches to the study of dental wear. Remaining chapters cover dental macrowear and dental microwear. Students and professionals in anthropology, specifically paleoanthropologists, bioarcheologists, archaeologists, and primatologists will find this book to be a valuable resource. In addition, it is a helpful guide for dentists and other dental professionals interested in dental function. Covers a wide range of topics, including method and theory, macrowear and microwear in primates, and fossil hominins Highlights several recent technological innovations, including occlusal fingerprinting, considerations of enamel mechanical properties, and microwear texture Includes case studies from archaeological populations

"This book teaches you how to evaluate each patient who walks through your door from the macro to the micro, focusing first on the big picture and then working your way to the minute details in order to treatment plan for the best possible outcome, taking into consideration concepts like esthetic balance and smile projection. The author shows that orthodontics is about more than occlusal function; its about creating smiles that are functional and beautiful"--

This book acquaints the clinician with the full range of parameters that need to be considered before undertaking an esthetic rehabilitation with veneers and describes current clinical concepts and techniques. The initial chapters provide the foundation for a comprehensive treatment plan. It is explained how digital smile design in conjunction with a wax-up and functional esthetic prototype allow a patient to visualize the possibilities. Occlusion prior to the initiation of treatment and following treatment is key to the longevity of restorations, and this aspect is given careful consideration. Detailed advice is also offered on proper selection of materials and their placement. The guidance provided will ensure that the reader is fully equipped to gather and assess all relevant information prior to commencement of the final treatment. The treatment itself can range from minimally invasive to more complex depending on the requirements of each individual case. Among the clinical concepts discussed in the book are the use of etched porcelain restorations, minimally invasive CAD/CAM veneers, and the ink glue technique.

The esthetic harmony and effectiveness of occlusal function are integrated and are in constant movement in the search for balance. This book, written by a top expert in the field, is about the preservation and enhancement of smile esthetics. The richly illustrated content aims to enhance the clinician's understanding of the static and dynamic principles that act on a patient's stomatognathic system.The main themes of the book – treatment planning and occlusion – are inseparable factors for the success of every restorative treatment. It is only from a complete understanding of the varied and complex relationships between these aspects that the clinician can diagnose and treat a patient with a pragmatic and effective long-term approach.In a clear and uncomplicated manner, the book presents protocols containing all the relevant aspects related to the topic so that excellent results can be obtained with consistency and predictability. The content is based on an extensive literature review and contains the best-quality scientific evidence available at the time of publication, accompanied by the author's valuable commentary and notes. Inhaltsverzeichnis Part 1. The Treatment Planning ProcessChapter 01. AnamnesisChapter 02. Clinical ExaminationChapter 03. interdisciplinary Treatment PlanningChapter 04. Selection of Restorative MaterialChapter 05. Treatment Plan PresentationChapter 06. Control and MaintanancePart 2. Esthetics and FunctionChapter 07. Introduction to Functional OcclusionChapter 08. Mounting on a Semi-Adjustable ArticulatorChapter 09. Maxilomandibular RelationshipChapter 10. Functional GuidanceChapter 11. Vertical Dimension of OcclusionChapter 12. Occlusal PlaneChapter 13. Occlusal AdjustmentChapter 14. Stabilizing Interocclusal Splint Biographische Informationen Master's degree and Doctor in Dental Prosthesis (FOUSP); Specialist in Dental Prosthesis (CFO). Visiting Professor, Department of Restorative Dentistry, University of Florida School of Dentistry (USA). Former Adjunct Professor of Dental Prosthesis at the Universities Braz Cubas (Mogi das Cruzes-SP) and Guarulhos (Guarulhos-SP). Former President of the Brazilian Society of Esthetic Dentistry (SBOE) and of the Brazilian Academy of Esthetic Dentistry (ABOE). Member of the scientific editorial board of the Journal of Esthetic and Restorative Dentistry, in addition to the International Journal of Esthetic Dentistry and International Journal of Periodontics and Restorative Dentistry (Portuguese editions). Clinical practices with a focus on restorative dentistry since 1988.

This book provides all the information needed by the dentist in order to understand functional occlusion and describes a coherent method that, through application of principles of form and function, allows the delivery of predictable, natural, and long-lasting aesthetic results. After clear explanation of the concepts of functional aesthetics, functional occlusion, and the envelope of function, the 12 stages of a complete examination are carefully set out, with accompanying rationale. Similarly, full guidance is provided on acquisition of appropriate diagnostic records, comprising perfect impressions, facebow transfer, centric relation bite record, and digital photographs. Further, a method for correct determination of the incisal edge position is presented, with explanation of the importance of this position to aesthetics, function, and phonetics. A step-by-step description of the treatment planning process is then provided, followed by guidance on preparation design and fabrication of restorations. Readers will find the book to be an invaluable aid to attainment of consistent aesthetic results based on stable occlusion. 

This book is a wide-ranging reference on current clinical and scientific knowledge regarding the various aspects of molar incisor hypomineralization (MIH). Background information is first presented on the structural properties of hypomineralized enamel, the prevalence of MIH, and potential etiological factors. Subsequent chapters focus on key considerations in clinical practice. Diagnostic criteria, classifications, and treatment strategies are discussed and detailed attention is devoted to potential associations between MIH and caries, the occurrence of hypomineralized primary teeth, and the knowledge and experience of dentists concerning MIH. In the last part of the book, the different treatment options are systematically presented and reviewed, covering pain control, prophylaxis and desensitization, fissure sealing, direct and indirect restorations, and extraction therapy. The cost-effectiveness of the available procedures is also considered. The book is written by acknowledged international experts in the field and will be an ideal source of up-to-date information and guidance for both dental professionals and postgraduate students.

Practical Procedures in IMPLANT DENTISTRY Master the fundamentals and intricacies of implant dentistry with this comprehensive and practical new resource Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry delivers a comprehensive collection of information demonstrating the science and clinical techniques in implant dentistry. Written in a practical and accessible style that outlines the principles and procedures of each technique, the book offers clinical tips and references to build a comprehensive foundation of knowledge in implantology. Written by an international team of contributors with extensive clinical and academic expertise, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry covers core topics such as: Rationale and assessment for implant placement and restoration, including the diagnostic records and surgical considerations required for optimal planning and risk management Incision design considerations and flap management, with an essential knowledge of regional neuro-vascular structures Implant placement, encompassing the timing of the placement, bone requirements and understanding the importance of the peri-implant interface for soft tissue stability Impression techniques, loading protocols, digital workflows and the aesthetic considerations of implants Prosthetic rehabilitation of single tooth implants to fully edentulous workflows, including discussions of soft tissue support, biomechanics and occlusal verification Perfect for both general dental practitioners and specialists in implant dentistry, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry is also a valuable reference to senior undergraduate and postgraduate dental students.

Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry A quick reference to essential techniques in periodontics and implant dentistry designed for clinical use In Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry, distinguished periodontist Dr. Edgard El Chaar delivers a comprehensive quick reference to key information on periodontics and implant dentistry. The book takes a concise and technique-based approach to the subject, a design that allows clinicians to rapidly find and apply important information in seeing cases. It provides brief chapters with plentiful and instructive images. This manual is precise, offers quick access to the fundamentals of each of the pertinent topics in the field, and provides practitioners the ability to refer to an authoritative and straightforward resource in their daily clinical practice. It includes radiographs, histological images, clinical photographs, and line drawings. Readers will also find: A thorough introduction to the anatomy and physiology of the periodontium, including an overview of gingival tissue, embryonic development, and soft tissue physiology Comprehensive explorations of wound healing, pathology of periodontal disease, and oral medicine and pathology In-depth discussions of patient examination and initial therapy, surgical anatomy and local anesthesia, and suturing techniques Fulsome presentations of osseous surgery, clinical crown lengthening, and the principles of implant dentistry Perfect for general practitioners, periodontists, and implant dentists, Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry will also earn a place in the libraries of dental students with an interest in periodontics.

"This book describes the biologic basis for restoring weakened teeth with post and core systems, focusing on how to do this conservatively and esthetically to maximize longevity"--

This excellently illustrated book aims to equip dentists, oral surgeons, and trainees with the detailed knowledge of anatomical variations in the oral region that is now required for optimal daily clinical practice. The book opens with an introductory section on anatomical variations from the point of view of different clinical practitioners - oral and maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and endodontists. The newest anatomical knowledge and variations are then presented in turn for the mandible, maxillary sinus, hard palate, floor of the mouth, lips, temporomandibular joint, and teeth. In each chapter, clinical annotations are included in order to enhance understanding of the relationships between surgery and anatomy. The internationally renowned authors have been carefully selected for their expertise in the topics that they discuss. Anatomical Variations in Clinical Dentistry will be invaluable for general dentists, endodontists, periodontists, and implantologists and will also be an asset for anatomists, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, otolaryngologists, dental students, and dental hygienists.

This atlas is a detailed and complete guide on imaging of the dentomaxillofacial region, a region of high interest to a wide range of specialists. A large number of injuries and patient's treatment involve the facial skeleton. Enriched by radiographic images and illustrations, this book explores the anatomy of this region presenting its imaging characteristics through the most commonly available  techniques (MDCT, CBCT, MRI and US). In addition, two special chapters on angiography and micro-CT expand the limits of dentomaxillofacial imaging. This comprehensive book will be an invaluable tool for radiologists, dentists, surgeons and ENT specialists in their training and daily practice.

This volume provides an eloquent review of the anatomy and physiology of phonation, the work-up of patients with voice disorders, basic evaluation of wind instrument performance and dysfunction, and a full description of the most common skeletal and non-skeletal dentofacial anomalies, including their means of diagnosis and treatment. This is followed by a comprehensive review of literature on the vocal and acoustic features of affected patients, as well as the special considerations in wind instrumentalists. The effect of orthodontic therapy/ orthognathic surgery on voice, associated upper airway changes, and wind instruments performance is emphasized. The information provided in this book will heighten the patients', therapists', teachers' and physicians' awareness of the vocal characteristics and wind instrumentalists concerns often associated with these conditions. Dentofacial Anomalies: Implications for Voice and Wind Instrument Performance is addressed to otolaryngologists, laryngologists, speech-language pathologists, voice teachers, professional voice users, wind instrumentalists, instrument teachers, arts medicine physicians, physical therapists, orthodontists and other dentists, as well as members of the general public who are concerned about their voices and or wind instrument playing.

A sound knowledge of head and neck anatomy is essential for the safe and effective practice of clinical dentistry, and much clinically relevant and important anatomy can be learned by examining the living subject in conjunction with radiological images, especially those using CT reconstruction. This book bridges the gap between 'textbook' topographical anatomy and the anatomy of the living subject, as experienced in clinical practice. With detailed instructions on how to locate and examine anatomical structures, this practical guide encourages students to work together in small groups, examining each other and themselves as living models. As they progress through the book, students will become more confident about correlating living and radiological examination. The radiographic content utilises the latest forms of imaging and is intended to complement, where relevant, the topographical features in the living subject.

Abrahams' and McMinn's Clinical Atlas of Human Anatomy, 8th Edition delivers the straightforward visual guidance you need to perform confidently in all examinations and understand spatial relationships required during your medical training, while also acquiring the practical anatomical knowledge needed for your future clinical career. Respected authority Prof. Peter Abrahams and his team of leading international anatomists and radiologists link a vast collection of clinical images to help you master all the essential correlations between the basic science of anatomy and its clinical practice. See what to look for and how to proceed thanks to an unsurpassed collection of labelled dissection photographs, supported by clear, explanatory diagrams and modern imaging Correlate anatomy to clinical practice with a wealth of MR, CT, DSA, radiographic, endoscopic, and operative images that demonstrate how structures are viewed today in the clinical setting Thoroughly revised and updated throughout, including: brand new dissections, to further improve clarity and consistency throughout the book in every region all new colour overlays added to selected dissections making it even easier to identify key nerves, arteries, veins and especially lymphatics fully revised neuroanatomy content reflects the latest understanding of functional neuroanatomy as seen with modern 3D and functional imaging updated and coloured and a unique lymphatics section Includes access to the complete, enhanced eBook - unlocking a huge, carefully-selected collection of BONUS CLINICAL material, integrated throughout on almost every page to enhance your study and help make those essential clinical / anatomical connections. This sets Abrahams' and McMinn's apart from any other atlases of human anatomy! 200+ 3D scans,- allowing you to view the body in a more dynamic way to aid your understanding of dynamic anatomy. Master the 500 clinical conditions every physician should know by reviewing the associated clinical topics - featuring over 2000 additional clinical photos, radiological images, and case presentations not found in the printed book. Learn from the culmination of over 45 years international clinical experience of Prof. Abrahams and over 100 of his colleagues worldwide who have contributed to this unique collection of clinical anatomy images.

Now in full color, the Fourth Edition of this classic text combines concise yet complete coverage of head and neck anatomy with superb photographs, drawings, and tables to provide students with a thorough understanding of this vital subject. This edition contains basic anatomic information not found in other specialized textbooks of head and neck anatomy. It details structures of the oral cavity from an oral examination point of view to promote the practical application of fundamental anatomic concepts. Other features include Clinical Considerations boxes that highlight the clinical significance of anatomy, a discussion of the anatomic basis of local anesthesia and lymphatic drainage, and an embryological account of head and neck development.

The book's detailed coverage of dental anatomy and terminology prepares students for success on national board exams, while up-to-date information on the application of tooth morphology to dental practice prepares them for success in their future careers.Updated throughout with the latest scientific and technological advances, the Ninth Edition features expanded content, new tooth identification labeling exercises, additional board-style learning exercises, and a substantially updated full color art and design program.

This comprehensive atlas, featuring a wealth of top quality photographs of fresh cadaveric dissections, is a superb guide to anatomic structures in the oral and maxillofacial region that will be an ideal aid in clinical practice. It has the important benefit of enabling readers to observe the anatomy from the same view as seen during invasive clinical procedures. This is critical for a better understanding of these procedures, and surgical annotations are included as necessary. Atlas of Oral and Maxillofacial Anatomy is the first book of its kind to be devoted to the clinical anatomy of the region for dentists and oral and maxillofacial surgeons. It will satisfy the demand for such a comprehensive atlas in this field of surgery and will be welcome and timely for clinicians and trainees. Beyond specialists and residents in oral and maxillofacial surgery and general dentists, the book will be of value for craniofacial surgeons, anatomists, plastic surgeons, ENT surgeons, head and neck surgeons, neurosurgeons, dental students, medical students, dental hygienists, and nurses working with dentists and oral and maxillofacial surgeons.

Learn to prevent, recognize, and manage complications of local anesthesia administration. Written by Dr. Stanley Malamed, the leading expert on anesthesia in dentistry, the Handbook of Local Anesthesia, 7th Edition covers all the latest advances in science, instrumentation, and pain control techniques. From basic concepts to specific injection techniques, from dosage charts to the proper care and handling of equipment, this how-to guide provides in-depth, full-color coverage of key anesthesia topics, including specific hazards and errors in technique that may result in complications. Recognized as THE local anesthesia textbook in dentistry for over 30 years, the seventh edition has been thoroughly updated with the latest in safe anesthesia practices in dentistry. Written by Dr. Stanley Malamed, one of the most in-demand and globally recognized experts on dental anesthesia and sedation. Full-color photographs and line drawings enhance important points throughout book. Step-by-step procedures cover the techniques for administering intraoral anesthesia.  Detailed descriptions of routes of anesthesia administration included throughout text.  Logical Organization of content divides book into four parts including -Drugs, The Armamentarium, Techniques of Regional Anesthesia in Dentistry, and Complications, Legal Considerations, Questions, and the Future NEW! Updated and enhanced content throughout reflects latest research evidence. NEW! Two added chapters cover problems in achieving pain control and their solutions; and recent advances in local anesthesia.  NEW! Addition of an Expert Consult Site allows you to search the entire book electronically.

This book is a comprehensive guide for dentists on the practical use of midazolam in Pediatric Dentistry. It discusses predictable ways to achieve minimal/moderate sedation with midazolam. Midazolam is one of the most effective anxiolytic drugs and the sedative of choice in pediatric patients, especially for those of a certain age, extreme anxiety, and an inability to comprehend instructions. This book covers various aspects of midazolam sedation including pre-operative assessment, case selection, different routes of administration, intraoperative protocol, emergency management and meticulous documentation. It explains the importance of its conjunction with sound fundamentals of non-pharmacological behavior guidance and good local anesthetic techniques. Readers will learn how the rapid absorption, onset of action and fast metabolism makes midazolam an ideal short acting agent for dental procedures in children and a valuable asset in the child management armamentarium of dentists treating children.

This book is a concise guide to the correct diagnosis and management of dental pain and anxiety. It covers psychology theories about pain, dentine sensitivity, hypersensitivity and cracked tooth syndrome. Chronic pain, temporomandibular disorders and local anesthesia are discussed, and optimal medical and perioperative pain management explained. The book is written by leading experts in the field and provides an up to date, pragmatic perspective on optimizing pain and anxiety management in the dental patient. It includes an overview of differential diagnoses of non-odontogenic orofacial pain. As well as meeting the needs of dentists, the book will be a "must read" for whole dental team.

This book reviews and describes anesthetic management of patients during oral and maxillofacial surgery. It covers applied anatomy of oral and maxillofacial surgery, difficult airway management and anesthetic techniques. The anesthetic management for patients with oral and maxillofacial disorders such as head and neck infection, head and neck injuries, and head and neck malignancy is also discussed. It will be a concise, up-to-date reference for specialists in anesthesiology, as well as practitioners in oral and maxillofacial surgery. It aims to share up-to-date knowledge and practical techniques with those who work in the fields related to oral and maxillofacial surgery.

The book discusses major technical advances and research findings in the field of machine intelligence in medical image analysis. It examines the latest technologies and that have been implemented in clinical practice, such as computational intelligence in computer-aided diagnosis, biological image analysis, and computer-aided surgery and therapy. This book provides insights into the basic science involved in processing, analysing, and utilising all aspects of advanced computational intelligence in medical decision-making based on medical imaging.

AI IN CLINICAL MEDICINE An essential overview of the application of artificial intelligence in clinical medicine AI in Clinical Medicine: A Practical Guide for Healthcare Professionalsis the definitive reference book for the emerging and exciting use of AI throughout clinical medicine. AI in Clinical Medicine: A Practical Guide for Healthcare Professionals is divided into four sections. Section 1 provides readers with the basic vocabulary that they require, a framework for AI, and highlights the importance of robust AI training for physicians. Section 2 reviews foundational ideas and concepts, including the history of AI. Section 3 explores how AI is applied to specific disciplines. Section 4 describes emerging trends, and applications of AI in medicine in the future. Readers will find that this book: Describes where AI is currently being used to change practice, and provides successful cases of AI approaches in specific medical domains. Dives into the actual implementation of AI in the healthcare setting, and addresses reimbursement, workforce, and many other practical issues. Addresses some of the unique challenges associated with AI in clinical medicine including ethical issues, as well as regulatory and privacy concerns. Includes bulleted lists of learning objectives, key insights, clinical vignettes, brief examples of where AI is successfully deployed, and examples of potential problematic uses of AI and possible risks. From radiology, to pathology, dermatology, endoscopy, robotics, virtual reality, and more, AI in Clinical Medicine: A Practical Guide for Healthcare Professionals explores all recent state-of-the-art developments in the field. It is an essential resource for a general medical audience across all disciplines, from students to clinicians, academics to policy makers.

AI in Clinical Practice: A Guide to Artificial Intelligence and Digital Medicine explains how artificial intelligence is applied to medicine, illustrating not only its enormous potential but also ancillary issues and the limits and risks inherent in its use on a large scale. The book focuses on the intersection between medicine and AI and its implications on the impact of human health care delivery. Topics discussed include wearable devices, health data, Internet of Things, virtual reality, robotic assistance system, and digital intelligence in the health sector. Additionally, sections discuss diagnostics and decision-making systems and machine/deep learning in clinical setting.This is a valuable resource for clinicians, researchers, students and members of the biomedical and medical fields who want to learn more about the use of AI to improve patient care.- Covers emerging topics related to the intersection of AI and clinical practice- Discusses the most relevant concepts and developments on AI in a didactic way for clinical applicability- Presents content tailored to a non-specialized readership, focusing on the main points that clinicians and health workers must know to be updated on the most recent developments of AI

Today's "machine-learning" systems, trained by data, are so effective that we've invited them to see and hear for us--and to make decisions on our behalf. But alarm bells are ringing. Recent years have seen an eruption of concern as the field of machine learning advances. When the systems we attempt to teach will not, in the end, do what we want or what we expect, ethical and potentially existential risks emerge. Researchers call this the alignment problem. Systems cull résumés until, years later, we discover that they have inherent gender biases. Algorithms decide bail and parole--and appear to assess Black and White defendants differently. We can no longer assume that our mortgage application, or even our medical tests, will be seen by human eyes. And as autonomous vehicles share our streets, we are increasingly putting our lives in their hands. The mathematical and computational models driving these changes range in complexity from something that can fit on a spreadsheet to a complex system that might credibly be called "artificial intelligence." They are steadily replacing both human judgment and explicitly programmed software. In best-selling author Brian Christian's riveting account, we meet the alignment problem's "first-responders," and learn their ambitious plan to solve it before our hands are completely off the wheel. In a masterful blend of history and on-the ground reporting, Christian traces the explosive growth in the field of machine learning and surveys its current, sprawling frontier. Readers encounter a discipline finding its legs amid exhilarating and sometimes terrifying progress. Whether they--and we--succeed or fail in solving the alignment problem will be a defining human story. The Alignment Problem offers an unflinching reckoning with humanity's biases and blind spots, our own unstated assumptions and often contradictory goals. A dazzlingly interdisciplinary work, it takes a hard look not only at our technology but at our culture--and finds a story by turns harrowing and hopeful.

This book provides an ideal foundation for readers to understand the application of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) techniques to expert systems in the healthcare sector. It starts with an introduction to the topic and presents chapters which progressively explain decision-making theory that helps solve problems which have multiple criteria that can affect the outcome of a decision. Key aspects of the subject such as machine learning in healthcare, prediction techniques, mathematical models and classification of healthcare problems are included along with chapters which delve in to advanced topics on data science (deep-learning, artificial neural networks, etc.) and practical examples (influenza epidemiology and retinoblastoma treatment analysis). Key Features: - Introduces readers to the basics of AI and ML in expert systems for healthcare - Focuses on a problem solving approach to the topic - Provides information on relevant decision-making theory and data science used in the healthcare industry - Includes practical applications of AI and ML for advanced readers - Includes bibliographic references for further reading The reference is an accessible source of knowledge on multi-criteria decision-support systems in healthcare for medical consultants, healthcare policy makers, researchers in the field of medical biotechnology, oncology and pharmaceutical research and development.

Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Mental Health in Pandemics: A Computational Approach provides a comprehensive guide for public health authorities, researchers and health professionals in psychological health. The book takes a unique approach by exploring how Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) based solutions can assist with monitoring, detection and intervention for mental health at an early stage. Chapters include computational approaches, computational models, machine learning based anxiety and depression detection and artificial intelligence detection of mental health. With the increase in number of natural disasters and the ongoing pandemic, people are experiencing uncertainty, leading to fear, anxiety and depression, hence this is a timely resource on the latest updates in the field.

This book explores new applications in the field of science and technology for healthcare systems. The main focus of this book is to devise smart, efficient and robust solutions for the health care sector to serve the major population of rural areas. Artificial Intelligence-based Healthcare Systems encourages scientists, engineers, and scholars across the multiple disciplines to design smart intelligent innovations on rural healthcare issues and motivate to collaborate multiple ideas to design best solutions. It also helps the readers at various levels of knowledge to further enhance their understanding for new tools and smart solutions.

This work presents the latest development in the field of computational intelligence to advance Big Data and Cloud Computing concerning applications in medical diagnosis. As forum for academia and professionals it covers state-of-the-art research challenges and issues in the digital information & knowledge management and the concerns along with the solutions adopted in these fields.

This book reviews the application of artificial intelligence and machine learning in healthcare. It discusses integrating the principles of computer science, life science, and statistics incorporated into statistical models using existing data, discovering patterns in data to extract the information, and predicting the changes and diseases based on this data and models. The initial chapters of the book cover the practical applications of artificial intelligence for disease prognosis & management. Further, the role of artificial intelligence and machine learning is discussed with reference to specific diseases like diabetes mellitus, cancer, mycobacterium tuberculosis, and Covid-19. The chapters provide working examples on how different types of healthcare data can be used to develop models and predict diseases using machine learning and artificial intelligence. The book also touches upon precision medicine, personalized medicine, and transfer learning, with the real examples. Further, it also discusses the use of machine learning and artificial intelligence for visualization, prediction, detection, and diagnosis of Covid -19. This book is a valuable source of information for programmers, healthcare professionals, and researchers interested in understanding the applications of artificial intelligence and machine learning in healthcare.

There are several popular books published in Healthcare Computational Informatics like Computational Bioengineering and Bioinformatics (2020), Springer; Health Informatics (2017), Springer; Health Informatics Vision: From Data via Information to Knowledge (2019), IOS Press; Data Analytics in Biomedical Engineering and Healthcare (2020), Elsevier. However, in all these mentioned books, the challenges in Biomedical Imaging are solved in one dimension by use of any specific technology like Image Processing, Machine Learning or Computer Aided Systems. In this book, the book it has been attempted to bring all technologies related to computational analytics together and apply them on Biomedical Imaging.

This book discusses research in Artificial Intelligence for the Internet of Health Things. It investigates and explores the possible applications of machine learning, deep learning, soft computing, and evolutionary computing techniques in design, implementation, and optimization of challenging healthcare solutions. This book features a wide range of topics such as AI techniques, IoT, cloud, wearables, and secured data transmission. Written for a broad audience, this book will be useful for clinicians, health professionals, engineers, technology developers, IT consultants, researchers, and students interested in the AI-based healthcare applications. Provides a deeper understanding of key AI algorithms and their use and implementation within the wider healthcare sector Explores different disease diagnosis models using machine learning, deep learning, healthcare data analysis, including machine learning, and data mining and soft computing algorithms Discusses detailed IoT, wearables, and cloud-based disease diagnosis model for intelligent systems and healthcare Reviews different applications and challenges across the design, implementation, and management of intelligent systems and healthcare data networks Introduces a new applications and case studies across all areas of AI in healthcare data K. Shankar (Member, IEEE) is a Postdoctoral Fellow of the Department of Computer Applications, Alagappa University, Karaikudi, India. Eswaran Perumal is an Assistant Professor of the Department of Computer Applications, Alagappa University, Karaikudi, India. Dr. Deepak Gupta is an Assistant Professor of the Department Computer Science & Engineering, Maharaja Agrasen Institute of Technology (GGSIPU), Delhi, India.

This book provides an introduction to next-generation applications and technologies for improving diagnostic accuracy and prediction of treatment outcomes in dentistry through the use of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML). The authors attempt to bridge the gap between dental research and global health outcomes, as well as provide a comprehensive guide to general and clinical aspects of dental and oral health issues and the etiology, prevalence, assessment, and management of these conditions. This book combines engineering applications and medical healthcare and will be an important reference for researchers, biomedical engineers, dental students, and dental practitioners. 

This book provides a structured and analytical guide to the use of artificial intelligence in medicine. Covering all areas within medicine, the chapters give a systemic review of the history, scientific foundations, present advances, potential trends, and future challenges of artificial intelligence within a healthcare setting. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine aims to give readers the required knowledge to apply artificial intelligence to clinical practice. The book is relevant to medical students, specialist doctors, and researchers whose work will be affected by artificial intelligence.

This book identifies Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a growing field that is being incorporated into many aspects of human life, including healthcare practice and delivery. The precision, automation, and potential of AI brings multiple benefits to the way disease is diagnosed, investigated and treated. Currently, there is a lack of any appreciable understanding of AI and this book provides detailed understandings, which include; foundational concepts, current applications, future challenges amongst most healthcare practitioners. The book is divided into four sections: basic concepts, current applications, limitations and future directions. Each section is comprised of chapters written by expert academics, researchers and practitioners at the intersection between AI and medicine. The purpose of the book is to promote AI literacy as an important component of modern medical practice. This book is suited for all readers as it requires no previous knowledge, it walks non-technical clinicians through the complex ideas and concepts in an easy to understand manner.

This Special Issue is intended to lay the foundation of AI applications focusing on oral health, including general dentistry, periodontology, implantology, oral surgery, oral radiology, orthodontics, and prosthodontics, among others.

Progress in information technology has fostered a global explosion of data generation. Accumulated big data are now estimated to be 4.4 zettabytes in the digital universe; and trends predict an exponential increase in the future. Health data are gathered from professional routine care and other expanded sources including the social determinants of health, such as Internet of Things. Biomedical research has recently moved through three stages in digital healthcare: (1) data collection; (2) data sharing; and (3) data analytics. With the explosion of stored health data, dental medicine is edging into its fourth stage of digitization using new technologies including augmented and virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and blockchain. Big data collaborations involve interactions between a diverse range of stakeholders with analytical, technical and political focus. In oral healthcare, data technology has many areas of application: prognostic analysis and predictive modeling, the identification of unknown correlations of diseases, clinical decision support for novel treatment concepts, public health surveys and population-based clinical research, as well as the evaluation of healthcare systems. The objective of this Special Issue is to provide an update on the current knowledge with state-of-the-art theory and practical information on human and social perspectives that determine the uptake of technological innovations in big data science in the field of dental medicine. Moreover, it will focus on the identification of future research needs to manage the continuous increase in health data and to accomplish its clinical translation for patient-centered research and personalized dentistry. This Special Issue welcomes all types of studies and reviews considering the perspectives of different stakeholders on technological innovations for big data science in all dental disciplines. Kind regards,

Blockchain and machine learning technologies can mitigate healthcare issues such as slow access to medical data, poor system interoperability, lack of patient agency, and data quality and quantity for medical research. Blockchain technology facilitates and secures the storage of information in such a way that doctors can see a patient's entire medical history, but researchers see only statistical data instead of any personal information. Machine learning can make use of this data to notice patterns and give accurate predictions, providing more support for the patients and also in research related fields where there is a need for accurate data to predict credible results.

The rise in living standards increases the expectation of people in almost every field. At the forefront is health. Over the past few centuries, there have been major developments in healthcare. Medical device technology and developments in artificial intelligence (AI) are among the most important ones. The improving technology and our ability to harness the technology effectively by means such as AI have led to unprecedented advances, resulting in early diagnosis of diseases. AI algorithms enable the fast and early evaluation of images from medical devices to maximize the benefits. While developments in the field of AI were quickly adapted to the field of health, in some cases this contributed to the formation of innovative artificial intelligence algorithms. Today, the most effective artificial intelligence method is accepted as deep learning. Convolutional neural network (CNN) architectures are deep learning algorithms used for image processing. This book contains applications of CNN methods. The content is quite extensive, including the application of different CNN methods to various medical image processing problems. Readers will be able to analyze the effects of CNN methods presented in the book in medical applications.

Since its first appearance, artificial intelligence has been ensuring revolutionary outcomes in the context of real-world problems. At this point, it has strong relations with biomedical and today°´9s intelligent systems compete with human capabilities in medical tasks. However, advanced use of artificial intelligence causes intelligent systems to be black-box. That situation is not good for building trustworthy intelligent systems in medical applications. For a remarkable amount of time, researchers have tried to solve the black-box issue by using modular additions, which have led to the rise of the term: interpretable artificial intelligence. As the literature matured (as a result of, in particular, deep learning), that term transformed into explainable artificial intelligence (XAI). This book provides an essential edited work regarding the latest advancements in explainable artificial intelligence (XAI) for biomedical applications. It includes not only introductive perspectives but also applied touches and discussions regarding critical problems as well as future insights. Topics discussed in the book include: °´Ø XAI for the applications with medical images °´Ø XAI use cases for alternative medical data-task °´Ø Different XAI methods for biomedical applications °´Ø Reviews for the XAI research for critical biomedical problems. Explainable Artificial Intelligence for Biomedical Applications is ideal for academicians, researchers, students, engineers, and experts from the fields of computer science, biomedical, medical, and health sciences. It also welcomes all readers of different fields to be informed about use cases of XAI in black-box artificial intelligence. In this sense, the book can be used for both teaching and reference source purposes.

Artificial Intelligence (AI) has transformed many aspects of our daily activities. Health and well-being of humans stand as one of the key domains where AI has achieved significant progresses, saving time, costs, and potentially lives, as well as fostering economic resilience, particularly under the COVID-19 pandemic environments. This book is a sequel of the Handbook of Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare. The first volume of the Handbook is dedicated to present advances and applications of AI methodologies in several specific areas, i.e., signal, image, and video processing as well as information and data analytics. In this second volume of the Handbook, general practicality challenges and future prospects of AI methodologies pertaining to healthcare and related domains are presented in Part 1 and Part 2, respectively. It is envisaged that the selected studies will provide readers a general perspective on the issues, challenges, and opportunities in designing, developing, and implementing AI-based tools and solutions in the healthcare sector, bringing benefits to transform and advance health and well-being development of humans.

Part I introduces the basic "Principles and Methods of Force Measurement" according to a classification into a dozen of force transducerstypes: resistive, inductive, capacitive, piezoelectric, electromagnetic, electrodynamic, magnetoelastic, galvanomagnetic (Hall-effect), vibrating wires, (micro)resonators, acoustic and gyroscopic. Two special chapters refer to force balance techniques and to combined methods in force measurement. Part II discusses the "(Strain Gauge) Force Transducers Components", evolving from the classical force transducer to the digital / intelligent one, with the incorporation of three subsystems (sensors, electromechanics and informatics). The elastic element (EE) is the "heart" of the force transducer and basically determines its performance. A 12-type elastic element classification is proposed (stretched / compressed column or tube, bending beam, bending and/or torsion shaft, middle bent bar with fixed ends, shear beam, bending ring, yoke or frame, diaphragm, axial-stressed torus, axisymmetrical and voluminous EE), with emphasis on the optimum place of the strain gauges. The main properties of the associated Wheatstone bridge, best suited for the parametrical transducers, are examined, together with the appropriate electronic circuits for SGFTs. The handbook fills a gap in the field of Force Measurement, both experts and newcomers, no matter of their particular interest, finding a lot of useful and valuable subjects in the area of Force Transducers; in fact, it is the first specialized monograph in this inter- and multidisciplinary field.

This book highlights recent advance in the area of Machine Learning and IoT, and their applications to solve societal issues/problems or useful for various users in the society. It is known that many smart devices are interconnected and the data generated is being analyzed and processed with machine learning models for prediction, classification, et cetera, to solve human needs in various sectors like health, road safety, agriculture, and education. This contributed book puts together chapters concerning the use of intelligent techniques in various aspects related to the IoT domain from protocols to applications, to give the reader an up-to-date picture of the state-of-the-art on the connection between computational intelligence, machine learning, and IoT.

This book reviews all aspects of the use of machine learning in contemporary dentistry, clearly explaining its significance for dental imaging, oral diagnosis and treatment, dental designs, and dental research. Machine learning is an emerging field of artificial intelligence research and practice in which computer agents are employed to improve perception, cognition, and action based on their ability to "learn", for example through use of big data techniques. Its application within dentistry is designed to promote personalized and precision patient care, with enhancement of diagnosis and treatment planning. In this book, readers will find up-to-date information on different machine learning tools and their applicability in various dental specialties. The selected examples amply illustrate the opportunities to employ a machine learning approach within dentistry while also serving to highlight the associated challenges. Machine Learning in Dentistry will be of value for all dental practitioners and researchers who wish to learn more about the potential benefits of using machine learning techniques in their work.

This book explores the intertwining domains of artificial intelligence (AI) and ethics-two highly divergent fields which at first seem to have nothing to do with one another. AI is a collection of computational methods for studying human knowledge, learning, and behavior, including by building agents able to know, learn, and behave. Ethics is a body of human knowledge-far from completely understood-that helps agents (humans today, but perhaps eventually robots and other AIs) decide how they and others should behave. Despite these differences, however, the rapid development in AI technology today has led to a growing number of ethical issues in a multitude of fields, ranging from disciplines as far-reaching as international human rights law to issues as intimate as personal identity and sexuality.

The integration of robotic systems and artificial intelligence into healthcare settings is accelerating. As these technological developments interact socially with children, the elderly, or the disabled, they may raise concerns besides mere physical safety; concerns that include data protection, inappropriate use of emotions, invasion of privacy, autonomy suppression, decrease in human interaction, and cognitive safety. Given the novelty of these technologies and the uncertainties surrounding the impact of care automation, it is unclear how the law should respond. This book investigates the legal and regulatory implications of the growing use of personal care robots for healthcare purposes. It explores the interplay between various aspects of the law, including safety, data protection, responsibility, transparency, autonomy, and dignity; and it examines different robotic and AI systems, such as social therapy robots, physical assistant robots for rehabilitation, and wheeled passenger carriers. Highlighting specific problems and challenges in regulating complex cyber-physical systems in concrete healthcare applications, it critically assesses the adequacy of current industry standards and emerging regulatory initiatives for robots and AI. After analyzing the potential legal and ethical issues associated with personal care robots, it concludes that the primarily principle-based approach of recent law and robotics studies is too abstract to be as effective as required by the personal care context. Instead, it recommends bridging the gap between general legal principles and their applicability in concrete robotic and AI technologies with a risk-based approach using impact assessments. As the first book to compile both legal and regulatory aspects of personal care robots, this book will be a valuable addition to the literature on robotics, artificial intelligence, human-robot interaction, law, and philosophy of technology.

This book offers readers a valuable overview of recent advances in biomedical engineering, as applied to the modern dentistry.  It begins by studying the biomaterials in dentistry, and materials used intraoperatively during oral and maxillofacial surgery procedures. Next, it considers the subjects in which biomedical engineers can be influential, such as 3-dimensional (3D) imaging, laser and photobiomodulation, surface modification of dental implants, and bioreactors. Hard and soft tissue engineerings in dentistry are discussed, and some specific and essential methods such as 3D-printing are elaborated. Presenting particular clinical functions of regenerative dentistry and tissue engineering in treatment of oral and maxillofacial soft tissues is the subject of a separate chapter.  Challenges in the rehabilitation handling of large and localized oral and maxillofacial defects is a severe issue in dentistry, which are considered to understand how bioengineers help with treatment methods in this regard. Recent advances in nanodentistry is discussed followed by a chapter on the applications of stem cell-encapsulated hydrogel in dentistry.Periodontal regeneration is a challenging issue in dentistry, and thus, is going to be considered separately to understand the efforts and achievements of tissue engineers in this matter.  Oral mucosa grafting is a practical approach in engineering and treatment of tissues in ophthalmology, which is the subject of another chapter. Microfluidic approaches became more popular in biomedical engineering during the last decade; hence, one chapter focuses on the advanced topic of microfluidics technologies using oral factors as saliva-based studies.  Injectable gels in endodontics is a new theme in dentistry that bioengineering skills can advance its development, specifically by producing clinically safe and effective gels with regeneration and antibacterial properties.  Engineered products often need to be tested in vivo before being clinical in dentistry; thus, one chapter is dedicated to reviewing applicable animal models in dental research. The last chapter covers the progress on the whole tooth bioengineering as a valuable and ultimate goal of many dental researchers. Offers readers an interdisciplinary approach that relates biomedical engineering and restorative dentistry Discusses recent technological achievements in engineering with applications in dentistry Provides useful tool to dental companies for future product planning, specifically to biomedical engineers engaged in dental research

Dentistry is a branch of medicine with its own peculiarities and very diverse areas of action, which means that it can be considered as an interdisciplinary field. Currently the use of new techniques and technologies receives much attention. Biodental Engineering III contains contributions from 13 countries, which were presented at BIODENTAL 2014,

Biomaterials are composed of metallic materials, ceramics, polymers, composites and hybrid materials. Biomaterials used in human beings require safety regulations, toxicity, allergic reaction, etc. When used as implantable materials their biological compatibility, biomechanical compatibility, and morphological compatibility must be acessed. This book explores the design and requirements of biomaterials for the use in implantology.

Nano-engineering offers unique solutions for biomedical implants to meet compromised patient conditions via enhanced bioactivity and local drug release. This book presents the cutting-edge nano-engineered dental implant solutions that has the potential to ensure long-term success of dental implants while maintaining clinical translatability. From surface modification of titanium/zirconium dental implants to advanced therapeutic enhancements to treat infection and poor integration, this book advances the field of dental implant nano-engineering, showcasing current trends and future directions.

This fully revised new edition explores advances in the prevention and treatment of oral diseases. Beyond the updated chapters, the book delves into regenerative biology, gene editing and the use of CRISPR in oral biology, as well as histone acetylation and deacetylation methods, further reflecting advances in the application of molecular techniques to oral biology. Written for the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step and readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.  Authoritative and up-to-date, Oral Biology: Molecular Techniques and Applications, Third Edition serves as an ideal basic resource not only for new researchers but also for experienced scientists wishing to expand their research platform into new areas of this vital field.

Biomaterials are composed of metallic materials, ceramics, polymers, composites and hybrid materials. Biomaterials used in human beings require safety regulations, toxicity, allergic reaction, etc. When used as implantable materials their biological compatibility, biomechanical compatibility, and morphological compatibility must be acessed. This book explores the design and requirements of biomaterials for the use in implantology.

This textbook details the latest diagnostic and management options available when treating patients with diseases affecting the oral mucosa. It comprehensively covers the content required to successfully pass dermatology and stomatology board examinations, while being a valuable resource for dentistry trainees. Chapters cover aspects of mucosal immunity and clinical scores along with a range of diseases. Didactic features including learning objectives enable the reader to better extrapolate the key concepts covered in each chapter. Diseases of the Oral Mucosa: Study Guide and Review presents an in depth overview of the latest diagnostic tools and management options available for diseases of the oral mucosa and is an ideal resource for trainee and practising dentists, dermatologists and stomatologists preparing to sit board examinations.

The field of endodontics has seen significant developments since the first edition of this book was published in 2016. Evidence-based standards evolve as the literature changes, and practitioners must adapt their clinical practice accordingly. The second edition of this study guide known in some circles as The Orange Book has been updated based on new peer-reviewed journal articles, position statements, and guidelines, and revisions are reflected in the current treatment protocols for pulpal and periapical diseases as well as traumatic dental injuries, cracked and fractured teeth, and resorptive dental injuries. Each chapter concludes with an extensive bibliography of the scientific literature for further reference. Whether this book is supplementing your predoctoral or postdoctoral endodontics curriculum or guiding your self-study in general dental or specialty practice, know you will be on the forefront of the field.

Ace your courses and the USMLE with the go-to review guide--complete with critical concepts and fully updated practice questions Histology and Cell Biology is designed and formatted in a way that helps you make the most of your time, whether you're studying this topic for the first time or reviewing for the USMLE. With this focused review you'll be able to pinpoint your weak areas, then improve your comprehension with learning aids designed to help you understand and retain even the most difficult material. This popular LANGE guide provides everything you need to know about the four basic tissues types, and organs and organ systems. Each chapter is devoted to a specific topic and includes learning aids, such as objectives highlighting significant facts and concepts; study questions directing students to facts commonly covered on exams; synopsis presented in outline form that reviews all the basic histology and related cell biology covered on exams; and multiple-choice practice questions written in USMLE format. This authoritative resource concludes with a diagnostic final exam, updated with longer, case-related stems that mimic the USMLE Step 1 exam. NEW: Thoroughly revised Q&A NEW: Completely updated text and practice questions to reflect current knowledge NEW: Information added to each chapter regarding relevant pathology/clinical issues Good Text for first year students, help understand and piece together professors' lectures Great Practice Q&A

Jones & Bartlett Learning's Certification Preparation for Dental Assisting prepares students for the Certified Dental Assistant (CDA®) exam. This review book follows the organization of the Dental Assisting National Board, Inc. (DANB) exam outline, and features a comprehensive outline format with integrated review questions for each subtopic. A 320-question simulated exam is included in the text. Accompanying the book is a CD-ROM featuring all 480 questions from the text along with an additional 480 questions for a total of 960 dental assisting review questions. Study and test-taking tips as well as rationales for each of the questions are included to help students prepare for the exam.

"MCQs, SAQs, EMQs and OSCEs for Oral Pathology and Oral Medicine-An exam-focused Approach" is designed to serve as a companion to the available textbooks in oral pathology and oral medicine and is meant to serve as a revision tool for dental students and graduates preparing for examinations. The book is structured to complement student lecture notes, recommended textbooks and past exam papers. Globally, the current trend is to use a combination of multiple-choice questions (MCQs), short answer questions (SAQs), extended matching questions (EMQs) and objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) stations in the examination process. Available textbooks in oral pathology and oral medicine are not of much value to students preparing for exams using these assessment formats. The aim of this book therefore is to offer students with a single source that would assist them to prepare for exams.Target audience for this book includes dental students, oral health therapy and dental hygiene students, overseas-trained dental graduates preparing for board or licensing examinations and those preparing for membership or fellowship examinations of the Royal Surgical Colleges.

The oral board exam for the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (ABOMS) can be intimidating to many surgeons due to the broad range of information one must know for the exam. However, while the examination guidelines provide a general outline of topics that may be covered, there is no true direction on how to prepare for it. Traditionally, candidates do so by using what are considered "underground" databanks, previous test questions, and power point presentations that run the gamut of commonly covered material. Until now, there have been no current comprehensive oral board review books available for the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery boards. Oral Board Review for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery fills that gap as the go-to resource for those attempting to successfully challenge the oral boards and for residents to polish up on their training.   Edited and authored by top physicians in the field, this book is concise and easy to read, yet thorough with high yield information. An outline of the pertinent material is reviewed, and a patient work up is presented. Important questions to ask, signs to look for, and labs/images to order are included. It also includes tables and keywords that are typically mentioned on the exam and also offers explanations to some key points. Next are cases, which are presented in a question and answer format. As the case progresses, more complicated scenarios requiring management are presented. Lastly, complications are covered, which is the final section of each board scenario. Included are basic topics the surgeon needs to know, followed by topics that are nice to know, and numerous highly debated/complex questions that are discussed among candidates preparing for the exam. It should be noted that the authors are not privy to any inside information about the exam. What is presented is material candidates that have successfully passed the exam feel is important to know. This book is not endorsed by American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons or the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

Oxford Assess and Progress: Clinical Dentistry features over 270 Single Best Answer questions. Written and peer-reviewed by clinicians working within each specialty and mapped to dental school curricula, this is an authoritative guide for dental students providing a wealth of revision.Organised by specialties, chapter introductions unlock difficult subjects with hints and tips. Each question is accompanied by detailed answers explaining the rationale behind right and wrong answers. Cross-references to the Oxford Handbook of Clinical Dentistry and further reading resources, expandyour revision further. A four star rating system indicating question difficulty to monitor your progress as you learn. Key words also help highlight specific clues or words that can assist with recall.Oxford Assess and Progress: Clinical Dentistry is your prescription for exam succcess.

"Textbook covers a broad range of topics to prepare aspiring periodontists for exams as well as dental practice, including vocab words, tables, diagrams, and illustrations for additional context"--

Dentistry has constantly evolved over the years to keep abreast of the latest trends, techniques, and diagnostic procedures. Dental Schools have undergone a number of changes in an effort to arrive upon the ideal format for testing clinical knowledge in examinations. Multiple-choice questions (MCQs) have been the most common modality by which dental students were examined. Although MCQs enable the testing of a broad range of topics, as well as being cost effective, they have largely been abandoned in favour of scenario-based questions (SBQs). Traditional MCQs often abstract and measure only whether people recall facts in their short-term memory. Converting these questions to scenario-based questions can increase the level of difficulty, measure higher level thought and providing relevant context. The authors of Scenario Based MCQ in Dentistry have endeavoured to keep these facts in mind and provide a significant number of high-quality SBQs that comprehensively examine the dental curriculum. Most of the questions are scenario based. Each question not only provides an opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and correctly identify the single best answer to a question, but also to learn why the other answers are wrong, greatly increasing the clinical acumen and learning opportunity of the reader. Selection tests and competitive exams are hurdles that a candidate seeks to clear with ease. It all depends on meticulous preparation and the quality of resource materials available to the student. Considering the quantity of subject matter that needs to be covered, it becomes a herculean task unless the candidate chooses the right training tool. Reference texts are often too advanced and undergraduate texts are insufficiently updated or lacking in depth and detail. In this context, a lack of good revision aids can be frustrating. This book has been compiled with the selection tests in mind as a tool for rapid revision and analytical learning. It is useful for doctors, dental students, graduates, dental nurses, technicians, as well as specialists seeking professional excellence, or for those studying for the various licensing exams conducted by SCFHS, Saudi Board, HAAD, OMSB, SCHQ, DHCC, DHA, and MOH. This book aims to provide dental students with a useful source for exam preparation, as well as for supplementing the readers' knowledge so that they feel fully prepared for the various postgraduate entrance examinations.

The American DentalAssociation's CDT 2024: Current Dental Terminology provides the mostcurrent information required for consistent and accurate documentation ofservices delivered, facilitating efficient processing of dental claims. Thisbook includes every code with its full descriptor. Understanding the descriptorcan help determine whether the procedure code accurately describes the serviceprovided and can help resolve questions about the accuracy of claimsubmissions. Dental practices can rely on the ADA, the official and definitivesource of CDT, to help them submit accurate claims, and streamline reimbursements,and avoid rejections.  CDT 2024 changesinclude  15additions and  2revisions ; no deleted codes in 2024. CDT 2024 includes a new category of service for Sleep ApneaServices. In addition, it features new codes for; Screening for sleep-related breathing disorders; Fabrication and delivery of oral appliancetherapy (OAT); Excisional biopsy of minor salivary glands; Immunization counseling; Application of hydroxyapatite regenerationmedicament; Placement of a custom removable clear plastictemporary aesthetic appliance  In addition to providing the most up-to-datecodes, CDT 2024 also includes access to the CDT e-book, mobile app, and webapp, providing digital access to the full suite of CDT codes and descriptors.You will also find ICD-10-CM codes for dental procedures, making CDT 2024 themost valuable resource to meet your coding needs.

This companion to CDT 2021: Current Dental Terminology helps train the dental team to code accurately and efficiently. Developed by the ADA, the official source for CDT codes, this resource includes more than 200 frequently asked coding questions and gives the answers dentists and dental teams need. It also presents more than 140 common dental coding scenarios and explains how to properly resolve them. The CDT 2021 Coding Companion reflects 2021 code changes with explanations of codes dealing with: counseling for the control and prevention of adverse oral, behavioral, and systemic health effects associated with high-risk substance use, including vaping; medicament application for the prevention of caries; image captures done through teledentistry by a licensed practitioner to forward to another dentist for interpretation; testing to identify patients who may be infected with SARS-CoV-2 (aka COVID-19). Organized by category of service so information is easier to find based on the specific needs of the dental practice. Includes illustrated section on coding for implants; ICD-10 Diagnosis codes and how they relate to dentistry; alphabetic and numeric indexes.

Dental Wear in Evolutionary and Biocultural Contexts provides a single source for disseminating the current state-of-the-art research regarding dental wear across a variety of hominoid species under a number of temporal and spatial contexts. The volume begins with a brief introductory chapter addressing the general history, understandings and approaches to the study of dental wear. Remaining chapters cover dental macrowear and dental microwear. Students and professionals in anthropology, specifically paleoanthropologists, bioarcheologists, archaeologists, and primatologists will find this book to be a valuable resource. In addition, it is a helpful guide for dentists and other dental professionals interested in dental function. Covers a wide range of topics, including method and theory, macrowear and microwear in primates, and fossil hominins Highlights several recent technological innovations, including occlusal fingerprinting, considerations of enamel mechanical properties, and microwear texture Includes case studies from archaeological populations

The contributed volume "Multidisciplinarity and Interdisciplinarity in Health" is a health-centered volume of the Integrated Science Book series. Lack of confidence, lack of expertise, complexities of healthcare, the confusing nature of healthcare environments, and lack of organization and standardization can become obstacles to successful communication. This volume establishes how extensive is the interface between formal sciences and medical sciences on health-related issues. The book provides an overview of the value of the integration of formal, biological, and medical sciences and related products, i.e., health informatics and biomedical engineering, to frame a holistic approach to health systems, healthcare, medical practice, drug discovery, and medical device design. The book also focuses on innovative solutions to the most critical issues of different health crisis, including obesity, infectious outbreaks, and cancer that can be found by using an integrative approach. It also contains the fascinating crossroads between medical sciences, physics, and mind that is discussed from multiple perspectives on cognition, neuroscience, and psychiatry. These multidisciplinary considerations will expand the concepts of creativity, leadership, aesthetics, empathy and mental health.   

This book is a multidisciplinary guide to head and neck cancer.Head and neck cancer remains one of the most technically complex cancer subsites to manage. This field involves highly specialized, multidisciplinary management and collaboration amongst surgeons, radiation oncologists, medical oncologists, radiologists, pathologists, and other health disciplines. The clinical and research landscape for head and neck oncology continues to evolve at a rapid pace. This multidisciplinary book provides the latest updates in the contemporary understanding and management of these tumors. The text incorporates updates in surgical techniques (minimally invasive and robotic techniques, reconstructive approaches), radiation medicine (new data on dose and fields, oligometastatic/oligoprogressive disease, retreatment), medical oncology (targeted, immunotherapy and molecular agents), in addition to other overarching topics such as side effects, biomarkers/nanotechnology, and epidemiology. Written by experts in their respective fields, chapters include the most up to date scientific and clinical information with perspectives from each relevant subspeciality. These sections are concise and accessible, yet comprehensive. Palliative medicine, pathologic and imaging principles, and health systems/economics considerations are also described. This book is an ideal resource for clinicians, trainees, and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this challenging malignancy. 

This fully revised new edition explores advances in the prevention and treatment of oral diseases. Beyond the updated chapters, the book delves into regenerative biology, gene editing and the use of CRISPR in oral biology, as well as histone acetylation and deacetylation methods, further reflecting advances in the application of molecular techniques to oral biology. Written for the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step and readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and up-to-date, Oral Biology: Molecular Techniques and Applications, Third Edition serves as an ideal basic resource not only for new researchers but also for experienced scientists wishing to expand their research platform into new areas of this vital field.

Basic Guide to Dental Sedation Nursing offers a complete resource for information about dental sedation nursing. Updated to reflect the current National Examining Board of Dental Nurses (NEBDN) curriculum, the new edition provides essential information on the subject in an accessible format. The book starts by defining conscious sedation and discusses why dental sedation is used before moving on to discuss topics such as the medico-legal aspects, the dental nurse's role, equipment, patient selection, types of sedation, medical emergencies, and anatomy.  Presents essential evidence-based information on dental sedation nursing Reflects the current NEBDN curriculum Supported by images to demonstrate the concepts discussed Basic Guide to Dental Sedation Nursing is a useful manual for sedation nurses undertaking any of the NEBDN sedation qualifications, including the NEBDN Diploma in Dental Nursing, City and Guilds or CACHE Dental Nursing qualifications, as well as for dental hygienists and therapists.

An updated second edition of the essential reference for any dental nurse undertaking the NEBDN qualification in Orthodontic Dental Nursing The revised second edition of Basic Guide to Orthodontic Dental Nursing is a comprehensive guide that offers an introduction for students seeking to develop their knowledge and understanding of this core area of clinical practice. Written in a clear and accessible format, it covers key subjects such as tooth eruption patterns, removable and fixed appliances, de-bonding and retention. It also contains information on care prior to treatment including the requirements for a first appointment and a helpful guide on maintaining motivation particularly for young patients and their parents. Presents essential information on orthodontic dental nursing Is written for trainee dental nurses undertaking the National Examining Board for Dental Nurses (NEBDN) qualification in Orthodontic Dental Nursing Covers key topics such as tooth eruption patterns, removable and fixed appliances, de-bonding and retention Includes colour illustrations and updated photographs throughout Designed to reflect sections of the syllabus of the NEBDN Certificate in Orthodontic Dental Nursing, the second edition of Basic Guide to Orthodontic Dental Nursing is an invaluable resource for all dental nurses with an interest in orthodontics.

Rely on this handy guide to quickly reference the must-know information you need to prepare for the everyday encounters you’ll face in clinical and practice. From easy-to-scan charts of the teeth and detailed depictions of dental instruments to helpful tips on how to administer oxygen and assist patients with multiple medical conditions, this comprehensive, chairside guide is the perfect companion for any setting.

This updated Third Edition of General and Oral Pathology for the Dental Hygienist provides the information students need to develop an understanding of basic pathology and recognize the clinical manifestations of oral and systemic disease. In accordance with ADEA Curriculum Guidelines, which stress the recognition of oral disease based on clinical signs and symptoms, the oral pathology section is uniquely organized by distinct clinical/radiographic features of oral lesions to help students evaluate and categorize lesions according to appearance, emphasizing the concept of differential diagnosis. This edition features new "Oral Medicine Considerations" that highlight the relationship between oral and systemic disease, a stunning collection of art work with over 600 images, and a wide range of online resources, such as case studies and practice questions, that reinforce student learning.

The future of medicine--and the key to a healthier life--starts in your mouth American dentists are beginning to discover what some of their European counterparts have long understood: Many common chronic conditions--obesity, inflammation, stroke, diabetes, Alzheimer's, heart disease, and cancer, among others--often have their origins in the mouth. In a groundbreaking new work, German dentist Dr. Dominik Nischwitz presents the principles of biological dentistry along with emerging scientific research on the mouth's vital role in the body's microbiome--a key to whole body wellness. Challenging conventional dental wisdom that views the teeth as separate from the rest of the body, and conventional dental practices that often cause more harm than good, It's All in Your Mouth delivers: The latest research on the microbiome and the mouth Critical information on the dangers of root canals and amalgam fillings The important role of nutrition in oral health and hygiene A clarion call for a new approach to dentistry Sensible, holistic, and humane, It's All in Your Mouth offers a necessary new approach to natural immunity to chronic disease and integrating dental hygiene into whole body health.

Jones & Bartlett Learning's Certification Preparation for Dental Assisting prepares students for the Certified Dental Assistant (CDA®) exam. This review book follows the organization of the Dental Assisting National Board, Inc. (DANB) exam outline, and features a comprehensive outline format with integrated review questions for each subtopic. A 320-question simulated exam is included in the text.

A fully updated edition of the best-selling textbook for students studying for their dental nurse qualification Levison's Textbook for Dental Nurses continues to be an indispensable resource written specifically for those undertaking the NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing. This new edition provides in-depth coverage in many areas, such as the structure of the dental profession; an update of the current, available NHS dental services; information on extended duties for dental nurses; legal and ethical issues; health and safety including COSHH and waste disposal legislation updates; general anatomy and physiology; and medical emergencies. New edition of a classic textbook, fully in line with the most recent developments in dental nursing practice and education Caters especially for the NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing Outlines the latest GDC standards for dental nurses Key Learning Points in every chapter to help readers master essential information Packed with illustrations and diagrams to assist with aiding comprehension, this student-friendly text is ideal for dental nurses studying for the NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing. It will also be of great benefit to dental nurses studying for the City & Guilds Diploma in Dental Nursing, Level 3.

Patients' well-being always comes first; this not only applies to oral health, but also to medical emergencies in the dental office. This new full-color, laminated resource from the American Dental Association trains the dental team to prepare for, identify, and manage health issues that may arise on site, such as a seizure, an allergic reaction, or another instance that requires immediate care. Includes laminated book + DVD with 4 training videos, online access to the videos and ebook, and 3 CE credits. Features: List of recommended equipment and supplies for a dental emergency kit; Detailed duty sheet instructing each team member of their tasks during a medical emergency; Step-by-step instructions to aid in identifying and managing common medical emergencies, such as: Fainting, Asthma attacks, Allergic reactions, seizures, diabetic events, high and low blood pressure, strokes, and cardiac arrest. 4 training videos cover these topics: 1. It Won t Happen Here: Explains what constitutes a medical emergency, factors that increase the likelihood of a medical emergency, and the components of a medical emergency kit. 2. My Role in a Crisis: Details the assignment and duties of roles in a medical emergency. 3. Using Medical Equipment: Provides a brief overview on how to use common medical equipment during an emergency. 4. Crisis in a Clinic: Shows a dental team successfully managing a medical emergency.  

Reflecting significant changes in the industry and the latest research in the field, this fully updated Third Edition of Rebecca Sroda's Nutrition for Dental Health provides dental hygiene and dental assisting students up-to-date, easy-to-understand coverage of basic nutrition and diet information with an emphasis on the relationship of nutrition and diet to oral health. Now in vibrant full color, this accessible and student-friendly Third Edition features up-to-date, evidence-based content, new practice-focused features, outstanding end-of-chapter and online learning tools, and enhanced instructors resources.

The growth of implant and fixed prosthodontics practices in dentistry has created a rapidly increasing demand for advanced ceramics and ceramic processes. Innovations in ceramics and ceramic processes are vital to ensure reliable and affordable dental-restoration solutions with aesthetically pleasing outcomes. The work aims to engage the bioceramics and engineering communities to meet the challenges of modern dental restoration using advanced ceramics. Incorporating fundamental science, advanced engineering concepts, and clinical outcomes, the work is suitable for bioceramicists, ceramics manufacturers, dental clinicians and biologists. State-of-the-art-coverage encompasses bioresorbable ceramics for bone regeneration and bioactivating surfaces of inert, high-strength ceramics for implantation, keeping research knowledge appropriately updated Discusses transition from the baseline stable and physically stiff ceramics research into engineering of highly coherent laminate composites for prosthetic crowns and bridges Showcases current feasible techniques for producing, in cost-effective and materials-saving ways, long-lasting individualized ceramic components with biocompatibility, complexity and high precision

This book consists of one editorial, 12 original research articles and two review papers from scientists across the world, with expertise in materials for dental application. The main subjects covered are: biomaterials and techniques for oral tissue engineering and regeneration; biomaterials for surgical reconstruction; CAD/CAM technologies and dedicated materials; novel restorative and endodontic materials and instruments.

The interaction of bacteria with biomaterials’ surfaces has critical clinical implications on the development and progression of biofilm-related diseases. In this book "Bacterial Interactions with Dental and Medical Materials", encouraging findings on tissue-contacting biomaterials to control biofilms, enhanced understanding of key mechanisms, and clinical perspectives are discussed toward improving healthcare.

This book is an evidence-based update on recent most significant advances in dental ceramics, specifically related to the relationships between composition, microstructure and mechanical behavior. Readers will find an introduction to the chemistry of dental ceramics as well as information about the technological progress and practical requirements restorative materials need to satisfy for long-lasting structural integrity. The book uses mechanistic approaches to address failure mechanisms from controlled experiments thus providing the tools for the application of sound research methodologies in the field. It is targeted for researcher and dentists interested in the field of dental ceramic materials and fracture mechanics.

Keep current with the evolving technology of dental materials! Phillips' Science of Dental Materials, 13th Edition provides comprehensive, up-to-date information on the materials used in cosmetic and restorative procedures in dentistry. It introduces the physical and chemical properties that are related to selection and use of dental biomaterials, including their composition, mechanical properties, manipulative variables, and the performance of dental restorations and prostheses. This edition adds three new chapters and hundreds of new full-color photographs. Written by dental scientists Chiayi Shen and H. Ralph Rawls along with prosthodontist Josephine Esquivel-Upshaw, this leading text/reference helps dentists select the right materials for oral procedures and helps dental labs ensure high-quality restorations. 500 full-color photos and illustrations show concepts, dental instruments, and restorations. Key terms are defined at the beginning of each chapter, covering terminology related to dental biomaterials and science. Critical thinking questions stimulate thinking and emphasize important concepts and principles. Logical, five-part organization of chapters makes the content easier to read and understand, with units on General Classes and Properties of Dental Materials, Direct Restorative Materials, Indirect Restorative Materials, Fabrication of Prostheses, and Assessing Dental Restorations. Balance between materials science and manipulation bridges the gap of knowledge between dentists and lab technicians. Major emphasis on biocompatibility serves as a useful guide to the principles and clinical implications of restorative materials safety. Diverse and respected pool of contributors lends credibility and experience to each dental science topic. NEW! Three new chapters are added: Digital Technology in Dentistry, In Vitro Research of Dental Materials, and Clinical Research of Restorations.

Self-Healing Materials: Principles and Technology, Second Edition provides engineers and researchers in both industry and academia the information they need to deploy self-healing technology in a range of potential applications, from adhesives to the automotive industry, and from electronics to biomedical implants. Sections discuss the principal mechanisms of self-healing and how these are applied to the development of materials that have the ability to repair themselves, either with minimal or no human intervention. In addition, the book provides a theoretical background and a review of the major research undertaken to date, providing a thorough grounding in this concept and related technology. Other sections compare the parameters of different self-healing technological processes, such as fault detection mechanisms, methods of triggering and turning off the healing processes, the activation energy of self-healing processes, the means and methods of delivery of the healing substances to the defect locations, self-healing timescale (rate of self-healing), and the extent of self-healing (healing efficiency, recovery of properties, etc.). In addition, mathematical modeling of the processes of self-healing (molecular dynamics simulation), the morphology of healed areas, and other important topics are thoroughly discussed. Helps materials scientists and engineers reduce risk of degradation and materials failure by using self-healing materials in a range of applications Provides real-world application examples so practitioners can assess the applicability and usefulness of self-healing materials in their work Includes guidance on the efficiency and efficacy of self-healing mechanisms, with coverage of different parameters considered and methodologies used Discusses typical aids and additives in self-healing materials, including plasticizers, catalysts, shape-memory components, and more

Advanced Ceramic Coatings for Biomedical Applications covers tissue engineering, scaffolds, implant and dental application, wound healing and adhesives. The book is one of four volumes that together provide a comprehensive resource in the field of Advanced Ceramic Coatings, also including titles covering: fundamentals, manufacturing, and classification; energy applications; and emerging applications. This books will be extremely useful for academic and industrial researchers and practicing engineers who need to find reliable and up-to-date information about recent progresses and new developments in the field of advanced ceramic coatings. It will also be of value to early career scientists providing background knowledge to the field.Smart ceramic coatings containing multifunctional components are now finding application in transportation and automotive industries, in electronics, and energy sectors, in aerospace and defense, and in industrial goods and healthcare. Their wide application and stability in harsh environments are only possible due to the stability of the inorganic components used. Ceramic coatings are typically silicon nitride, chromia, hafnia, alumina, alumina-magnesia, silica, silicon carbide, titania, and zirconia-based compositions. The increased demand for these materials and their application in energy, transportation, and the automotive industry, are considered, to be the main drivers.- Provides comprehensive coverage of biomedical applications of advanced ceramic coatings- Covers basic principles of surface chemistry and the fundamentals of ceramic materials and engineering- Features the latest progress and recent technological developments- Includes comparisons to other coating types (e.g., polymers, metals, and enamel) to demonstrate the potential, limitations, and differences- Contains extensive case studies and worked examples

This book is prepared for patients who suffer from 'Burning mouth disease', also referred to as 'Burning mouth syndrome'. It gives a comprehensive overview of the disease, its symptoms and management. Readers will learn about the terminology and definition of 'Burning mouth disease', and its suggested causes. Attention is paid to symptoms of various diseases that may mimic those of burning mouth disease. Neurological and psychogenic aspects are well covered, as are the many reported pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment modalities. The combined training of the author in oral surgery, oral pathology and oral medicine has provided him with exceptional expertise in both the diagnosis and the management of patients with burning mouth disease. This book is a must have for everyone who is interested in this enigmatic disease.

This textbook details the latest diagnostic and management options available when treating patients with diseases affecting the oral mucosa. It comprehensively covers the content required to successfully pass dermatology and stomatology board examinations, while being a valuable resource for dentistry trainees. Chapters cover aspects of mucosal immunity and clinical scores along with a range of diseases. Didactic features including learning objectives enable the reader to better extrapolate the key concepts covered in each chapter. Diseases of the Oral Mucosa: Study Guide and Review presents an in depth overview of the latest diagnostic tools and management options available for diseases of the oral mucosa and is an ideal resource for trainee and practising dentists, dermatologists and stomatologists preparing to sit board examinations.

This book contains the Nutrients Special Issue "Nutrition and Human Oral Health" edited by Dr. Kirstin Vach and Prof. Dr. Johan Woelber. It includes 18 wonderful publications that provide an outline of current scientific work in the field of nutritional dentistry.

Biofilms are highly organized polymicrobial communities that are embedded in an extracellular matrix and formed on natural and artificial surfaces. In the oral cavity, biofilms are formed not only on natural teeth, but also on restorative materials, prosthetic constructions, and dental implants. Oral diseases like caries, gingivitis, periodontitis, and also pulp inflammation are associated with biofilms. This publication is an up-to-date overview on oral biofilms from different clinically relevant perspectives. Experts comprising basic researchers and clinicians report on recent research relating to biofilms - from general summaries to recommendations for daily clinical work. This book covers all aspects of oral biofilms, including models used in the laboratory, biofilms in dental water unit lines, periodontal and peri-implant biofilms, caries-related biofilms, halitosis, endodontic biofilms, and Candida infections, as well as biofilms on dental materials and on orthodontic appliances. Several chapters deal with anti-biofilm therapy, from the efficacy of mechanical methods and the use of antimicrobials, to alternative concepts. This publication is particularly recommended to dental medicine students, practitioners, other oral healthcare professionals, and scientists with an interest in translational research on biofilms.

This intermediate textbook on oral epidemiology is designed to meet the needs of advanced students in the fields of Dentistry and Oral Health and dentists in the early stages of their career. Readers will find detailed information on the epidemiology of individual diseases and disorders and on hot topics and methods in oral health research. The extensive first part of the book explores the international epidemiological literature regarding a wide range of conditions, from dental caries and periodontal diseases to halitosis and malocclusions. In each case, the prevalence, disease-specific measures, and associated factors are identified. Attention is then focused on cutting-edge research topics in oral epidemiology, such as the intriguing mechanisms linking oral diseases and chronic general diseases, life course epidemiology, and the role of socioeconomic determinants of oral health. The final part of the book is devoted to description of the epidemiological methods and tools applied in the field of oral health. Here, the coverage includes validation of questionnaires, data collection and data analyses, and systematic reviews and meta-analyses.

This book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment and management of older people's oral health care needs. Discussing recent initiatives to emphasize oral health promotion and prevention, the book describes improvements in pharmacological and non-pharmacological approaches for special populations in geriatrics and illuminates the role of barriers to oral health care for older people. Divided into three sections, the book first explores aging and oral health, including age-related changes, epidemiology, nutrition, dysphagia, aspiration pneumonia, xerostomia and hyposalivation, management of periodontal disease and caries, systemic diseases that influence oral health, and considerations for chronic orofacial pain. The second section illuminates the ways in which frailty and other geriatric syndromes influence oral health care in older adults with a special focus on frailty, dementia, delirium and depression, and the delivery of oral health care to vulnerable geriatric populations in long-term care, home care, palliative care, and hospice. Lastly, the book addresses inequalities in the oral health of older minority populations, the disproportionate burden of oral disease and tooth loss, the contribution of these issues to further complications in comorbidities, the association of extended health literacy and periodontal disease, and the social and cultural conditions that might be altered or improved by healthcare programs and health policies. Oral Health and Aging is a useful book written by an international group of experts and designed to educate geriatricians, primary care physicians, nurses, dentists, dental hygienists, speech and language pathologists, dietitians, and health policy advocates.

More than 700 species of bacteria are involved in the oral cavity. Specific pathogenic bacteria have been focused on as pathogenic bacteria for oral disease: dental caries and periodontal disease. However, these pathogenic bacteria occupy a tiny fraction of the overall oral microbiome. A high throughput genomic analysis system was developed. This technology innovation enables analysis of the whole bacteria. It is hypothesized that disturbance of the oral microbiome, so-called dysbiosis, leads to the development of some diseases. This book provides knowledge concerning recent advances in the oral microbiome for researchers as well as dental clinicians.

This book represents a guide to the academic, scientific and clinical applications of saliva as a diagnostic fluid. This volume is written by leaders in multiple fields and fulfills a demand for a broad understanding of saliva across a range of disciplines.

A key revision resource for dental undergraduates and foundation dentists, SBAs and EMQs for Human Disease (Medicine) in Dentistry is also suitable for qualified practitioners undertaking professional development and learning about the medical context of dentistry.Featuring 200 high quality SBAs and EMQs, the questions mirror the format of university and professional assessments and are based on real-life clinical scenarios. Questions are designed to test the recognition of oral and systemic symptoms, selection of appropriate investigations and management, aswell as to foster development of clinical problem-solving skills for future practice. The book promotes formative learning by incorporating answers, rationale, detailed explanations, and further reading sources for every question.Written by expert clinical teachers, the questions are mapped to specific learning outcomes for the Medicine (Human Disease) in Dentistry course (also referred to as Human Health and Disease (HHD) and Clinical Human Health and Disease (CHHD)) as outlined in the General Dental Council's (GDC's)Preparing for Practice document.A valuable resource full of comprehensive practice questions, this book is a key assessment tool for all those studying dentistry.

This book provides a thorough update on Sjögren's syndrome (SS) and its adverse impacts on oral health. The opening section focuses on the clinical and laboratory characteristics of SS and its current management. Here, readers will find information on diagnostic criteria, pharmacotherapy, dental management, and the importance of saliva in oral health and SS. Attention then turns to the immunopathogenesis of SS, which includes the mechanisms of secretory dysfunction, myoepithelial cell functions in salivary gland physiology and disease, dysregulated innate and adaptive immunity, and B-cell expansion and neoplasia. The final section details important advances in SS diagnosis and therapy. The differential diagnoses of recurrent glandular swelling, glandular irrigation and sialendoscopy, and salivary gland ultrasound for SS in children are explained, along with the pharmacological management for SS, clinical care for dry eyes, and gene therapy. This book will be of interest to not only dental practitioners and researchers but also rheumatologists and pathologists.

Progress in information technology has fostered a global explosion of data generation. Accumulated big data are now estimated to be 4.4 zettabytes in the digital universe; and trends predict an exponential increase in the future. Health data are gathered from professional routine care and other expanded sources including the social determinants of health, such as Internet of Things. Biomedical research has recently moved through three stages in digital healthcare: (1) data collection; (2) data sharing; and (3) data analytics. With the explosion of stored health data, dental medicine is edging into its fourth stage of digitization using new technologies including augmented and virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and blockchain. Big data collaborations involve interactions between a diverse range of stakeholders with analytical, technical and political focus. In oral healthcare, data technology has many areas of application: prognostic analysis and predictive modeling, the identification of unknown correlations of diseases, clinical decision support for novel treatment concepts, public health surveys and population-based clinical research, as well as the evaluation of healthcare systems. The objective of this Special Issue is to provide an update on the current knowledge with state-of-the-art theory and practical information on human and social perspectives that determine the uptake of technological innovations in big data science in the field of dental medicine. Moreover, it will focus on the identification of future research needs to manage the continuous increase in health data and to accomplish its clinical translation for patient-centered research and personalized dentistry. This Special Issue welcomes all types of studies and reviews considering the perspectives of different stakeholders on technological innovations for big data science in all dental disciplines. Kind regards,

The dental curriculum is like a living organism—it has developed through time, manifesting regional, cultural, and scientific heritage, and reflecting modern trends. The undergraduate dental curriculum is periodically rebuilt to ensure the harmonization of higher education systems between countries, especially in Europe. Structure, content, learning, and assessment in undergraduate and postgraduate dental education and auxiliary dental personnel training are shaped based on professional consensus. Constant updates on recent technological innovations and evidence-based best practice are necessary.In modern times, ethical issues are raised more than ever. Can we teach our students how to be dedicated health professionals and manage a successful practice at the same time? Does the commercialization of our profession also affect the dental curriculum today?The COVID-19 pandemic has imposed new challenges, moving us from lecture rooms and clinics to an online environment.This Special Issue is dedicated to developing the understanding of dental education.

Like any other dental professional, dental hygienists must practice evidence-based dentistry (EBD) to provide the best care to their patients, whether it be through scaling and root planing, caries prevention, or patient education. This book is intended as a textbook for dental hygienists to learn the importance of EBD in the practice of dental hygiene as well as how to implement EBD practices and share EBD findings among office staff. As the dental knowledge base evolves and scientific discoveries are made, dental hygienists must understand how to seek out and evaluate findings and, if appropriate, apply them in their clinical practice, and this book provides all the necessary tools to do just that.

This eBook makes use of animated images to focus on concepts in histology and embryology, as well as hyperlinks to promote non-linear reading and learning. It is aimed at college students in a dental hygienist program.

You've heard the advice- If you want to live longer, eat healthy foods and exercise daily. But there's a third piece of the puzzle, and it can add 10 to 15 years to your life. It's been right under your nose this whole time-literally. Your mouth is the gateway to your body and is the most critical organ for improving your health, from childhood onward. Everything in the human life cycle is related to the mouth- fertility, childbirth, sleeping soundly, success in school, finding a mate, getting a job, psychological well-being, avoiding chronic or systemic disease, and aging well. Your mouth is a window into the health of your body as a whole; from its microbiome to its structure, it impacts your physical and mental wellness in countless ways. Unfortunately, the mouth-body connection has been largely neglected by American medicine . . . until now. If Your Mouth Could Talk is the result of over 20 years of firsthand experience and research by renowned orthodontist and dentofacial orthopedist, Dr. Kami Hoss. In this groundbreaking work, Dr. Hoss connects the dots between oral health and whole-body health, offering a roadmap to a longer, more successful future for you and your family. This isn't a book about brushing and flossing-or any of the other standard advice you get from your dentist. Instead, you'll hear about how to protect your mouth's microbiome, the effect of diet, the relationship between oral structure and sleep problems, how to breathe better, and more. This is an in-depth guide for people who want to take control of their health to the fullest extent possible-who want to understand how their mouth contributes to their overall health and quality of life, and what they can do to better care for it. If your mouth could talk, it would tell you about the condition of your entire life. Time to start listening.

The future of medicine--and the key to a healthier life--starts in your mouth American dentists are beginning to discover what some of their European counterparts have long understood: Many common chronic conditions--obesity, inflammation, stroke, diabetes, Alzheimer's, heart disease, and cancer, among others--often have their origins in the mouth. In a groundbreaking new work, German dentist Dr. Dominik Nischwitz presents the principles of biological dentistry along with emerging scientific research on the mouth's vital role in the body's microbiome--a key to whole body wellness. Challenging conventional dental wisdom that views the teeth as separate from the rest of the body, and conventional dental practices that often cause more harm than good, It's All in Your Mouth delivers: The latest research on the microbiome and the mouth Critical information on the dangers of root canals and amalgam fillings The important role of nutrition in oral health and hygiene A clarion call for a new approach to dentistry Sensible, holistic, and humane, It's All in Your Mouth offers a necessary new approach to natural immunity to chronic disease and integrating dental hygiene into whole body health.

The dental needs of people living with dementia are often overlooked, particularly in the care home and hospital community. It is challenging to maintain good standards of oral care with people living with dementia, and poor care can increase the fear and anxiety levels of those living with dementia. Very few dentists have the training that equips them with the specialist knowledge necessary to work with this population. This pocket guide sets out tailored advice for supporting the oral and dental needs of people living with dementia. It sets out straightforward models on providing effective preventative mouth care, spotting symptoms and what to do when problems occur. This concise handbook will help any dentists, care home staff, nurses and other health professionals working day to day with people with dementia.

With the mass-marketed introduction of fluoride in toothpaste in the 1950s, toothbrushing with paste became indispensable for good oral health. Both the industry and the dental profession had a shared interest in advocating the widespread correct use of good quality toothpaste. This publication starts with a general introduction on the purpose, history and composition of toothpaste. The following chapters deal with the clinical evidence of its effectiveness in caries prevention, reducing and preventing plaque, gin-givitis, halitosis, and calculus formation, facilitating removal and prevention of extrinsic stain, and preventing dentine hypersensitivity and erosion. Later chapters provide valuable information on the abrasiveness of the pastes, the substantivity of active ingredients in the oral cavity and the possible models to study the effectiveness of the pastes when full-scale clinical trials are not possible. The final chapter focuses on the frequency of toothbrushing and post-brushing rinsing behavior. The book provides indispensable information for dentists, dental students and community dental programs on whether toothpastes can be recommended to patients for specific aims and how to use them to obtain the best effect.

Each new print copy includes Navigate 2 Preferred Access that unlocks a comprehensive and interactive eBook, Navigate 2 TestPrep, student practice activities and assessments, a full suite of instructor resources, and learning analytics reporting tools.Staying true to Esther Wilkins' pioneering vision that made her best-selling text the "Bible" for dental hygienists, Wilkins' Clinical Practice of the Dental Hygienist, Thirteenth Edition progresses through crucial topics in dental hygiene in a straightforward format to ensure students develop the knowledge and skills they need for successful, evidence-based practice in today's rapidly changing oral health care environment.This cornerstone text, used in almost every dental hygiene education program in the country, has been meticulously updated by previous co-authors, Linda Boyd and Charlotte Wyche, and new co-author Lisa Mallonee to even better meet the needs of today's students and faculty, while reflecting the current state of practice in dental hygiene. Maintaining the hallmark outline format, the Thirteenth Edition continues to offer the breadth and depth necessary not only for foundation courses but for use throughout the entire dental hygiene curriculum.

This book on 3D printing in oral health science aims to equip the reader with a sound understanding of contemporary clinical applications in all fields of dentistry and their future directions. In the last few years, the development of 3D printing for medical and dental applications has increased tremendously. Advancements in 3D printing create the possibility of customized products, savings on small-scale productions, ease of sharing and processing of patient image data, and educational up-gradation. Looking at the dental specialties, it is evident that 3D printing has applications in all aspects of oral health science including prosthodontics, oral surgery, periodontics, endodontics, and orthodontics. This book will cover all major fields in dentistry and will help the practitioner in the process of decision-making and apply concepts in clinical or laboratory practice. It is based on current scientific evidence to provide readers with an up-to-date contemporary understanding of the subject, both from the clinical and the technological side. The book is a valuable asset for all who specialize in 3D printing and for those interested in learning more about this field.

Advanced Dental Biomaterials is an invaluable reference for researchers and clinicians within the biomedical industry and academia. The book can be used by both an experienced researcher/clinician learning about other biomaterials or applications that may be applicable to their current research or as a guide for a new entrant into the field who needs to gain an understanding of the primary challenges, opportunities, most relevant biomaterials, and key applications in dentistry. Provides a comprehensive review of the materials science, engineering principles and recent advances in dental biomaterials Reviews the fundamentals of dental biomaterials and examines advanced materials' applications for tissues regeneration and clinical dentistry Written by an international collaborative team of materials scientists, biomedical engineers, oral biologists and dental clinicians in order to provide a balanced perspective on the field

This book delivers a broad and concise look at advanced metallic materials used for dental applications. Due to their excellent mechanical and biological properties, the use of metallic materials in dentistry has continued since time immemorial. In that sense, this book aims to bring the readers closer to the specific purpose of dental metallic materials meeting specific criteria and materials properties such as biocompatibility, non-toxicity, resistance to corrosion, long-term durability, appropriate strength and toughness, as well as corresponding values of modulus of elasticity. Following a comprehensive introduction to the field, the book discusses topical issues such as the long-term stability of dental titanium implants, processing of cobalt-chrome dental alloys, emerging gold dental alloys, and novel nanofoils used for dental joining. Featuring numerous illustrative examples of experimental outcomes, this book is an ideal resource for materials scientists and metallurgists working on advanced alloys for dental applications.

This book consists of one editorial, 12 original research articles and two review papers from scientists across the world, with expertise in materials for dental application. The main subjects covered are: biomaterials and techniques for oral tissue engineering and regeneration; biomaterials for surgical reconstruction; CAD/CAM technologies and dedicated materials; novel restorative and endodontic materials and instruments.

No detailed description available for "Anatomy Modeling and Biomaterial Fabrication for Dental and Maxillofacial Applications".

Porphyrinoids are pyrrole-containing macrocycles with varied core sizes, which have found many applications beyond the original chemical and biological aspects. Porphyrin research has a long history, covering a wide variety of disciplines of natural sciences, including photosynthesis, P450-related biocatalysis, organic photovoltaic cells, photodynamic therapeutic agents, bioimaging probes, chemosensors, conductive organic materials, light-emitting materials, near-infrared dyes, nonlinear optical materials, information storage, molecular wires, and metal ligands. This book gives an overview of the applications and potential applications of porphyrins and related macrocycles as smart or functional materials. Chapters cover applications in fields such as energy storage and transfer, water purification, molecular electronics and imaging. With contributions from leading global researchers, this title will be of interest to graduate students and researchers across materials science, chemistry, physics and medicine.

This edition collects the results of research and analysis of materials properties and treatment technologies used in modern dentistry. The book will be helpful to specialists in dentistry and orthodontics.

Bioactive materials, or biomaterials, have the ability to interact biologically with the tissue to which it is inserted, and to stimulate the deposition of mineralized tissue. The calcium phosphate-based ceramics were the first known materials in dentistry to have bioactivity, and currently, these materials are the most used for biomedical purposes, with different morphological characteristics. In dentistry, these materials have achieved immense importance by stimulating the deposition of osseous tissue in injured bone, and by having the ability to remineralize hard tooth tissues (enamel and dentin). Furthermore, repair materials based on aggregated trioxides mineral or on calcium hydroxide are classic biomaterials and widely used in dentistry, mainly in contact with the pulp tissue or periodontal ligament, for repair processes. However, various formulations of these materials appear all the time, in search of the ideal material. In general, bioactive materials have been shown to promote the release of calcium, sodium, silicon and phosphate ions, which are metabolized by the body, having effects such as angiogenesis and antimicrobial action, which can be improved depending on the composition of the material. Pulp tissue is a highly specialized dental tissue and is the subject of intense studies about the response to biomaterials. It is also understood that some systemic alterations in individuals have an influence on the action of bioactive materials during tissue repair processes. Thus, this book will address the use of different bioactive materials in dentistry, considering the performance of these biomaterials in the hard tissues of the tooth, and the response of the dental pulp, as well as the influence of the composition of these materials and of the individual's systemic alterations in bioactivity and in antimicrobial activity. The several in vivo and in vitro tests to evaluate the bioactivity of a biomaterial will also be addressed.

This book focuses on hydraulic calcium silicate-based materials available in clinical dentistry, used as pulp capping materials, root canal sealers, root-end fillers, or root repair materials and which offer improved properties and easier clinical application compared with the original mineral trioxide aggregate.  The book introduces the current classification of bioceramic materials and explains their characterization and their physicochemical and biological properties. Thereafter, the various clinical applications of these materials are discussed in depth with reference to the evidence base. The coverage includes applications in endodontic treatments and complications, traumatic dental injuries, management of the vital pulp in both dentitions, and regenerative endodontic procedures. Apart from presenting the latest research on hydraulic calcium silicate-based materials, Bioceramic Materials in Clinical Endodontics promotes an essential balance between basic laboratory and clinical research. It will thus be an important reference for materials science specialists, clinical researchers, and clinicians.

With advances in dental materials and their clinical applications, as well as innovations in computer technology, dental treatment is constantly evolving. In particular, adhesion technology to the tooth surface, implant treatments, and the application of CAD/CAM technology are very interesting topics for clinical dentists. As a bonding technique, the influence of the pre-etched area of the tooth surface on the adhesive strength can be reduced by the new application of a functional monomer. Additionally, the effect of an advanced adhesive system as a universal adhesive-derived primer, when compared with the two-step adhesive, is helpful for updating the applications of new materials. Dental implants are one of the most interesting dental treatments. PEEK (polyetheretherketone) has recently been reported as a further innovation in polymer implant materials, although it has not yet met the requirements to be a biomechanical requirement. In the placement of mini-screws used in orthodontic treatments, micro-cracks caused by overtorquing in thick and hard bone, and the consequent heat production, can reduce the success rate. Computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) techniques are becoming increasingly popular. Since complete dentures can be produced using an additive (3D printing) or subtractive (milling) process, CAD/CAM techniques for denture fabrication have many clinical and laboratory advantages. Innovative and convenient dental material technology will be more and more expected in the future. This book has limited findings, but we hope that your clinical capability will be integrated and upgraded.

Advancements in digital technologies are reshaping the world of dentistry, from prosthodontics to implant dentistry. Intraoral scanners, facial scanners, 3D printers, and milling machines have revolutionized the clinical approach and operative workflow in daily practice. However, digital dentistry brings several challenges to clinicians due to the rapid evolution of new technologies and the lack of evidence-based guidelines for their correct use. The aim of this Special Issue is to cover the latest advances in the development and application of digital technologies in prosthetic and implant dentistry. We wish to provide both clinicians and researchers with a comprehensive and up-to-date source of information on current trends, limitations, and potential future applications of digital technologies in daily clinical practice.

The contents of this book touch on the all major dental biomaterials: polymers, composites, ceramics and metals. The first part introduces the readers to the surface physicochemical and mechanical characterizations at the nanoscopic level, and the use of finite element analysis. The second part discusses dental adhesion, resin-based composites, polymerization contraction stress, impression materials and soft liners for total prosthesis. The third part deals with ceramics in restorative dentistry: zirconia and lithium disilicate, the fractography of dental ceramics, as well as bioglass for bone growth. The fourth part discusses the toxicity of mercury in dentistry, and the use of preventive materials for dental diseases. The concluding part identifies imminent techniques for dental biomaterials, such as additive manufacturing (3D printing), and bioprinting in dentistry.

Dental caries affects people throughout their lifetime, being a major factor in oral pain, aesthetic impairment, and edentulism. Untreated dental caries can affect adjoining oral tissues and lead to systemic complications. Prevention represents a key factor in managing this condition and includes public health measures, addressing risk factors as well as access to oral health services. A regular dental examination is crucial for detecting early signs of caries and determining optimal treatment. The proper selection of restoration methods and restorative materials may represent the difference between success and failure in dental caries management. This book includes seven chapters that focus on various important aspects of dental caries, including etiology, diagnosis, prevention, treatment, and management.

The trend of digitalization is an omnipresent phenomenon nowadays – in social life and in the dental community. Advancement in digital technology has fostered research into new dental materials for the use of these workflows, particularly in the field of prosthodontics and oral implantology.CAD/CAM-technology has been the game changer for the production of tooth-borne and implant-supported (monolithic) reconstructions: from optical scanning, to on-screen designing, and rapid prototyping using milling or 3D-printing. In this context, the continuous development and speedy progress in digital workflows and dental materials ensure new opportunities in dentistry.The objective of this Special Issue is to provide an update on the current knowledge with state-of-the-art theory and practical information on digital workflows to determine the uptake of technological innovations in dental materials science. In addition, emphasis is placed on identifying future research needs to manage the continuous increase in digitalization in combination with dental materials and to accomplish their clinical translation.This Special Issue welcomes all types of studies and reviews considering the perspectives of the various stakeholders with regard to digital dentistry and dental materials.

This book presents a mechanistic approach--mathematical modeling--for carrying out dental materials research. This approach allows researchers to go beyond the null hypothesis and obtain a solution that is more general and therefore predictive for conditions other than those considered in a study. Hence it can be used either on its own or to complement the commonly used statistical approach.  Through a series of practical problems with wide-ranging application, the reader will be guided on: How to construct a mathematical model for the behavior of dental materials by making informed assumptions of the physical, chemical, or mechanical situation How to simplify the model by making suitable simplifications How to calibrate the model by calculating the values of key parameters using experimental results How to refine the model when there are discrepancies between predictions and experiments Only elementary calculus is required to follow the examples and all the problems can be solved by using MS Excel© spreadsheets. This is an ideal book for dental materials researchers without a strong mathematical background who are interested in applying a more mechanistic approach to their research to give deeper insight into the problem at hand.  Advance praise for Mathematical Models for Dental Materials Research: "This is a nice addition for research students on how to conduct their work and how to manage data analysis. It brings together a number of important aspects of dental materials investigations which has been missing in the literature. The practical examples make it much easier to understand." - Michael F. Burrow, Clinical Professor in Prosthodontics, The University of Hong Kong "The great strengths of this volume are the real world examples of dental materials research in the successive chapters. In turn, this is an outcome of the outstanding expertise of both authors. I warmly recommend this book to the dental biomaterials community worldwide." - David C. Watts, Professor of Biomaterials Science, University of Manchester, UK

Offers a comprehensive review of the research and development of mechanically responsive materials and their applications in soft robots Mechanically Responsive Materials for Soft Robotics offers an authoritative guide to the current state of mechanically responsive materials for the development of soft robotics. With contributions from an international panel of experts, the book examines existing mechanically responsive materials such as crystals, polymers, gels, and composites that are stimulated by light and heat. The book also explores the application of mechanical materials to soft robotics. The authors describe the many excellent mechanical crystals developed in recent years that show the ability to bend, twist, rotate, jump, self-heal, and shape memory. Mechanical polymer materials are described for evolution into artificial muscles, photomobile materials, bioinspired soft actuators, inorganic-organic hybrid materials, multi-responsive composite materials, and strain sensor materials. The application of mechanical materials to soft robots is just the beginning. This book reviews the many challenging and versatile applications, such as soft microrobots made from photoresponsive elastomers, four-dimensional printing for assembling soft robots, self-growing of soft robots like plants, and biohybrid robots using muscle tissue. This important book: -Explores recent developments in the use of soft smart materials in robotic systems -Covers the full scope of mechanically responsive materials: polymers, crystals, gels, and nanocomposites -Deals with an interdisciplinary topic of advanced smart materials research -Contains extensive descriptions of current and future applications in soft robotics Written for materials scientists, polymer chemists, photochemists, physical chemists, solid state chemists, inorganic chemists, and robotics engineers, Mechanically Responsive Materials for Soft Robotics offers a comprehensive and timely review of the most recent research on mechanically responsive materials and the manufacture of soft robotics.

This book presents recent advances in inorganic nanomaterials for healthcare, with focus on the synthesis, medical applications and toxicity of metals, metal oxides and metal sulfides. Major applications include diagnosis, bioimaging, biosensing, healing and therapy in cancer, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, obesity, metabolic syndrome, dentistry and antimicrobials.

New and innovative biomaterials are being discovered or created in laboratories at an unprecedented rate, but many of them remain entirely foreign to practicing clinicians. This book addresses this gap in knowledge by summarizing some of the groundbreaking research performed to date on this topic and providing case examples of these biomaterials at work. The book begins with a review of the biologic background and applications of bone grafting materials utilized in dentistry. The principles of guided tissue and bone regeneration are covered in detail, including many recent advancements in barrier membrane technologies as well as use of platelet-rich fibrin and various growth factors, and many next-generation materials that will optimize future bone and periodontal regeneration are presented. The final chapter is designed to help clinicians select appropriate biomaterials for each specific regenerative protocol. Much like one implant size and shape cannot be utilized for every indication in implant dentistry, one bone grafting material, barrier membrane, or growth factor cannot maximize regenerative outcomes in all clinical situations. This textbook teaches clinicians how to utilize biomaterials in an appropriate, predictable, and evidence-based manner.

The oral board exam for the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (ABOMS) can be intimidating to many surgeons due to the broad range of information one must know for the exam. However, while the examination guidelines provide a general outline of topics that may be covered, there is no true direction on how to prepare for it. Traditionally, candidates do so by using what are considered "underground" databanks, previous test questions, and power point presentations that run the gamut of commonly covered material. Until now, there have been no current comprehensive oral board review books available for the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery boards. Oral Board Review for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery fills that gap as the go-to resource for those attempting to successfully challenge the oral boards and for residents to polish up on their training.   Edited and authored by top physicians in the field, this book is concise and easy to read, yet thorough with high yield information. An outline of the pertinent material is reviewed, and a patient work up is presented. Important questions to ask, signs to look for, and labs/images to order are included. It also includes tables and keywords that are typically mentioned on the exam and also offers explanations to some key points. Next are cases, which are presented in a question and answer format. As the case progresses, more complicated scenarios requiring management are presented. Lastly, complications are covered, which is the final section of each board scenario. Included are basic topics the surgeon needs to know, followed by topics that are nice to know, and numerous highly debated/complex questions that are discussed among candidates preparing for the exam. It should be noted that the authors are not privy to any inside information about the exam. What is presented is material candidates that have successfully passed the exam feel is important to know. This book is not endorsed by American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons or the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

This book provides an up-to-date perspective on oral biofilms and dental materials, equipping readers with a sound understanding of their mutual interactions. Experts from across the world comprehensively describe the main strategies that can be followed when designing modern bioactive and biomimetic dental materials, bearing in mind the goal of reducing the occurrence of pathological conditions such as secondary caries and peri-implantitis. The background to the book is the rapid expansion in the use of nanotechnologies and modern techniques to achieve levels of performance of dental materials that were unthinkable even a few years ago. Whereas conventionally dental materials have been regarded as inert, an important paradigm shift is underway: now, these materials are being conceived as bioactive and biomimetic. Modern dental materials can produce a response by interacting positively both with the host and with the biofilm permanently colonizing hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity. These materials increasingly mimic the behavior of the tissues that they are replacing. In documenting the latest knowledge in the field, this book will be of value for both scientists in the fields of nanotechnology, biofilms and dental materials and interested clinicians.

Keep current with the evolving technology of dental materials! Phillips' Science of Dental Materials, 13th Edition provides comprehensive, up-to-date information on the materials used in cosmetic and restorative procedures in dentistry. It introduces the physical and chemical properties that are related to selection and use of dental biomaterials, including their composition, mechanical properties, manipulative variables, and the performance of dental restorations and prostheses. This edition adds three new chapters and hundreds of new full-color photographs. Written by dental scientists Chiayi Shen and H. Ralph Rawls along with prosthodontist Josephine Esquivel-Upshaw, this leading text/reference helps dentists select the right materials for oral procedures and helps dental labs ensure high-quality restorations. 500 full-color photos and illustrations show concepts, dental instruments, and restorations. Key terms are defined at the beginning of each chapter, covering terminology related to dental biomaterials and science. Critical thinking questions stimulate thinking and emphasize important concepts and principles. Logical, five-part organization of chapters makes the content easier to read and understand, with units on General Classes and Properties of Dental Materials, Direct Restorative Materials, Indirect Restorative Materials, Fabrication of Prostheses, and Assessing Dental Restorations. Balance between materials science and manipulation bridges the gap of knowledge between dentists and lab technicians. Major emphasis on biocompatibility serves as a useful guide to the principles and clinical implications of restorative materials safety. Diverse and respected pool of contributors lends credibility and experience to each dental science topic. NEW! Three new chapters are added: Digital Technology in Dentistry, In Vitro Research of Dental Materials, and Clinical Research of Restorations.

The work at hand deals with restorative dental materials that are being used for treatment of the most common dental disease - dental caries (but for treatment of cuneiform erosions as well). The materials this work talks about are: dental amalgams (metallic dental restorative material), dental resin composites, and glass-ionomer cements. This work looks at these materials from the perspective of their physical and chemical properties, that influence clinical efficiency of these materials (the quality of restorations).

QDT 2020 presents original articles introducing clinical and laboratory techniques for optimal esthetic results with newer dental materials. Digital dentistry is featured throughout, with articles offering innovative ways to incorporate a combined digital/analog approach to build character and natural esthetics in CAD/CAM restorations. The 3D-printed interim immediate complete denture, self-glazing liquid ceramics, Inside Out technique, and 3D Magic MakeUp are but a few of the novel procedures featured in this beautifully produced annual resource for the laboratory technician and restorative clinician.

"This book describes the biologic basis for restoring weakened teeth with post and core systems, focusing on how to do this conservatively and esthetically to maximize longevity"--

This book discusses the current biomaterials used for dental applications and the basic sciences underpinning their application. The most critical structures in the oral cavity are the teeth, which play a central role in speaking, biting, chewing, tasting and swallowing. Teeth consist of three types of tissue: the cementum, enamel and dentin, with  bone and gingival tissue serving as supporting structures. Caries, tooth wear, trauma and mechanical defects can lead to severe facial conditions; however, correcting these defects remains a challenge for scientists and dentists. Presenting insights form a broad range of disciplines, including materials science, biology, physiology and clinical science, this book provides a timely review of the principles, processing and application of dental materials.

Spectroscopic techniques have potential applications in many different fields. This book presents a general overview of different spectroscopic techniques and explores how they might be used for dentistry applications. With a general introduction to different techniques, the book discusses a wide range of spectroscopy techniques, with individual chapters focusing on specific techniques important to dentistry applications. Such techniques include Laser-induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (LIBS), Raman Spectroscopy, Fluorescence Spectroscopy and Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) spectroscopy. The book also covers molecular spectroscopic techniques such as UV-Visible Spectroscopy, Near-infrared Spectroscopy and Mid-infrared Spectroscopy. This book is suitable for Professionals and researchers in academia and Industry, as well as advanced students involved with EPR Spectroscopy and dentistry. Key Features: The book highlights different spectroscopic techniques for dentistry applications.Each chapter includes a brief review followed by recent trends.Individual chapter content will be designed to address the needs of technicians in addition to researchers.

Sustainable Material for Biomedical Engineering Application discusses current interdisciplinary approaches in the development of materials and their derivatives that are sustainable for biomedical engineering application. Recent advancement of materials research has shown to have great impact on biomedical and clinical applications. With potential for sustainability, the materials discussed and illustrated in this book, may have the ability to increase and contribute to wider therapeutic options for patients. On the other hand, with the advancement in materials technology, they also have positive impacts in terms of reproducibility and more cost-effective manufacturing solutions for biomedical engineering industry. Some of the main aspects covered in this book are utilisation of human waste, food waste and green technology approach for materials in biomedical engineering applications such as tissue engineering, 3D printing and biosensing. A team of experts from various disciplines share recent advances that provide details and integrates different approaches to sustainable materials development. This book is intended for academicians, researchers, students and industrial players in the field of materials and biomedical engineering.

In recent decades, metals have been considered promising materials in the fields of regenerative medicine and tissue engineering. Metallic bio-materials with excellent mechanical strength can effectively support and replace damaged tissue. Hence, metals have been widely used in load-bearing applications for dentistry and orthopedics. Cobalt-, iron-, and titanium (Ti)-based alloys are representative bio-metals, which are used in various forms, such as vascular stents, hip joints, dental, and orthopedic implants. However, the alloying elements of Co- and Fe-based alloys, Co, Ni, and Cr, induce severe toxicity when ionized in the body, which limits their clinical use. However, Ti and its alloys have been widely used as medical devices and implants, with dental and orthopedic applications due to their excellent bone-regeneration ability, mechanical properties, and corrosion resistance. Even though Ti and its alloys have generally been used for biomedical applications, there are still challenges that must be met to satisfy their clinical application. For example, osseointegration with the surrounding bone tissue at the initial stage of implantation has been pointed to as a major issue. This Special Issue, “Titanium and Its Alloys for Biomedical Applications”, has been proposed to present recent developments in biomedical applications. The nine research articles included in this Special Issue cover broad aspects of Ti-based alloys and composites with respect to their composition, mechanical, and biological properties, as highlighted in this editorial.

This reprint provides a comprehensive overview and critically explores the recent trends in the zirconia additive manufacturing process or 3D printing and various surface treatments and their characterization for application in the dental and biomedical fields. It will be a valuable resource for the researchers to design or fabricate the implants according to clinical demands.

Biomaterials are composed of metallic materials, ceramics, polymers, composites and hybrid materials. Biomaterials used in human beings require safety regulations, toxicity, allergic reaction, etc. When used as implantable materials their biological compatibility, biomechanical compatibility, and morphological compatibility must be acessed. This book explores the design and requirements of biomaterials for the use in implantology.

Basic Guide to Dental Sedation Nursing offers a complete resource for information about dental sedation nursing. Updated to reflect the current National Examining Board of Dental Nurses (NEBDN) curriculum, the new edition provides essential information on the subject in an accessible format. The book starts by defining conscious sedation and discusses why dental sedation is used before moving on to discuss topics such as the medico-legal aspects, the dental nurse's role, equipment, patient selection, types of sedation, medical emergencies, and anatomy.  Presents essential evidence-based information on dental sedation nursing Reflects the current NEBDN curriculum Supported by images to demonstrate the concepts discussed Basic Guide to Dental Sedation Nursing is a useful manual for sedation nurses undertaking any of the NEBDN sedation qualifications, including the NEBDN Diploma in Dental Nursing, City and Guilds or CACHE Dental Nursing qualifications, as well as for dental hygienists and therapists.

An updated second edition of the essential reference for any dental nurse undertaking the NEBDN qualification in Orthodontic Dental Nursing The revised second edition of Basic Guide to Orthodontic Dental Nursing is a comprehensive guide that offers an introduction for students seeking to develop their knowledge and understanding of this core area of clinical practice. Written in a clear and accessible format, it covers key subjects such as tooth eruption patterns, removable and fixed appliances, de-bonding and retention. It also contains information on care prior to treatment including the requirements for a first appointment and a helpful guide on maintaining motivation particularly for young patients and their parents. Presents essential information on orthodontic dental nursing Is written for trainee dental nurses undertaking the National Examining Board for Dental Nurses (NEBDN) qualification in Orthodontic Dental Nursing Covers key topics such as tooth eruption patterns, removable and fixed appliances, de-bonding and retention Includes colour illustrations and updated photographs throughout Designed to reflect sections of the syllabus of the NEBDN Certificate in Orthodontic Dental Nursing, the second edition of Basic Guide to Orthodontic Dental Nursing is an invaluable resource for all dental nurses with an interest in orthodontics.

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

A fully updated edition of the best-selling textbook for students studying for their dental nurse qualification Levison's Textbook for Dental Nurses continues to be an indispensable resource written specifically for those undertaking the NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing. This new edition provides in-depth coverage in many areas, such as the structure of the dental profession; an update of the current, available NHS dental services; information on extended duties for dental nurses; legal and ethical issues; health and safety including COSHH and waste disposal legislation updates; general anatomy and physiology; and medical emergencies. New edition of a classic textbook, fully in line with the most recent developments in dental nursing practice and education Caters especially for the NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing Outlines the latest GDC standards for dental nurses Key Learning Points in every chapter to help readers master essential information Packed with illustrations and diagrams to assist with aiding comprehension, this student-friendly text is ideal for dental nurses studying for the NEBDN National Diploma in Dental Nursing. It will also be of great benefit to dental nurses studying for the City & Guilds Diploma in Dental Nursing, Level 3.

What happens when the dream finally comes true? Enduring years and years of careful planning and hard work to become a dentist and small business owner, you finish school, pass the boards, and feel ready to conquer the world. Eager to provide quality care and help patients, you create your dream practice. You build it, so the patients will come. Right? Finding yourself in the school of hard knocks and learning by trial and error, you quickly realize that you do not have a clue about running a business! No one warned you it would be like this! Written by a dentist, 100 Things I HATE/Love About Dentistry is the culmination of years in private practice and utilizes real life situations to provide the answers to questions you never knew to ask. Dr. Samuel cleverly uses sarcasm and humor to deliver pearls of wisdom that benefit any small business owner! "Dr. Samuel brilliantly reveals the realities of running a business. Her ‘in your face’ truths will allow you to learn from the daily tribulations, and humbly accept the triumphs that owning a business brings. Dr. Samuel’s 100 Things provides the blueprint to avoid common mistakes while maximizing your revenue. I would recommend this book to anyone who is serious about venturing out to generate income on their own terms." -William A. Taylor, Jr., CPA, CFP® Taylor CPA and Associates, PC Columbus, Georgia/ Atlanta, Georgia "100 Things gives an entertaining spin on real life business situations. Many of us think these things but don’t dare say them out loud. Kudos to Dr. Samuel for capturing and exposing the experiences of most dental offices! Practicing dentistry and running a business means one must wear many different hats. Many books offer a ‘how to’ format for operating a business, but 100 Things takes a hilarious look at day-to-day problems and provides viable solutions to them. Dr. Samuel’s years of experience have cultivated her proven system to growing any business, making 100 Things a MUST for the ‘Business Books To Read’ list!" -Shai Hall Miles, DDS Affordable Dentures Owner, Dothan "This book should be ancillary reading for graduate school students. I could have used such a book five years ago. It would have been immensely helpful!" -H. Anthony Drake, MD Family Medicine, Board Certified "100 Things is a must read for every medical professional or student who aspires to own a small business. Dr. Samuel puts a clever spin on the task of running a business, and simply put... it WORKS!! Dr. Samuel’s simple solutions are applicable to any business!" -Corey L. Hartman, MD, FAAD Medical Directory, Skin Wellness Center of Alabama Clinical Assistant Professor, Dept. of Dermatology, University of Alabama "All small business owners should own a copy of Dr. Samuel’s 100 Things. Implementing Dr. Samuel’s straight forward systems, I saw an immediate increase in productivity!" -Katrice L. Thomas, DMD Private Practice Owner, Montgomery, Alabama

Healthcare has become an extremely important and relevant topic in day to day discussions ever since the COVID-19 pandemic has been encountered by the global population. This has led to a renewed focus and attention that researchers from every discipline have put in to realize better strategies for healthcare management in general. This book is an attempt to put to use recent advancements in the field of the Internet of Medical Things often called IoMT, which is an extension of IoT for real-time, data analytics-driven prompt and quality healthcare to global citizens. Security has been always a challenge with pervasive technologies like IoMT and IoT, and thus usage of disruptive technology like blockchain to offset the security concerns that surround the data and network management. Therefore, this book is an honest attempt to provide directions to applied areas of research in IoMT for healthcare with the aid and help of Blockchain Technologies.

Dr. David Willis combines his experience as a practicing dentist, educator, MBA, and certified financial planner in this breakthrough text about managing a dental business. Rather than a checklist of steps for success, Business Basics for Dentists describes business, economic, marketing, and management principles and explains how to apply them to the dental practice. Dental students and new practitioners will learn how to use the core strategic and operational business philosophies to develop an effective dental practice. He provides the essential elements of a business course--management principles, economics, business finance, and financial analysis--without bogged down in too much detail. These are then related specifically to various aspects of running and managing a dental practice, including office communications, billing, inventory, and marketing the practice. All aspects of practice transition are approached: career opportunities, buying a practice, starting a new practice, multi-practitioner arrangements, practice valuation, and planning and developing a practice. Last, Willis included personal financial planning to ensure that the dentist is also planning for his own finances and retirement beyond the bounds of the practice.

This companion to CDT 2021: Current Dental Terminology helps train the dental team to code accurately and efficiently. Developed by the ADA, the official source for CDT codes, this resource includes more than 200 frequently asked coding questions and gives the answers dentists and dental teams need. It also presents more than 140 common dental coding scenarios and explains how to properly resolve them. The CDT 2021 Coding Companion reflects 2021 code changes with explanations of codes dealing with: counseling for the control and prevention of adverse oral, behavioral, and systemic health effects associated with high-risk substance use, including vaping; medicament application for the prevention of caries; image captures done through teledentistry by a licensed practitioner to forward to another dentist for interpretation; testing to identify patients who may be infected with SARS-CoV-2 (aka COVID-19). Organized by category of service so information is easier to find based on the specific needs of the dental practice. Includes illustrated section on coding for implants; ICD-10 Diagnosis codes and how they relate to dentistry; alphabetic and numeric indexes.

The American DentalAssociation's CDT 2024: Current Dental Terminology provides the mostcurrent information required for consistent and accurate documentation ofservices delivered, facilitating efficient processing of dental claims. Thisbook includes every code with its full descriptor. Understanding the descriptorcan help determine whether the procedure code accurately describes the serviceprovided and can help resolve questions about the accuracy of claimsubmissions. Dental practices can rely on the ADA, the official and definitivesource of CDT, to help them submit accurate claims, and streamline reimbursements,and avoid rejections.  CDT 2024 changesinclude  15additions and  2revisions ; no deleted codes in 2024. CDT 2024 includes a new category of service for Sleep ApneaServices. In addition, it features new codes for; Screening for sleep-related breathing disorders; Fabrication and delivery of oral appliancetherapy (OAT); Excisional biopsy of minor salivary glands; Immunization counseling; Application of hydroxyapatite regenerationmedicament; Placement of a custom removable clear plastictemporary aesthetic appliance  In addition to providing the most up-to-datecodes, CDT 2024 also includes access to the CDT e-book, mobile app, and webapp, providing digital access to the full suite of CDT codes and descriptors.You will also find ICD-10-CM codes for dental procedures, making CDT 2024 themost valuable resource to meet your coding needs.

Consumer-Friendly CDT 2025: Plain Language Terms for Patient Communication is a patient-centered CDT resource that uses plain and consistent language to describe dental procedures in a way that can be easily understood by patients and staff. This first edition includes every CDT code and nomenclature written in simple and straightforward sentences. Plain language descriptors are also included as needed when additional context aids in explaining the procedure. This book is an essential tool in promoting price transparency so every patient can feel comfortable when reading their description of services.    Consumer-Friendly CDT 2025:  Uses simple sentence descriptions to broaden the accessibility of dental procedure language  Aids patients in understanding services and procedures performed  Promotes price transparency  Can help acclimate new office staff to the language of dental procedures and coding 

Dental Benefits and Practice Management: A Guide for Successful Practices is a practical tool that helps you manage your office in tune with the realities of modern dental practice. Written by both dentists and insurance industry professionals Practical explanations to effectively and legally process claims Describes the changes in dental practice management to make your practice patient centered Competitive strategies for dentists and organizations

Dental Office Administration is a comprehensive resource that details the responsibilities of the dental office professional, providing practical communication techniques and tips for problem solving. It also provides the necessary clinical background information every dental office professional needs for a successful practice. Hands-on activities within the text require students to practice common tasks, such as dental charting, writing a memo, or conducting a mock telephone call with another student. A free bonus DVD-ROM for Windows includes practice management software called'DENTRIXG4 practice management'to give students'real world'experience managing patient data and filing electronic claims. A companion Website includes the full text and a quiz bank.

Dental Practice Transition: A Practical Guide to Management, Second Edition, helps readers navigate through options such as starting a practice, associateships, and buying an existing practice with helpful information on business systems, marketing, staffing, and money management. Unique comprehensive guide for the newly qualified dentist  Covers key aspects of practice management and the transition into private practice  Experienced editorial team provides a fresh, balanced and in-depth look at this vitally important subject New and expanded chapters on dental insurance, patient communication, personal finance, associateships, embezzlement, and dental service organizations 

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

Helps everyone on the dental team work in a more comfortable and less painful way Dental health providers commonly struggle with chronic back pain, carpal tunnel syndrome, muscle tension, strained eyes, and other work-related musculoskeletal problems. Ergonomics in the Dental Office provides clear guidance on alleviating or eliminating the pain and discomfort caused by strains put on the body in daily practice. This easy-to-read book explains the principles of ergonomics, identifies specific causes of musculoskeletal problems, and presents simple--yet effective--techniques to address the physical stresses that might be occurring in the dental office. Concise, highly visual chapters demonstrate correct postures, clock positions, instrument transfer, head and neck placement, instrumentation techniques, office design, and more. The author emphasizes the importance of daily exercises, rest breaks, and disciplines that relieve both physical and emotional stress such as yoga and Tai Chi. Topics include occupational health issues and research, treating disabled patients, developing ergonomic awareness, seat positioning for tall and short operators, integrated intervention planning, and signs and symptoms of musculoskeletal disorders. Presents ways to improve body positioning and instrumentation techniques, including basic ergonomic principles of proper four-handed dentistry Discusses exercises to reduce stress and reduce muscle fatigue, such as Pilates, free weights, and aquatic activities Covers all key aspects of ideal dental office ergonomics, including furniture, equipment, office layout and design, and practice assessment Designed to address a problem all dental professionals face, Ergonomics in the Dental Office is an invaluable book for dentists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, and dental students and trainees.

Managing risks in a dental practice is something that practitioners do every day, whether they are aware of it or not. Developed by leaders in the field of dental practice management, these guidelines are based on time-tested best practices of risk management to help dentists protect themselves and their practices. Covers: managing professional risks from a clinical standpoint; dealing with patient records; charting and documentation in a secure way; how to find a legal advisor; discussing the dental team's role in risk management; transitions and other changes.

How to Survive Dental Performance Difficulties offers an authoritative guide for successfully navigating and overcoming dental performance issues.   Offers a practical guide for preventing and overcoming dental performance issues Highlights case studies of dental professionals who have direct experience of being referred for fitness to practise issues Includes information on the support available to dental professionals, the requirements that need to be met, and how to meet them Contains information on the effective use of evidence, improvement practice tools such as personal development plans, continuing professional education, reflective diaries, and audits Offers guidance on how to increase self-awareness and insight  

This book reviews the principles of infection control and the guidelines and standards of care in multiple countries, discussing them within the context of the practice of dentistry. The aim is to enable dental practitioners to ensure that the appropriate measures are adopted for each patient contact, thereby minimizing the risk of transmission of infection - a goal that is becoming ever more important given the threats posed by new or re-emerging infectious diseases and drug-resistant infections. Readers will find information and guidance on all aspects of infection control within the dental office: hand and respiratory hygiene, use of personal protective equipment, safe handling of sharps and safe injection practices, management of occupational exposures, maintenance of dental unit water quality, surface disinfection, and the cleaning and sterilization of dental instruments. Infection Control in the Dental Office will be an invaluable asset for all dental practitioners, including dentists, dental specialists, dental hygienists, and dental assistants.

This book provides practical strategies for dentists to effectively and confidently communicate with many dental insurance issues, as well as with their patients and members of their staff.  Providing real-world examples and sample letters, the book includes specific guidance on how to handle common communication scenarios to avoid being caught off-guard or unprepared.  Leadership and Communication in Dentistry begins with a unique section discussing communications with insurance companies, including negotiations, PPO contract issues, appeals letters, and more. It then includes chapters on communicating with patients, addressing how to listen to their concerns and motivate them, and staff, emphasizing how to be a better leader and institute office policies. The final section explores how dentists can use leadership and communication skills to improve their practice of dentistry.  Provides concrete guidance on how dentists can confidently take the lead on conversations with dental insurance companies, their staff, and their patients Includes real-world examples of how to lead through communications Divided into sections covering communications with insurance companies, dental patients, and staff members Teaches that being mindful of proper communication and leadership skills will create a true balance for the successful dentist leader to become successful at living  Leadership and Communication in Dentistry is a must-have resource for any dentist or dental student wishing to improve their communication skills.

A large percentage of skilled dental professionals lack the tools and comfort level required to market themselves and their dental implant practices effectively  As a consequence, these dental professionals miss several opportunities to help patients and grow their business. Even those who recognize the need for marketing often don't have the experience or training to do so effectively. Marketing Implant Dentistry meets this need by giving dentists the tools to better market and promote their practices and to gain case acceptance. Marketing Implant Dentistry presents proven approaches for attracting dental implant patients and demonstrates the use of successful communication skills, including verbal and visual aids. This book details multiple examples of patient friendly and professional letters for use in targeting both new implant patients and professional referral sources. Readers will learn the benefits of adopting non-traditional approaches such as hosting patient education seminars, as well as cultivating professional relationships with the medical community (physicians) for the purposes of generating untapped referral relationships. Best practices in internet and social media marketing, specific to implant dentistry, are also demonstrated so practices can make the most out of these low-cost opportunities.

"Offers a series of mini-homilies aimed at anyone . . . stuck in a money rut with no way out, and anyone who could use a regular money tune-up." --Tory Johnson, New York Times bestselling author of Sparkle and Hustle: Launch and Grow Your Small Business Now When was the last time you cuddled with your money? It's time to get some quality time in with your financial life and your business numbers. Out with the financial mumbo jumbo. In with funny stories that will teach you simple money strategies to use for your personal and business finances. Did your Raisinets get stuck? Should guys get spray tans? Is your lettuce soggy? All of these crazy stories have money lessons in them. The stories are short and cute. They're easy to read and take action on. Open up and flip to any page to begin feeling more connected to your financial life. It will help you to be more intentional and live a more purposeful life. Get the shoes. Get your latte. It's time to live for today, and save for tomorrow. You need to have a balance. Why not be happy throughout your life?

Have you been thinking about buying your own dental practice, but are worried about getting a great deal? For the entrepreneurial dentists who are planning this career move, The Simple Guide to Buying a Dental Practice & Getting a Great Deal is here to guide you to success. Purchasing your own dental practice will have a profound impact on your career, so you need to do the thinking and planning necessary to make sure it is a positive impact. This guide will walk you through the steps, from first daydreaming about being the owner of your own practice, to finalizing the purchase and walking into the next phase of your career. In The Simple Guide, you'll learn: What is a realistic goal to set for your practice purchase How to find purchase opportunities How to negotiate the best sale price and most favorable terms and more... If done right, the move to practice ownership can set you up for career and financial success, so the steps in this book are designed to make sure of that. Don't set off on this path alone-take a guide with you. Manfred Purtzki is a CPA and dental practice transitions specialist with more than forty years' experience assisting dentists. He has been a contributor to the Just for Dentists newsletter (now a blog) since 1989 and is the author of several publications focusing on buying and selling dental practices. He is a popular speaker at dental conferences. Manfred launched Purtzki Transitions, a full-service practice transition and valuation firm in 1992.

This book provides the why, what and how on delivering a sustainable dental practice. Dentists have a professional duty to support optimal oral health. They also have a moral duty to do so in a way that leaves the smallest footprint on this planet and takes their impacts on the environment and society into account. This book helps the reader to develop a sustainable practice, driven by prevention and delivering the right care at the right time and at the right place, within systems of universal, needs-based access to care. Readers learn how to opt for a practice that is supplied with sustainable energy and encourages biodiversity while building models of care that maximize remote patient engagement and avoid travel. Clear guidance is given on responsible decontamination, waste management and environmentally sensitive ways of managing people with anxiety or behavioural difficulties within the dental setting. The future of dentistry products and innovations to reduce environmental impacts in the dental practice are discussed. This book is a must-have for dentists, dental students and all members of the dental team.

Guiding patient behavior is as important as ever for the practicing dentist, and the behavior of pediatric patients is perhaps the most challenging to manage, especially in today's modern society characterized by its diversity and unlimited access to information. The Third Edition of Wright's Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children delivers an up-to-date discussion of modern techniques for managing the behavior of pediatric dental patients.  The book addresses the influence of family and parenting styles on children's behavior and the factors that determine how children behave in the dental office. Pharmacological and non-pharmacological management techniques are described in depth, as are techniques for dealing with special needs patients. Clinical case scenarios are described throughout the book, with practical application of the taught principles. The final part of the book covers the dental environment¯training office personnel to manage children's behavior, practical considerations for behavior guidance, and the effects of the physical dental office environment.  The new edition adds brand-new information on parent management, discussing the unique characteristics of modern parents and millennials and cultural competence utilizing techniques such as motivational interviewing and empathetic listening, amongst other methods. New sections include the use of hypnosis and magic to guide children through their dental treatment.  Wright's Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children remains the leading book on the management of children's behavior in the dental context. Readers will also benefit from the inclusion of:  A thorough introduction to understanding key moments in child development as well as their behavior in the dental office An examination of establishing a dental home and non-pharmacologic approaches to behavior management Treatment of children with disabilities in the dental setting and tips to parents for proper homecare Understanding the rapidly evolving societal influence on the contemporary family and its impact on treating the pediatric patient How to deal with the Internet: information, misinformation, and negative online reviews Wright's Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children is an essential reference for pediatric dentists, general dentists, dental students, and dental hygienists who frequently encounter child patients in their dental offices.

This book is designed to guide the dental practitioner in the medical and surgical management of the oral surgery patient. It provides dentists and dental professionals with up-to-date, evidence-based information on how to handle any oral surgical problem and how to work up a patient. The book is divided into five sections, the first two of which present overviews of general and basic perioperative topics and the principles of exodontia. Management of oral pathology is then discussed in detail, covering odontogenic infections, osteonecrosis, preprosthetic surgery, common oral pathology, biopsy techniques, and dentoalveolar trauma. The fourth section is devoted to topics in advanced oral surgery, such as disturbances of the temporomandibular joint apparatus, facial deformities, and dental implants. Finally, a series of illustrative case reports and unusual surgical cases is presented. The book is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. Both editors have extensive academic experience and have authored numerous scientific publications.  

This book is designed to serve as a companion to the available textbooks in oral pathology and oral medicine and is meant to serve as a revision tool for dental students and graduates preparing for examinations. The book is structured to complement student lecture notes, recommended textbooks and past exam papers. Globally, the current trend is to use a combination of multiple-choice questions (MCQs), short answer questions (SAQs), extended matching questions (EMQs) and objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) stations in the examination process. Available textbooks in oral pathology and oral medicine are not of much value to students preparing for exams using these assessment formats. The aim of this book therefore is to offer students with a single source that would assist them to prepare for exams. Target audience for this book includes dental students, oral health therapy and dental hygiene students, overseas-trained dental graduates preparing for board or licensing examinations and those preparing for membership or fellowship examinations of the Royal Surgical Colleges.

"Physical Evaluation in Dental Practice" introduces the general concepts of physical evaluation, teaching essential skills and values in patient care and offering a quick reference to common problems of the head and neck. This practical clinical guide provides concise, illustrated synopses of the manifestation of common diseases and conditions in the mouth, head, and neck. Offering the practicing dentist a solid grounding in patient examination, evaluation, and diagnosis, "Physical Evaluation in Dental Practice" is an invaluable chair-side reference aimed at predoctoral dentists, dental hygiene students, practicing dentists, and hygienists.

A key revision resource for dental undergraduates and foundation dentists, SBAs and EMQs for Human Disease (Medicine) in Dentistry is also suitable for qualified practitioners undertaking professional development and learning about the medical context of dentistry.Featuring 200 high quality SBAs and EMQs, the questions mirror the format of university and professional assessments and are based on real-life clinical scenarios. Questions are designed to test the recognition of oral and systemic symptoms, selection of appropriate investigations and management, aswell as to foster development of clinical problem-solving skills for future practice. The book promotes formative learning by incorporating answers, rationale, detailed explanations, and further reading sources for every question.Written by expert clinical teachers, the questions are mapped to specific learning outcomes for the Medicine (Human Disease) in Dentistry course (also referred to as Human Health and Disease (HHD) and Clinical Human Health and Disease (CHHD)) as outlined in the General Dental Council's (GDC's)Preparing for Practice document.A valuable resource full of comprehensive practice questions, this book is a key assessment tool for all those studying dentistry.

Dentistry has constantly evolved over the years to keep abreast of the latest trends, techniques, and diagnostic procedures. Dental Schools have undergone a number of changes in an effort to arrive upon the ideal format for testing clinical knowledge in examinations. Multiple-choice questions (MCQs) have been the most common modality by which dental students were examined. Although MCQs enable the testing of a broad range of topics, as well as being cost effective, they have largely been abandoned in favour of scenario-based questions (SBQs). Traditional MCQs often abstract and measure only whether people recall facts in their short-term memory. Converting these questions to scenario-based questions can increase the level of difficulty, measure higher level thought and providing relevant context. The authors of Scenario Based MCQ in Dentistry have endeavoured to keep these facts in mind and provide a significant number of high-quality SBQs that comprehensively examine the dental curriculum. Most of the questions are scenario based. Each question not only provides an opportunity to apply clinical knowledge and correctly identify the single best answer to a question, but also to learn why the other answers are wrong, greatly increasing the clinical acumen and learning opportunity of the reader. Selection tests and competitive exams are hurdles that a candidate seeks to clear with ease. It all depends on meticulous preparation and the quality of resource materials available to the student. Considering the quantity of subject matter that needs to be covered, it becomes a herculean task unless the candidate chooses the right training tool. Reference texts are often too advanced and undergraduate texts are insufficiently updated or lacking in depth and detail. In this context, a lack of good revision aids can be frustrating. This book has been compiled with the selection tests in mind as a tool for rapid revision and analytical learning. It is useful for doctors, dental students, graduates, dental nurses, technicians, as well as specialists seeking professional excellence, or for those studying for the various licensing exams conducted by SCFHS, Saudi Board, HAAD, OMSB, SCHQ, DHCC, DHA, and MOH. This book aims to provide dental students with a useful source for exam preparation, as well as for supplementing the readers' knowledge so that they feel fully prepared for the various postgraduate entrance examinations.

Spectroscopic techniques have potential applications in many different fields. This book presents a general overview of different spectroscopic techniques and explores how they might be used for dentistry applications. With a general introduction to different techniques, the book discusses a wide range of spectroscopy techniques, with individual chapters focusing on specific techniques important to dentistry applications. Such techniques include Laser-induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (LIBS), Raman Spectroscopy, Fluorescence Spectroscopy and Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) spectroscopy. The book also covers molecular spectroscopic techniques such as UV-Visible Spectroscopy, Near-infrared Spectroscopy and Mid-infrared Spectroscopy. This book is suitable for Professionals and researchers in academia and Industry, as well as advanced students involved with EPR Spectroscopy and dentistry. Key Features: The book highlights different spectroscopic techniques for dentistry applications.Each chapter includes a brief review followed by recent trends.Individual chapter content will be designed to address the needs of technicians in addition to researchers.

This richly illustrated book is a wide-ranging guide to modern diagnostics and treatment planning in orthodontics, which are mandatory prior to the initiation of any type of comprehensive treatment. The importance of three-dimensional (3D) imaging techniques has been increasingly recognized owing to the shortcomings of conventional two-dimensional imaging in some patients, such as those requiring complex adult treatment and those with temporomandibular joint dysfunctions or sleep disturbances. In the first part of this book, readers will find clear description and illustration of the diagnostic role of the latest 3D imaging techniques, including cone beam computed tomography, intra-oral scanning, and magnetic resonance imaging. The second part explains in detail the application of 3D techniques in treatment planning for orthodontic and orthognathic surgery. Guidance is also provided on the use of image fusion software for the purposes of accurate diagnosis and precise design of the most appropriate biomechanical approach in patients with malocclusions.

The book discusses major technical advances and research findings in the field of machine intelligence in medical image analysis. It examines the latest technologies and that have been implemented in clinical practice, such as computational intelligence in computer-aided diagnosis, biological image analysis, and computer-aided surgery and therapy. This book provides insights into the basic science involved in processing, analysing, and utilising all aspects of advanced computational intelligence in medical decision-making based on medical imaging.

For many decades, researchers have been trying to make computers’ analysis of images as effective as the system of human vision is. For this purpose, many algorithms and systems have previously been created. The whole process covers various stages, including image processing, representation and recognition. The results of this work can be applied to many computer-assisted areas of everyday life. They improve particular activities and provide handy tools, which are sometimes only for entertainment, but quite often, they significantly increase our safety. In fact, the practical implementation of image processing algorithms is particularly wide. Moreover, the rapid growth of computational complexity and computer efficiency has allowed for the development of more sophisticated and effective algorithms and tools. Although significant progress has been made so far, many issues still remain, resulting in the need for the development of novel approaches.

This atlas is a detailed and complete guide on imaging of the dentomaxillofacial region, a region of high interest to a wide range of specialists. A large number of injuries and patient's treatment involve the facial skeleton. Enriched by radiographic images and illustrations, this book explores the anatomy of this region presenting its imaging characteristics through the most commonly available  techniques (MDCT, CBCT, MRI and US). In addition, two special chapters on angiography and micro-CT expand the limits of dentomaxillofacial imaging. This comprehensive book will be an invaluable tool for radiologists, dentists, surgeons and ENT specialists in their training and daily practice.

The currently available technical and technological solutions of visualization in dentistry are a number of possibilities in creating images useful both for dentists and technicians. To gain a three-dimensional image of a patient's face and profile to visualize changes in appearance after applying a specific therapeutic method in the field of prosthodontics or orthodontics is no longer a problem. The same applies to a very accurate scan of the area to be treated - the exact map of the working field, on the basis of which the implementation of even very difficult dental procedures can be easily planned. Equally available are three-dimensional images of the patient's skull. The book presents the newest means and capabilities of visualization in different fields of dentistry.

This book provides comprehensive and updated knowledge about dental digital photography. The first part of this book focuses on the fundamental theory of photography, how to select photographic equipment and the basic applications of digital photography in various aspect in dentistry. It is not only helpful to get more clearly understanding of the concept and methods of dental digital photography, but also instructive for dentist to apply photography during their daily treatment. The second part of the book summaries the different category of digital images. It describes the post-processing methods of the images and the "digital smile design(DSD)" basic process, which highlight the instructive aspects for clinical work. In the Chapter named 'cosmetic dental treatment based on digital photography', comprehensive cosmetic cases are provided; Appendix contains a variety of dental photography standards.

This book provides an overview of computational approaches to medical image examination and analysis in oral radiology, utilizing dental radiograph to detect and diagnose dental caries in cases of decayed teeth. Coverage includes basic image processing techniques; approaches for Region of Interest extraction and analysis; and the role of computational clustering techniques for segmentation of teeth and dental caries. The book also presents a novel multiphase level set method for automatic segmentation of dental radiographs.

An accessible, one-stop guide to getting the most out of dental photography in clinical practice Dental photography is an increasingly important part of dental care in general practices, hospitals, and specialist clinics. The uses of dental photographs are numerous, such as monitoring treatment outcomes, educating patients, promoting services, and providing evidence for litigation or regulatory purposes. Essentials of Dental Photography is a user-friendly guide to incorporating dental photographs into daily practice. Containing real-world advice and proven techniques, this book helps clinicians understand and apply the fundamental principles of dental photography. Accessible chapters cover every major aspect of dental photography and answer the most common questions asked by clinicians. Step-by-step instructions show readers how to select the correct photographic and dental equipment, setup equipment for a variety of dental procedures, process images using photo-editing software, and more. The author, a recognised expert in the field, explain the basic concepts of dental photography and how to create high-quality, predictable and repeatable images. Providing an easy-to-follow roadmap to exceptional dental photographs, this practical guide: Covers all the basic concepts, equipment, and techniques of dental photography Illustrates the photographic setups for both intra- and extra-oral images Provides recommendations for appropriate types of cameras, lenses, flashes, reflectors, tripods, and software Discusses photographic archiving, electronic dissemination, printing, publishing, and presenting images Essentials of Dental Photography is a valuable guide for dental practitioners and new graduates looking to learn dental photography and apply it in practice.

This book covers current technological innovations and applications in image processing, introducing analysis techniques and describing applications in remote sensing and manufacturing, among others. The authors include new concepts of color space transformation like color interpolation, among others. Also, the concept of Shearlet Transform and Wavelet Transform and their implementation are discussed. The authors include a perspective about concepts and techniques of remote sensing like image mining, geographical, and agricultural resources. The book also includes several applications of human organ biomedical image analysis. In addition, the principle of moving object detection and tracking -- including recent trends in moving vehicles and ship detection - is described. Presents developments of current research in various areas of image processing; Includes applications of image processing in remote sensing, astronomy, and manufacturing; Pertains to researchers, academics, students, and practitioners in image processing.

1st edition

Progress in information technology has fostered a global explosion of data generation. Accumulated big data are now estimated to be 4.4 zettabytes in the digital universe; and trends predict an exponential increase in the future. Health data are gathered from professional routine care and other expanded sources including the social determinants of health, such as Internet of Things. Biomedical research has recently moved through three stages in digital healthcare: (1) data collection; (2) data sharing; and (3) data analytics. With the explosion of stored health data, dental medicine is edging into its fourth stage of digitization using new technologies including augmented and virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and blockchain. Big data collaborations involve interactions between a diverse range of stakeholders with analytical, technical and political focus. In oral healthcare, data technology has many areas of application: prognostic analysis and predictive modeling, the identification of unknown correlations of diseases, clinical decision support for novel treatment concepts, public health surveys and population-based clinical research, as well as the evaluation of healthcare systems. The objective of this Special Issue is to provide an update on the current knowledge with state-of-the-art theory and practical information on human and social perspectives that determine the uptake of technological innovations in big data science in the field of dental medicine. Moreover, it will focus on the identification of future research needs to manage the continuous increase in health data and to accomplish its clinical translation for patient-centered research and personalized dentistry. This Special Issue welcomes all types of studies and reviews considering the perspectives of different stakeholders on technological innovations for big data science in all dental disciplines.

This classroom-tested textbook will assist dental students with their academic research activities and help them to be competitive in today's fast-growing research environment. It is designed as a core text for dental school classes such as Research Methodology and Scientific and Technical Writing, as well as Responsible Conduct of Research (RCR) training, but will also be a valuable resource for students and researchers in related fields, such as the medical sciences and biomedical engineering. The authors start the book by explaining key concepts and common approaches in dental research, both in basic science and clinical dentistry. They then familiarize readers with evidence-based research in dentistry and how to write a systematic review, explain the process of designing and presenting a proposal, discuss reporting results both in scientific and clinical research, and cover ethics in research, highlighting the significance of adherence to ethics both in animal as well as human studies.

"Technical manual describing the function of each element of removable partial dentures, clinical and laboratory steps of RPD design and fabrication, and discussions of various types of prostheses and when/how to use them"--

This excellently illustrated book equips dental students and practitioners with all the information and guidance required in order to plan optimally the treatment of edentulous patients. Introductory chapters identify the anatomic landmarks and age-related changes in these patients and explain how evaluation should be performed. Preprosthetic planning and impression procedures are then described in detail, covering key principles, mouth preparation, selection of impression material and technique, construction and adjustment of the custom tray, and border molding techniques. The final part of the volume focuses on establishing the occlusal relationship. Readers will find clear explanation of concepts of occlusion in prosthodontics, the recording of maxillomandibular relations, types of mandibular movement, and other important topics. Throughout the book, much attention is devoted to problem solving. A companion volume covering the implementation of complete denture treatment, including resolution of postinsertion problems, is available separately.

This excellently illustrated book equips dental students and practitioners with all the information and guidance required in order to ensure successful implementation of complete denture treatment in edentulous patients following appropriate treatment planning. Readers will find detailed guidance on tooth selection and arrangement, the try-in stage, and remounting and occlusal adjustment. Potential short- and long-term postinsertion problems are identified, with clear explanation of how to resolve them. Information is also provided on the use of stress-reducing materials for complete dentures. The final part of the book is devoted to techniques that can be employed in problematic cases. The text is supported by a wealth of high-quality photographs drawn from the authors' own extensive clinical experience. A companion volume covering every aspect of the planning stage is available separately.

This book is a compilation of articles on complete dentures selected from the Journal of Prosthodontics with the intention of providing the reader with contemporary and relevant information on how the edentulous patient can be better served when fabricating complete dentures. Presents a curated list of the best peer-reviewed articles on complete and removable dentures from the pages of Journal of Prosthodontics  Covers a wide range of treatment scenarios involving fixed and partial dentures Offers a mix of clinical reports, research articles, and reviews

This clinical guide, now in an extensively revised second edition, describes the latest developments in planning, materials, and techniques for successful fabrication of removable partial dentures (RPDs). The fabrication of conventional and digital RPDs are demonstrated in a simple and easy-to-understand format, with the aid of numerous color figures and video clips with scientific support on each page. Care has been taken to provide reliable guidance on all aspects of clinical practice relating to RPDs. Readers will find information on decision-making regarding treatment options, clasp-retained RPDs and esthetic solutions, attachments and double crown systems in RPDs, implant-assisted RPDs, maintenance and post-insertion problems for all types of RPDs, the role of RPDs in the management of temporomandibular disorders and the treatment of maxillofacial defects, the re-establishment of occlusal vertical dimension and maximal intercuspation, the rules for disinfection in prosthodontic practice.

Removable Prosthodontics at a Glance provides a comprehensive and accessible guide to the practical elements of complete and partial denture provision. It serves as the perfect illustrated guide for learners, and a handy revision guide for subsequent undergraduate and postgraduate studies. Following the familiar, easy to use at a Glance format, each topic is presented as a double page spread with text accompanied by clear colour diagrams and clinical photographs to support conceptual understanding. Key concepts such as patient assessment, material handling, denture design, making impressions, and much more are explained and superbly illustrated enabling the reader to visualise the intended clinical endpoint. Removable Prosthodontics at a Glance is a valuable resource for students studying dentistry and clinical dental technology, and those preparing for further studies in Prosthodontics.

This book presents step-by-step procedures for all techniques, materials, and methods associated with the use of complete dentures in dental practice. Written for dental students, dental general practitioners, and laboratory technicians, the book provides a practical approach to the complete denture patient. More than 800 photographs illustrate the text, making it easy to follow and apply in the practice or laboratory.   Treating the Complete Denture Patient covers all topics related to complete dentures, from the initial appointment and impressions to insertion and troubleshooting. Chapters discuss the diagnostic appointment, covering the analyzing of and treatment planning for edentulous patients; the making of preliminary impressions for the beginning stages of treatment; custom trays for final impression appointments; and much more.  Presents easy-to-use, clinically relevant information on all topics related to complete dentures Covers all the steps associated with providing complete dentures, from the initial appointment and impressions to inserting and troubleshooting problems Features hundreds of high-quality color photographs to depict the concepts discussed Includes access to a companion website offering video clips Treating the Complete Denture Patient is an essential resource for dental general practitioners, dental students, and laboratory technicians.

Healthcare has become an extremely important and relevant topic in day to day discussions ever since the COVID-19 pandemic has been encountered by the global population. This has led to a renewed focus and attention that researchers from every discipline have put in to realize better strategies for healthcare management in general. This book is an attempt to put to use recent advancements in the field of the Internet of Medical Things often called IoMT, which is an extension of IoT for real-time, data analytics-driven prompt and quality healthcare to global citizens. Security has been always a challenge with pervasive technologies like IoMT and IoT, and thus usage of disruptive technology like blockchain to offset the security concerns that surround the data and network management. Therefore, this book is an honest attempt to provide directions to applied areas of research in IoMT for healthcare with the aid and help of Blockchain Technologies.

Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology Comprehensive overview of digital dentistry describing available technologies and when/how to use digital dentistry in practice Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology provides comprehensive yet practical references to a wide range of potential uses for digital technology in dental practice, discussing a wide range of digital technologies including their indications, contraindications, advantages, disadvantages, limitations, and applications. Overall, the book emphasizes how to use digital dentistry in daily practice across all specialties. With broad coverage of the subject, Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology discusses digital imaging, digital impressions, digital prosthodontics, digital implant planning and placement, and digital applications in endodontics, orthodontics, and oral surgery. Each chapter is written by experts in each topic and covers applications for prosthodontics, implant dentistry, oral surgery, endodontics, orthodontics, and other specialty areas. Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology also includes information on: Software, scanning, and manufacturing capabilities which have led to an unparalleled revolution leading to a major paradigm shift in all aspects of dentistry Digital radiography, virtual planning, computer-aided design and manufacturing, digital impressions, digitally fabricated dentures, and the "virtual patient" Available technologies, plus a critical evaluation of each one to detail how they are incorporated in daily practice across all specialties Developing technologies in the field with special attention paid to those expected to be on the market sometime in the near future Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology is an essential resource for general dentists, specialists, and students who wish to understand digital dentistry and efficiently and intelligently incorporate it into their practices. The text is also useful for laboratory technicians interested in recent digital advances in the dental field.

The currently available technical and technological solutions of visualization in dentistry are a number of possibilities in creating images useful both for dentists and technicians. To gain a three-dimensional image of a patient's face and profile to visualize changes in appearance after applying a specific therapeutic method in the field of prosthodontics or orthodontics is no longer a problem. The same applies to a very accurate scan of the area to be treated - the exact map of the working field, on the basis of which the implementation of even very difficult dental procedures can be easily planned. Equally available are three-dimensional images of the patient's skull. The book presents the newest means and capabilities of visualization in different fields of dentistry.

Advancements in digital technologies are reshaping the world of dentistry, from prosthodontics to implant dentistry. Intraoral scanners, facial scanners, 3D printers, and milling machines have revolutionized the clinical approach and operative workflow in daily practice. However, digital dentistry brings several challenges to clinicians due to the rapid evolution of new technologies and the lack of evidence-based guidelines for their correct use. The aim of this Special Issue is to cover the latest advances in the development and application of digital technologies in prosthetic and implant dentistry. We wish to provide both clinicians and researchers with a comprehensive and up-to-date source of information on current trends, limitations, and potential future applications of digital technologies in daily clinical practice.

This book describes the fusion of CBCT and CAD/CAM technologies for the purpose of surgical dental treatments and explains the advantages and applications of this digital approach for implant placement procedures and other oral surgical protocols.  All aspects of computer-aided imaging and design are first covered in the textbook, including the creation of DICOM and STL files; followed by the process of virtual merging to obtain a combined image. Secondly, clinical tips for the use of digital wax up, software interactions and accurate template fabrication are explained, including subtractive and additive methods used for this manufacturing step. The remainder of the book is devoted to the application of technology fusion in implantology, guided bone regeneration, and maxillofacial surgery. Both static and dynamic guided surgeries are described. Materials characteristics and surgical instruments are also presented to define a correct selection criteria.  The digital approach outlined in this textbook involves a paradigm shift in the way traditional oral surgery is conceived. Technology fusion aims to improve treatment accuracy, optimize clinical time and reduce patient morbidity. Clinicians will find this book to be a valuable guide for virtual surgical planning and a path to introduce themselves into the exciting world of digital dental surgery.  

This book focuses on recent technological advances in digital dentistry. It provides information on digital aspects in all dental fields including digital caries detection systems, digital color matching, and digital applications in periodontology, surgical implant placement, oral histopathology and pediatric dentistry. Training in emerging and new digital techniques is inevitable in the dental profession. This book contains detailed digital procedures, their basics and their applications. It is divided into three parts: Basic Digital Systems in Dentistry, Novelties and Advances in Digital Dentistry, The Future of Digital Dentistry and Applications. Readers will learn about Artificial Intelligence in dentistry, tissue engineering applications and dental education tools in digital dentistry. The book is a must have for all dental practitioners who would like to deepen their knowledge and understanding of digital systems in dentistry.

Information technology is changing healthcare in numerous wide-ranging aspects, including significantly improving the overall quality of patient care and therefore helping to reduce limitations in people's daily lives. The Digital Pillreflects on how digital technologies can combat chronic diseases including diabetes, cancer, cardiovascular, respiratory and neurodegenerative diseases as well as mental disorders. Chronic diseases touch every family, generate infinite suffering and cause the lion's share of every countries' healthcare spending across the world. The authors carefully study a broad selection of contemporary companies and healthcare organizations that are shaping digital healthcare. They report pioneering cases from large and small technology, insurance, and pharmaceutical companies as well as healthcare providers of all sorts across the globe and bring forward patterns and corner stones of an affordable and patient centric digital healthcare. The Digital Pillis essential reading for anyone working in, engaged with or interested in understanding the future of healthcare.

This book offers up-to-date, readily understandable guidance on the materials and equipment employed in digital restorative dentistry and on the specific clinical procedures that may be performed using the new technologies. The key components of digital restorative dentistry - image acquisition, prosthetic/restorative design, and fabrication - are fully addressed. Readers will find helpful information on scanners, the software for prosthetic design, and the materials and technologies for prosthesis fabrication, including laser sintering, 3D printing, CAD/CAM, and laser ablation. The section on clinical procedures explains all aspects of the use of digital technologies in the treatment of patients requiring removable partial dentures, complete dentures, fixed partial prostheses, crowns, endodontics, and implant surgery and prosthodontics. The field of restorative and prosthetic dentistry is undergoing rapid transition as these new technologies come to play an increasingly central role in everyday dental practice. In bridging the knowledge gap that this technological revolution has created in the field of dentistry, the book will satisfy the needs of both dentists and dental students.   

The trend of digitalization is an omnipresent phenomenon nowadays – in social life and in the dental community. Advancement in digital technology has fostered research into new dental materials for the use of these workflows, particularly in the field of prosthodontics and oral implantology.CAD/CAM-technology has been the game changer for the production of tooth-borne and implant-supported (monolithic) reconstructions: from optical scanning, to on-screen designing, and rapid prototyping using milling or 3D-printing. In this context, the continuous development and speedy progress in digital workflows and dental materials ensure new opportunities in dentistry.The objective of this Special Issue is to provide an update on the current knowledge with state-of-the-art theory and practical information on digital workflows to determine the uptake of technological innovations in dental materials science. In addition, emphasis is placed on identifying future research needs to manage the continuous increase in digitalization in combination with dental materials and to accomplish their clinical translation.This Special Issue welcomes all types of studies and reviews considering the perspectives of the various stakeholders with regard to digital dentistry and dental materials.

This book provides evidence-based guidance on the clinical applications of digital dentistry, that is, the use of dental technologies or devices that incorporate digital or computer-controlled components for the performance of dental procedures. Readers will find practically oriented information on the digital procedures currently in use in various fields of dental practice, including, for example, diagnosis and treatment planning, oral radiography, endodontics, orthodontics, implant dentistry, and esthetic dentistry. The aim is to equip practitioners with the knowledge required in order to enhance their daily practice. To this end, a problem-solving approach is adopted, with emphasis on key concepts and presentation of details in a sequential and easy to follow manner. Clear recommendations are set out, and helpful tips and tricks are highlighted. The book is written in a very readable style and is richly illustrated. Whenever appropriate, information is presented in tabular form to provide a ready overview of answers to frequent doubts and questions. 

Keep current with the evolving technology of dental materials! Phillips' Science of Dental Materials, 13th Edition provides comprehensive, up-to-date information on the materials used in cosmetic and restorative procedures in dentistry. It introduces the physical and chemical properties that are related to selection and use of dental biomaterials, including their composition, mechanical properties, manipulative variables, and the performance of dental restorations and prostheses. This edition adds three new chapters and hundreds of new full-color photographs. Written by dental scientists Chiayi Shen and H. Ralph Rawls along with prosthodontist Josephine Esquivel-Upshaw, this leading text/reference helps dentists select the right materials for oral procedures and helps dental labs ensure high-quality restorations. 500 full-color photos and illustrations show concepts, dental instruments, and restorations. Key terms are defined at the beginning of each chapter, covering terminology related to dental biomaterials and science. Critical thinking questions stimulate thinking and emphasize important concepts and principles. Logical, five-part organization of chapters makes the content easier to read and understand, with units on General Classes and Properties of Dental Materials, Direct Restorative Materials, Indirect Restorative Materials, Fabrication of Prostheses, and Assessing Dental Restorations. Balance between materials science and manipulation bridges the gap of knowledge between dentists and lab technicians. Major emphasis on biocompatibility serves as a useful guide to the principles and clinical implications of restorative materials safety. Diverse and respected pool of contributors lends credibility and experience to each dental science topic. NEW! Three new chapters are added: Digital Technology in Dentistry, In Vitro Research of Dental Materials, and Clinical Research of Restorations.

Complications from dental procedures are inevitable and encountered by all dental professionals. Avoiding and Treating Dental Complications: Best Practices in Dentistry is designed to address proper management of these situations in everyday practice. Covers a range of dental issues and complications found in daily practice Written by experts in each specialty Features tables and charts for quick information Includes clinical photographs and radiographs

This concise manual offers best practice guidance on dental treatment of pediatric patients with special health care needs (CSHCN). The straightforward approaches described will enable clinicians to deliver high-quality, patient-centered care to children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Readers will find up-to-date information on case-based treatment planning, alternative caries management strategies, the use of behavioral and pharmacological interventions to facilitate delivery of quality treatment, and a team approach to care. Practical clinical tips are provided on how to achieve and maintain oral health, including good oral hygiene and nutrition. A systematic framework for patient assessment and interaction with medical colleagues will assist readers in understanding when dental protocols must be altered. Other important topics include techniques for effective communication with CSHCN, behavioral strategies to improve treatment acceptance, the role of occupational therapy techniques, the sensory adapted dental environment, and the use protective stabilization.

Helps everyone on the dental team work in a more comfortable and less painful way Dental health providers commonly struggle with chronic back pain, carpal tunnel syndrome, muscle tension, strained eyes, and other work-related musculoskeletal problems. Ergonomics in the Dental Office provides clear guidance on alleviating or eliminating the pain and discomfort caused by strains put on the body in daily practice. This easy-to-read book explains the principles of ergonomics, identifies specific causes of musculoskeletal problems, and presents simple--yet effective--techniques to address the physical stresses that might be occurring in the dental office. Concise, highly visual chapters demonstrate correct postures, clock positions, instrument transfer, head and neck placement, instrumentation techniques, office design, and more. The author emphasizes the importance of daily exercises, rest breaks, and disciplines that relieve both physical and emotional stress such as yoga and Tai Chi. Topics include occupational health issues and research, treating disabled patients, developing ergonomic awareness, seat positioning for tall and short operators, integrated intervention planning, and signs and symptoms of musculoskeletal disorders. Presents ways to improve body positioning and instrumentation techniques, including basic ergonomic principles of proper four-handed dentistry Discusses exercises to reduce stress and reduce muscle fatigue, such as Pilates, free weights, and aquatic activities Covers all key aspects of ideal dental office ergonomics, including furniture, equipment, office layout and design, and practice assessment Designed to address a problem all dental professionals face, Ergonomics in the Dental Office is an invaluable book for dentists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, and dental students and trainees.

A Practical Approach to Special Care in Dentistry Learn to treat dental patients with disabilities or who are medically compromised A Practical Approach to Special Care in Dentistry delivers a comprehensive and robust overview of special care dentistry reflecting the most common compromised clinical conditions dentists will regularly encounter. It discusses more than 50 topics based on real-world clinical cases focusing on two main areas: patients with disabilities and medically compromised patients. The book uses a problem-based learning approach and helps the reader to apply knowledge in a clinical case context. Each chapter contains a case report establishing the main risk factors relating to the provision of dental treatment. That is followed by a practical and realistic set of adaptations for the reader to follow to minimise the rate and severity of potential complications for their patient. The book also includes: A thorough introduction to patients with disabilities, including physical disabilities, like cerebral palsy and epilepsy, and cognitive impairments, like Down's Syndrome Comprehensive explorations of the treatment of medically compromised patients, like those with infectious diseases, endocrine diseases, hepatorenal disease, and cardiovascular disease Practical discussions of other special patient situations, like those with allergies, antiresorptive and antiangiogenic drugs, terminal patients, underhoused patients, and pregnant or breastfeeding patients Perfect for general dentists, undergraduate students of odontology, and graduate students of special care dentistry, A Practical Approach to Special Care in Dentistry is also a must-read resource for dental specialists in special care dentistry, hospital odontology, geriatric odontology, oral surgery, and dental hygienists.

In this new edition, the editors and contributors update and expand on the educational framework that was introduced in the first edition for rethinking disability in public health study and practice and for attaining the competencies that should accompany this knowledge. The second edition highlights key areas of research that have emerged since the first edition was published. This edition includes new and updated chapters that have particular relevance for public health practice: Disability, Intersectionality, and Inequity: Life in the Margins Disability and Health Programs: Emerging Partners Children with Special Healthcare Needs Disasters and Disability: Rhetoric and Reality Inter-relationship of Health Insurance and Employment for People with Disabilities Public Health, Work, and Disability Actions to Prepare a Competent Workforce Public Health Perspectives on Disability: Science, Social Justice, Ethics, and Beyond, 2nd Edition, is an essential resource for public health educators and practitioners as well as students in graduate schools of public health throughout the United States.

Dentists face many considerations when treating patients and prescribing medication. This ADA quick reference, created by a team of dentists, pharmacists, scientists, and experts in pharmacology, serves as a clinical educational resource to deliver concise and accurate information about prescribed medications used in dentistry. The second edition of the ADA Dental Drug Handbook has been revised to include the latest, most up-to-date information to assist in treating patients. This handbook presents information on commonly encountered drugs in the dental office in an easy-to-follow format, making it a go-to drug reference for dental professionals.Topics include: Drugs used in dentistry, such as analgesics, antifungals, antivirals, anxiolytics, fluorides, local anesthetics and corticosteroids; Detailed, full-color drug monographs with black box warnings, cautions and contraindications, potential adverse reactions, possible drug interactions and more; Sample prescriptions with dosage, frequency and route of admnistration; Smoking cessation, salivary management and oral lesion treatment; OTC products with the ADA Seal of Acceptance;ADA resources on procedures such as general anesthesia, antibiotic prophylaxis and medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw. Useful tables presenting adverse drug reactions, drug-drug interactions and generic brands; Drug management for pediatrics, emergency situations, and special care conditions such as hypertension, pregnancy and substance abuse disorder.

This book on current approaches to the use of drugs in dentistry aims to equip practitioners with a sound understanding of both the scientific evidence for various interventions and the comparative efficacy of those interventions. The focus is on the drugs most commonly used in conjunction with dental treatment, including local anesthetics, analgesics, antibiotics, sedatives, and drugs for the management of medical emergencies. Summaries of the scientific evidence from the available published literature are provided, with assessment of the level and quality of the evidence base. A unique aspect of the book is its focus on current, evidence-based recommendations from professional organizations with regard to special topics, such as antibiotic prophylaxis, pediatric considerations, and management of medically compromised patients. Emphasis is placed on evidence from randomized controlled trials, systematic reviews and meta-analyses, and  in order to further enhance the up-to-date nature of the book, each chapter includes guidance on online resources, such as useful non-commercial websites .

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

No dental office should be without this quick-reference drug handbook! Ideal for chairside use by the entire dental team, Mosby's Dental Drug Reference, 13th Edition provides guidelines for safe, accurate drug administration. More than 800 drug monographs make it easy to find the information most relevant to oral healthcare practitioners, including indications and dosages, contraindications, interactions, side effects, serious reactions, and dental-specific drug data. From lead editor Arthur Jeske, a well-known researcher and author on dental pharmacology, this pocket guide provides the current, concise drug information needed at the point of care. More than 800 drug monographs include each drug's generic name, pronunciation, brand names, drug class, controlled substances schedule, mechanism of action, uses or indications, pharmacokinetics, doses and routes of administration, side effects/adverse reactions, contraindications, precautions, drug interactions of concern to dentistry, and more. Durable, pocket-sized format provides essential drug information at a glance, and makes this guide ideal for chairside use. Detailed dental considerations at the end of each monograph include an easy-to-use, bulleted list of specific dental-related information as well as general drug information, saving you time with information that is dentistry-focused and easy to use. Convenient reference information in the front of the guide includes a primer on the management of medically compromised patients, and the back of the guide includes convenient appendices on abbreviations, drugs associated with dry mouth, drugs that affect taste, oral contraceptives, preventing medication errors, and improving medication safety. Emphasis on oral health, prevention, and treatment from the dental hygienist's perspective makes it easier to use drug information for patient and family education. Coverage of oral contraceptives provides dental information on these commonly used drugs, often known to patients only by their brand names. Evolve website includes more than 100 additional monographs, including new monographs on monoclonal antibodies, images of common pathologic conditions, and information on common oral complications, alternative medicine, and drugs of abuse. NEW! More than 70 new monographs are included on the Evolve website for newly released, FDA-approved monoclonal antibody drugs, plus up-to-date content on the latest drug therapies.

First published in 1992. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress, Pain, and Behavior in Dental Care presents the many different behavioral aspects of dental treatment, including specific dento-related behavioral dysfunctions (fear, anxiety and phobia, excessive gagging reflex, orofacial pain). Special attention is given to the specific problems of elderly dental patients, including possible problems in adapting to dentures. The effects of stress on physiological conditions in the oral cavity and stress-related behavior, such as syncope or inability to achieve local anesthesia, are discussed. The book also summarizes possible treatment modalities for patients who find it difficult to cope with the various aspects of dental care, such as behavior modification, hypnosis, and pharmaceutical approaches. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress, Pain, and Behavior in Dental Care is an indispensable resource for dentists and dental students who occasionally encounter "problematic" patients. The handling of such patients requires more than the usual, familiar, manual skills and is often a source of stress and frustration to the dentist. By developing an understanding of the underlying principles of the behavior of these patients, a clinician will be able to create a better interpersonal relationship with his/her patients, prevent some of the potential problems, and solve others.

This book encourages endodontists to develop a sound technical and theoretical understanding of CBCT. The authors compare the capabilities of modern CBCT imaging with traditional radiography and also present vital information about image interpretation and perception to increase competence and confidence in CBCT interpretation and minimize overdiagnosis and subsequent overtreatment.

This book is a comprehensive guide to BiodentineTM, an innovative biocompatible and bioactive material based on pure tricalcium silicate that can permanently replace dentin and can also serve as a temporary enamel substitute. Although BiodentineTM has been widely used across the world for the past decade, this is the first book to be devoted to its properties, interactions with the soft and hard tissues, and its multiple clinical applications. The coverage encompasses applications in primary and permanent teeth, in specialties as diverse as restorative dentistry, endodontics, paediatric dentistry, dental traumatology, and prosthetic dentistry. BiodentineTM application both in vital pulp therapy and endodontic procedures is illustrated and clinical step by step protocols are provided. The book provides a detailed update on BiodentineTM use to preserve the pulp vitality in direct/indirect pulp capping, pulpotomy and irreversible pulpitis treatment. It also details BiodentineTM use for non-vital teeth treatment in indications such as root/furcation perforation repair, apexification as well as in regenerative endodontic procedures. BiodentineTM: Properties and Clinical Applications will be a rich source of guidance and information for all dentists as well as dental students and academics.

Biomaterials in Endodontics offers an up-to-date overview of endodontic biomaterials and their applications in regenerative medicine and tissue engineering. This book details the key biomaterials used in clinical endodontics and the benefits and challenges of using these materials, from root canal obturation materials to alloys for endodontic files and hand instruments. Chapters also offer a unique insight into the regenerative applications of endodontic biomaterials, such as the use of stem cells and growth factors for bone regeneration. Biomaterials in Endodontics is a useful resource for researchers working in biomedical engineering, regenerative medicine, and materials science with an interest in dentistry and bone regeneration. This book is also a helpful guide for endodontists, dentists, dental scientists, and clinicians with an interest in biomaterials for endodontics.

Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology Comprehensive overview of digital dentistry describing available technologies and when/how to use digital dentistry in practice Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology provides comprehensive yet practical references to a wide range of potential uses for digital technology in dental practice, discussing a wide range of digital technologies including their indications, contraindications, advantages, disadvantages, limitations, and applications. Overall, the book emphasizes how to use digital dentistry in daily practice across all specialties. With broad coverage of the subject, Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology discusses digital imaging, digital impressions, digital prosthodontics, digital implant planning and placement, and digital applications in endodontics, orthodontics, and oral surgery. Each chapter is written by experts in each topic and covers applications for prosthodontics, implant dentistry, oral surgery, endodontics, orthodontics, and other specialty areas. Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology also includes information on: Software, scanning, and manufacturing capabilities which have led to an unparalleled revolution leading to a major paradigm shift in all aspects of dentistry Digital radiography, virtual planning, computer-aided design and manufacturing, digital impressions, digitally fabricated dentures, and the "virtual patient" Available technologies, plus a critical evaluation of each one to detail how they are incorporated in daily practice across all specialties Developing technologies in the field with special attention paid to those expected to be on the market sometime in the near future Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology is an essential resource for general dentists, specialists, and students who wish to understand digital dentistry and efficiently and intelligently incorporate it into their practices. The text is also useful for laboratory technicians interested in recent digital advances in the dental field.

From renowned endodontics experts Mahmoud Torabinejad, Ashraf Fouad, and Shahrokh Shabahang comes Endodontics: Principles and Practice, 6th Edition. This focused and extensively revised new edition contains all the clinically-relevant information needed to incorporate endodontics into general dentistry practice. Illustrated step-by-step guidelines and vivid online videos address the ins and outs of diagnosis, treatment planning, managing pulpal and periapical diseases, and performing basic root canal treatments. Updated evidence-based coverage also includes topics such as the etiology of disease, local anesthesia, emergency treatment, obturation, and temporization. It's the perfect endodontics guide for both entry-level dental students and general dentists alike. Access to this product, which may be at the discretion of your institution, is up to 3 years of online and perpetual offline access. Elsevier reserves the right to restrict or remove access due to changes in product portfolio or other market conditions. Well-known, international contributors share guidelines, expertise, and their clinical experience with contemporary technologies and procedures. Authoritative, visually detailed coverage provides a practical understanding of basic endodontic principles and procedures, including pulpal and periapical diseases and their management. Clinically-relevant organization reflects the order in which procedures are performed in clinical settings, enhancing your understanding of the etiology and treatment of teeth with pulpal and periapical diseases. Over 1,000 full-color illustrations ensure a clear, accurate understanding of procedures, and include radiographs and clinical photographs. Learning objectives help you meet the theoretical and procedural expectations for each chapter. More than 67 video clips located on the companion website demonstrate essential procedures. NEW! Sharper focus on the most clinically relevant content eliminates much of the basic science that you have already studied and focuses on the information and skills that are most-needed during clinical practice. NEW! Fully updated, evidence-based content integrates the best clinical evidence with the practitioner's clinical expertise and the patient's treatment needs and preferences. NEW! Expert Consult access is included via a unique pin-code to make the text relevant for both practitioners and students alike. NEW! Mid-chapter questions check your understanding of the concept before moving onto the next topic.

The authoritative reference that continues to present a systematic analysis of the scientific basis of endodontology The third edition of Essential Endodontology: Prevention and Treatment of Apical Periodontitis has been revised and updated to include the most recent developments in the field, maintaining its position as the major scientific treatise of apical periodontitis. Making an often-complex subject more digestible, the book explores the scientific basis of endodontology, adopting a systematic analysis of the available clinical and laboratory evidence. Promoting apical periodontitis as a disease entity, the comprehensive third edition focuses on its biology and clinical features, enabling the reader to have a better understanding of its diagnosis, prevention and treatment. In addition to thorough updates and full colour illustrations throughout, a new chapter on regenerative endodontics has been added to this edition. Written with a focus on the scientific basis of endodontology Includes a new chapter on regenerative endodontics Presents the most current information and major developments in this fast-moving field Provides helpful learning outcomes in each chapter Contains full colour illustrations, enriching the text Features contributions from a noted panel of international experts, including new contributors from across the globe Regarded as a vital companion to the pursuit of excellence in postgraduate and specialist education, Essential Endodontology is an indispensable and accessible resource for practicing endodontists, postgraduate students of endodontology and those seeking professional certification in endodontology.

This superbly illustrated book provides a comprehensive overview of guided endodontics, a technology-driven, contemporary treatment approach that represents a paradigm shift in endodontics. Guided endodontics is now the proven, safe, predictable and, clinically, the most effective method for management of calcified root canals and root-end resection surgeries. This book covers detailed step-by-step digital treatment planning and the clinical application of static guides and dynamic navigation systems for, both, surgical and non-surgical endodontic treatment. In essence, this novel technology utilizes preoperative CBCT scans and intra-oral 3D scans as well as uniquely developed special software, for virtual planning of the endodontic treatment. This book delineates 3D printing, CBCT, digital impression systems, static guide designing with different software and clinical application of static and dynamic navigation in endodontics and much more. The concluding chapter addresses the future trends in 3D guidance in endodontics, in particular, and dentistry in general.

This book describes the latest minimally invasive approaches in endodontics and explains the principles that guide them. The advantages and limitations of these approaches are critically analyzed with the intention of defining new endodontic gold standards. The trend toward the use of more conservative procedures within endodontics reflects the wider adoption of minimally invasive dentistry in general and is being fostered by the introduction of new materials, devices, instruments, and techniques as well as the use of magnification and advanced three-dimensional diagnostic imaging technologies. In this book, readers will find clear explanation of these advances and their impacts. Minimally invasive access to the root canal system is described, and detailed attention is devoted to the application of novel strategies in root canal instrumentation and disinfection, root canal filling, coronal restoration, retreatment, and endodontic surgery. Minimally invasive alternatives to complete endodontic treatment, such as vital pulp therapies, and to dental extraction and implant placement, including surgical extrusion, intentional replantation, and tooth autotransplantation, are also discussed. Minimally Invasive Approaches in Endodontic Practice will be of value for endodontists at all levels of experience.

This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the Periodontic-Endodontic Interface. It discusses embryonic development of the tooth, oral health and pathology, as well as the diagnosis and management of periodontal disease and endodontic disease, occurring both separately and together. Evidence-based information is given on Periodontal and Endodontic pathogens, lesions and infections with various forms of manifestation. The clear and easy-to-read text is complemented by numerous high-quality photographs and tables that assist understanding and helps with the identification of management solutions. The book is valuable resource for all dental practitioners with an interest in endodontics, periodontics, restorative dentistry, and for higher-level students. USPs Discusses periodontal and endodontic disease, occurring both separately and together Includes clinical cases to illustrate practical tips Gives evidence-based information on lesions, infections and oral health SEO MetaData This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the Periodontic-Endodontic Interface .

This book provides clinicians with up-to-date, scientifically based guidance on the most important stages of endodontic treatment, i.e., cleaning and shaping of the root canal space, including mechanical preparation and chemical disinfection. Five internationally recognized experts present and discuss recent developments and new perspectives in the field. Important advances in root canal preparation and irrigation procedures are described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. A key feature of the book is the detailed attention devoted to the latest research findings and to their impact on contemporary evidence-based clinical guidelines and modern clinical practice. On this basis, simple treatment protocols are proposed that take the anatomy of the root canals fully into account. In addition, emerging problems and trends are considered. The book will be an excellent resource for clinicians and advanced practitioners who are seeking to update their practice.

Nowadays, we use the term “modern endodontics” thanks to new technologies, novel materials, and revolutionary techniques. Various equipment is available to facilitate and improve our endodontic treatments, such as operating microscopes, ultrasounds, lasers, modern alloys for rotary files, powerful irrigation systems, new materials for filling root canals, 3D radiology, and several more. With the aid of the previously mentioned advances, complex endodontic treatments can be carried out safely, hence guaranteeing patients a high level of care and, above all, saving teeth that would otherwise be doomed for extraction. General practitioners and, even more importantly, specialists in endodontics should implement these modern technologies in their practice. This Special Issue will focus on modern endodontics regarding all the recent updates. Full papers of original articles, short communications, and review articles are all invited.

Apical periodontitis is one of the most common inflammatory diseases that affect humans and is caused by microbial infection of the dental root canal system. A thorough understanding of the etiology and pathogenesis of apical periodontitis is essential for high-quality endodontic practice based on a solid scientific foundation. The first section of this book deals with microbiologic and pathophysiologic aspects of the different manifestations of apical periodontitis, while the second section describes the best evidence for predictable treatment and prevention of the disease. Clinical techniques and protocols to treat endodontic infections are described in detail. This new edition boasts a team of renowned authorities in the field that contribute state-of-the-art evidence about the biology and practice of the endodontic treatment of teeth with infected root canals. The content is supplemented with numerous full-color illustrations and radiographs. This book is a definitive guide to those involved with the prevention and treatment of endodontic infections. Inhaltsverzeichnis Section 1. – The infection Chapter 01. Endodontic infections and the etiology of apical periodontitis – an overview Chapter 02. The invaders: bacterial biofilm communities and pathogenicity Chapter 03. The defense: host-pathogen interactions and immune response Chapter 04. The disease: clinical manifestations and pathophysiology of apical periodontitis Chapter 05. Primary endodontic infections Chapter 06. Persistent/secondary endodontic infections Chapter 07. Causes of endodontic treatment failure Chapter 08. Causes of post-treatment pain in Endodontics Chapter 09. Systemic implications of endodontic infections Section 2. – The treatment Chapter 10. Preventing endodontic infections Chapter 11. Controlling endodontic infections – an overview Chapter 12. Chemomechanical preparation Chapter 13. Mechanical aspects of irrigation determined by fluid dynamics in relation to disinfection of the root canal system Chapter 14. Supplementary disinfection of the root canal system Chapter 15. Root canal obturation Chapter 16. Nonconventional and emerging antimicrobials for root canal disinfection Chapter 17. Management of post-treatment apical periodontitis: non-surgical retreatment and periradicular surgery Chapter 18. Endodontic emergencies of infectious origin Chapter 19. Systemic antibiotics in endodontics Chapter 20. Outcomes of endodontic therapy Biographische Informationen Angaben zur Person: Dr Siqueira is Professor of the Postgraduate Program in Dentistry, Grande Rio University, Rio de Janeiro, and Professor and Chairman of the Dental Research Group, Iguaçu University, Nova Iguaçu, RJ, Brazil. He has authored 11 books on endodontics, microbiology, and immunology and also several chapters for leading international endodontic textbooks. Dr Siqueira is one of the most prolific authors in dentistry, having published more than 400 scientific papers. He is the recipient of the 2014 Louis I. Grossman award from the American Association of Endodontists and the 2012 Louis I. Grossman award from the French Society of Endodontics. He currently serves as a member of the editorial board of several international journals for which he is also a reviewer. Dr Siqueira actively lectures on the subject of endodontics worldwide. Angaben zur Person: Dr Rôças is Professor of the Postgraduate Program in Dentistry, and Head of the Molecular Microbiology Laboratory, Grande Rio University, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. She is also Professor of the Dental Research Group, Iguaçu University, Nova Iguaçu, RJ, Brazil. Dr Rôças has contributed significantly to the field of endodontics and is one of the most productive minds in the specialty. She has authored or coauthored numerous chapters for leading international endodontic textbooks and more than 250 scientific articles in peer-reviewed journals. Dr Rôças currently serves as a member of the editorial board of several international journals for which she is also a reviewer.

Epidemiologic Methods: The Essentials is a concise, but thorough volume that provides a solid grounding in core methodologic issues. The book takes a streamlined approach on cohort studies, case-control studies, prevalence studies, randomized trials, demographic studies of morbidity and mortality, ecologic studies, screening, effect modification, bias and confounding. Organized according to study design, with each chapter building on those preceding it, the book provides detailed examples throughout, using data tables and graphs to reinforce methodologic points.

Foundations of Rural Public Health in America spans a wide variety of important issues affecting rural public health, including consumer and family health, environmental and occupational health, mental health, substance abuse, disease prevention and control, rural health care delivery systems, and health disparities. Divided into five sections, the book covers understanding rural communities, public health systems and policies for rural communities, health disparities in rural communities and among special populations, and advancing rural health including assessment, planning and intervention. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experienced scholars and practitioners, this authoritative text comprehensively covers rural health issues today. Key Features- Several topics covered meet the required competencies for an MPH curriculum (e.g. community needs assessment, partnership or coalition development, social justice, etc.).- Comprehensive coverage includes current issues in mental health, LGBTQ populations, COVID-19, commercial agribusiness, adolescent health, rural hospitals, and more.- Hands-on classroom activities for students and discussion questions provides opportunities for active learning.- Instructor's manual, test banks and additional discussion questions along with PowerPoint slides provide helpful resources for course planning and preparation. - Each new print copy includes Navigate eBook Access enabling you to read your digital textbook online or offline from your computer, tablet, or mobile device.

This intermediate textbook on oral epidemiology is designed to meet the needs of advanced students in the fields of Dentistry and Oral Health and dentists in the early stages of their career. Readers will find detailed information on the epidemiology of individual diseases and disorders and on hot topics and methods in oral health research. The extensive first part of the book explores the international epidemiological literature regarding a wide range of conditions, from dental caries and periodontal diseases to halitosis and malocclusions. In each case, the prevalence, disease-specific measures, and associated factors are identified. Attention is then focused on cutting-edge research topics in oral epidemiology, such as the intriguing mechanisms linking oral diseases and chronic general diseases, life course epidemiology, and the role of socioeconomic determinants of oral health. The final part of the book is devoted to description of the epidemiological methods and tools applied in the field of oral health. Here, the coverage includes validation of questionnaires, data collection and data analyses, and systematic reviews and meta-analyses.

Periodontitis is a disease that affects more than half the adult population in the world. Treatment is often based on ancient recommendations consisting in mechanically removing material from damaged zones. However, novel therapeutic management strategies exist, from prevention to efficient treatment, and regeneration. The need of integrative approaches to circumvent this worldwide pledge can be achieved through: A better understanding of this complex disease by promoting scientific research and a comprehensive multidisciplinary approach, including epidemiology, microbiology, immunology, physiology, therapeutics, psychology, etc. A better outreach by promoting vulgarization and recommendations for health professionals. A better information of the empowered patients, leading them to consider prevention and to take part in their therapeutic course. The book "Periodontitis: Advances in Experimental Research" includes a timely collection of chapters covering all the fields of research about periodontitis, consisting in concise reviews by the best specialists themselves and with clinical perspectives for periodontitis. Recent technological advances have allowed to explore shadowed areas of periodontology. The book "Periodontitis: Advances in Experimental Research" is a unique occasion to set a milestone for a more integrated field of periodontitis, with a broad scientific, medical, and public audience thanks to dedicated sections in each chapter: Abstract and main body (scientific audience and expert clinicians) Highlights (scientific audience and clinicians) Impact for Practice (clinicians and economical/political decision makers) Summary for Patients (patients and economical/political decision makers)

Nutritional epidemiology examines dietary or nutritional factors in relation to the occurrence of disease in various populations. It is a fact that substantial progress has been made in recent years in nutritional epidemiology. Compared to the practice during the 1990s, and with the improvements in data analytics, several new approaches are gaining ground. Results from a variety of large-scale studies in the field of nutrition epidemiology have substantially contributed toward the evidence used in guiding dietary recommendations for the prevention of cardiovascular diseases, metabolic disorders, some types of cancer, and other morbidities. In this Special Issue, we would like to bring readers closer to the state-of-the-art in the field by gathering papers covering different aspects of nutrition epidemiology from population-based observational studies. Topics of the submitted articles may, but not necessarily, include eating habits of various populations, especially of those not well-studied, such as in Africa, Oceania, South Americas, immigrants, minorities, as well as a variety of associations between nutrients/foods/food patterns and chronic diseases, like cardiovascular, diabetes, obesity, cancer, etc., and gene–nutrient and epigenome–nutrient interactions related to human health at all ages.

Public Health Behind Bars From Prisons to Communities examines the burden of illness in the growing prison population, and analyzes the impact on public health as prisoners are released. This book makes a timely case for correctional health care that is humane for those incarcerated and beneficial to the communities they reenter.

The dental curriculum is like a living organism—it has developed through time, manifesting regional, cultural, and scientific heritage, and reflecting modern trends. The undergraduate dental curriculum is periodically rebuilt to ensure the harmonization of higher education systems between countries, especially in Europe. Structure, content, learning, and assessment in undergraduate and postgraduate dental education and auxiliary dental personnel training are shaped based on professional consensus. Constant updates on recent technological innovations and evidence-based best practice are necessary.In modern times, ethical issues are raised more than ever. Can we teach our students how to be dedicated health professionals and manage a successful practice at the same time? Does the commercialization of our profession also affect the dental curriculum today?The COVID-19 pandemic has imposed new challenges, moving us from lecture rooms and clinics to an online environment.This Special Issue is dedicated to developing the understanding of dental education.

  The multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty-based text is designed as a valuable resource for surgeons working on the maxillofacial region. Meant to be a clinically based history of the past, the present, and the future of the field, this is a one-of-a-kind text that will cater to a variety of professions: from oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, otolaryngologists - head and neck surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and the general dental practitioner. The History of Maxillofacial Surgery: An Evidence-Based Journey is divided into three sections for ease of understanding: The first section gives an overview of the early history; the second section provides a discussion of conventional procedures; and the third section gives a history of advanced procedures and techniques. By understanding the fundamental procedures and techniques of the field, practitioners can continue to further the field by building upon the past. Including historic case studies paired with real patient photos, this text details why professionals do what they do today with insight directly from the clinic. To provide a unique perspective the book is edited by three individuals at different stages of their careers. Each chapter is authored by a young surgeon paired with a seasoned surgeon. 

This book is a one-stop resource for learning how to harness the power of the latest scientific information and optimize patient care. How to Use Evidence-Based Dental Practices to Improve Your Clinical Decision-Making is the definitive resource for dental students and practitioners who want to learn from leaders in the field of evidence-based dentistry (EBD); quickly conduct searches for the latest research; master the skill of critically appraising clinical studies; confidently apply the latest research to patient care; teach others how to inform their practice with the latest clinical evidence; and access everything they need to become an EBD all-star. The ADA Center for Evidence-Based Dentistry oversaw the development of this publication. Dental teams and educators alike will find it a useful resource for incorporating the most up-to-date scientific evidence in clinical decisions and instilling others with the curious mindset needed to provide evidence-based health care. Includes link to e-book.

This book reviews all aspects of the use of machine learning in contemporary dentistry, clearly explaining its significance for dental imaging, oral diagnosis and treatment, dental designs, and dental research. Machine learning is an emerging field of artificial intelligence research and practice in which computer agents are employed to improve perception, cognition, and action based on their ability to "learn", for example through use of big data techniques. Its application within dentistry is designed to promote personalized and precision patient care, with enhancement of diagnosis and treatment planning. In this book, readers will find up-to-date information on different machine learning tools and their applicability in various dental specialties. The selected examples amply illustrate the opportunities to employ a machine learning approach within dentistry while also serving to highlight the associated challenges. Machine Learning in Dentistry will be of value for all dental practitioners and researchers who wish to learn more about the potential benefits of using machine learning techniques in their work.

This book reviews the role of randomized controlled trials (RCTs) in clinical dentistry, explains how to successfully conduct RCTs related to dentistry, and provides detailed information on the use of RCTs within each of the dental specialties. Although RCTs represent the gold standard in evidence-based dentistry for evaluation of the effects of an intervention, a textbook on the subject has to date been lacking. Randomized Controlled Trials in Evidence-Based Dentistry will fill this educational gap and improve the confidence of dental providers, researchers, and their multidisciplinary teams in conducting high-quality RCTs in a variety of settings and different parts of the world. In particular, it will enable readers to implement a suitable step-by-step approach to RCTs, identify possible solutions to common challenges when performing RCTs in individual dental specialties, and apply these solutions to their own RCT projects.

This book provides evidence-based information in the field of regenerative dentistry discussing the most recent advances, current clinical applications, limitations and future directions. The coverage encompasses the regeneration of alveolar bone, the dentine-pulp complex, enamel, the periodontium and other tissues associated with the oral cavity. A full description is provided of regenerative approaches in dentistry including regenerative endodontics and tooth repair, regenerative periodontics, regenerative assisted orthodontics, regenerative approaches in oral medicine, and dental tissue derived stem cells and their potential applications. The book is written by an international team of leading experts. It will be beneficial for students, practitioners and researchers in the fields of endodontics, periodontics and implantology.

This classroom-tested textbook will assist dental students with their academic research activities and help them to be competitive in today's fast-growing research environment. It is designed as a core text for dental school classes such as Research Methodology and Scientific and Technical Writing, as well as Responsible Conduct of Research (RCR) training, but will also be a valuable resource for students and researchers in related fields, such as the medical sciences and biomedical engineering. The authors start the book by explaining key concepts and common approaches in dental research, both in basic science and clinical dentistry. They then familiarize readers with evidence-based research in dentistry and how to write a systematic review, explain the process of designing and presenting a proposal, discuss reporting results both in scientific and clinical research, and cover ethics in research, highlighting the significance of adherence to ethics both in animal as well as human studies.

The book aims to provide comprehensive insights and techniques to dental students and practicing dentists seeking to expand their skills in tooth extraction. Building upon the foundational knowledge acquired during dental education, this book delves into the intricacies of advanced tooth extraction strategies. It covers a wide range of topics, including complex extractions, impacted teeth, surgical techniques, management of complications, and specialized cases. The book takes a practical approach, combining evidence-based principles with clinical expertise to equip readers with the necessary tools to tackle challenging extraction cases confidently. The purpose of this book is to bridge the gap between basic tooth extraction skills and the demands of real-world clinical practice. It recognizes that dentists need to continually enhance their abilities to handle more complex cases and overcome potential complications. By presenting advanced strategies and insights, the book aimsto empower readers to refine their decision-making skills, improve surgical techniques, and optimize patient outcomes. Through clear explanations, detailed illustrations, and case examples, the book will serve as a valuable resource for dentists seeking to expand their expertise in tooth extraction. It strives to elevate the reader's confidence, competence, and proficiency in handling a wide range of extraction scenarios, ultimately enhancing the quality of dental care provided to patients.

This book covers all clinical aspects of partial extraction therapy (PET), a revolutionary technique that offers long-term stability of soft and hard tissue around implants. Readers will find step-by-step protocols, valuable insights, and helpful tips, backed by the best available scientific evidence. After explanation of the biological rationale for PET, the socket shield technique, which entails partial extraction of the tooth root prior to implant placement, is clearly described and illustrated. Guidance is then provided on case selection, contraindications, and fabrication and design of the provisional restoration. Variations in the PET procedure are explained, and techniques presented for the management of multirooted teeth, pontic sites, and full mouth rehabilitation. Advice is also offered on how to deal with complications and treatment failures. Finally, the current evidence for PET and the scope for extending its use are reviewed. PET has gained immense popularity in recent years, and this book will be of value for clinicians, students, and academicians.

This textbook provides dental practitioners and students with all the knowledge required in order to treat optimally the oral conditions encountered in children and adolescents and to offer appropriate guidance on subsequent oral health self-care. The opening chapters are designed to assist readers in providing empathic care on the basis of a sound understanding of the processes of physical and psychological maturation. The use of sedation and anesthesia is then discussed, followed by detailed information on such key topics as tooth eruption and shedding, preventive and interceptive orthodontics, and control of dental caries. Restoration procedures and pulp treatment necessitated by dental caries, trauma and/or developmental anomalies are clearly described, with reference to relevant advances in dental technology and materials. Subsequent chapters focus on conditions compromising dental or general oral health in the pediatric age group, such as periodontal diseases, dental wear, dental anomalies, TMJ disorders, and soft tissue lesions. The book concludes by examining treatment approaches in children and adolescents with disabilities, syndromes, chronic diseases, craniofacial abnormalities, and generally advocating children centered dentistry as it affects their quality of life.            

Practical Procedures in IMPLANT DENTISTRY Master the fundamentals and intricacies of implant dentistry with this comprehensive and practical new resource Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry delivers a comprehensive collection of information demonstrating the science and clinical techniques in implant dentistry. Written in a practical and accessible style that outlines the principles and procedures of each technique, the book offers clinical tips and references to build a comprehensive foundation of knowledge in implantology. Written by an international team of contributors with extensive clinical and academic expertise, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry covers core topics such as: Rationale and assessment for implant placement and restoration, including the diagnostic records and surgical considerations required for optimal planning and risk management Incision design considerations and flap management, with an essential knowledge of regional neuro-vascular structures Implant placement, encompassing the timing of the placement, bone requirements and understanding the importance of the peri-implant interface for soft tissue stability Impression techniques, loading protocols, digital workflows and the aesthetic considerations of implants Prosthetic rehabilitation of single tooth implants to fully edentulous workflows, including discussions of soft tissue support, biomechanics and occlusal verification Perfect for both general dental practitioners and specialists in implant dentistry, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry is also a valuable reference to senior undergraduate and postgraduate dental students.

Combines the basic sciences and principles of dentoalveolar extractions with basic and advanced surgical techniques Principles of Dentoalveolar Extractions is a comprehensive, technical text covering the basic sciences and principles of dentoalveolar extractions, exploring both the basic surgical techniques and advanced surgical practices. Highly illustrated with colour photographs throughout, this text discusses the procedures, pitfalls, and practicalities of exodontia. It highlights the most common surgical principles encountered in clinical practice, the range of surgical instruments available, and how to manage the potential complications associated with extraction procedures. This important text: Focuses solely on dentoalveolar extractions and surgery Contains full colour photographs and detailed illustrations to aid learning Offers a technical walk-through guide that can be used as a reference prior to surgery Includes a Preface written by Professor Andrew A. C. Heggie, AM Written for dental students, surgical trainees and other dental professionals, Principles of Dentoalveolar Extractions provides a comprehensive and pragmatic review of dentoalveolar extractions.

This book presents an approach to postmortem human identification using dental image processing based on dental features and characteristics, and provides information on various identification systems based on dental features using image processing operations. The book also provides information on a novel human identification approach that uses Infinite Symmetric Exponential Filter (ISEF) based edge detection and contouring algorithms. Provides complete details on dental imaging; Discusses the important features of a human identification approach and presents a brief review on DICOM standard for dental imaging; Presents human identification approach based on dental features.

Forensic Odontology: Principles and Practice details the aspects necessary to become an accomplished forensic odontologist, including an illustration of the skills necessary to become an expert witness. The book is ideal for both the experienced and novice forensic odontologist, covering many fields of expertise, including civil and criminal matters. The civil side involves standard of care and personal injury matters, while the criminal side involves not only dental identification, but management of mass fatality incidents, age assessment, child and elder abuse, and bitemark analysis.- Provides a comprehensive review of forensic odontology, including the skills necessary to become a competent expert witness- Covers the fields of forensic odontology, the basic skills, legal aspects, legal precedents, report writing and expert witness testimony- Includes numerous illustrations, including charts and graphs, along with B&W and color images

This concise yet comprehensive book provides conceptual knowledge about forensic odontology in medical, dental, allied and litigation purposes. Written by authors that are highly knowledgeable, experienced and well-established in the field, this handbook lucidly explains basic and advanced components of dental forensics, beginning with anatomical attributes of the tooth, age assessment, dental anomalies and moving ahead to DNA fingerprinting from dental pulp, disaster victim identification from dentures, bite marks and oral autobiography which is a pragmatic approach in identification. Key features: - Gives an insight into basic and advanced aspects necessary to become an expert practitioner in forensic dentistry with a focus on how to provide apt evidence and explanations - Brings out remedial measures for challenges in disaster victim identification which can prove to be very helpful in crisis management - Provides references for further reading This book is intended as a handbook for readers who require a basic exposure to forensic dentistry. It will benefit learners and working professionals in forensic medicine, clinical settings, legal review, litigation, disaster management and allied roles involved in the criminal justice system.

The relationship of oral disease to overall disease is certainly not a new concept. For centuries, the role of oral infection and inflammation in contributing to diseases elsewhere in the body has been studied and reported. During the last few decades, a series of intriguing reports from many countries have increased the current interest in the role of oral health and disease in contributing to general health and systemic conditions. Is it possible that oral and periodontal disease is a risk factor for cardiovascular and other systemic diseases? Since this question was first posed, a phenomenal body of work has been directed at understanding how oral periodontal disease might affect distant sites and organs and, thus, have an effect on overall health. Recent studies of the human microbiome using DNA sequencing technologies have revealed new insights into the possible mechanisms that help to explain how oral infections can occur in distinct sites such as atheromas, the colon, and reproductive tissues.

This book, now in an extensively revised third edition, is a superbly illustrated and authoritative reference on tooth wear and its management. Tooth wear is becoming an increasing problem as people are living longer and keeping their teeth for longer, with recent UK surveys showing that at least 75% of adults and more than 50% of children now have some form of identifiable tooth wear. This latest edition addresses this growing challenge by describing practical clinical techniques that will aid identification of the aetiological factors responsible for erosion, attrition and abrasion and by offering guidance in the planning and delivery of appropriate patient care. Readers will find helpful information on difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and prevention of tooth wear, problems associated with controlling the process and strategies for providing management solutions. Alongside thorough updates of the original chapters, this new expanded edition includes several entirely new chapters from highly regarded clinicians and researchers from the UK and Europe. This essential clinical guide will meet the needs of dental professionals and dental students alike.

Although the field of dental surgery has witnessed significant changes over the past decade, perfect wound closure remains a key aspect for uneventful wound healing. The Art of Dental Suturing is a unique overview of the diff erent aspects of wound closure. Written by two experts in the field, this fully illustrated clinical guide on the management of suturing is intended to impart all the information necessary to achieve successful wound closure. In line with the current dental literature, and carefully constructed in a concise and simple way, the book is divided into three chapters. The first chapter deals with general characteristics of wound healing and provides information to dental clinicians and surgeons on the basic principles involved. The second chapter presents the instruments and materials required for all the categories of wound closure in every clinical situation. The third chapter is a complete guide to the various wound closure methods and techniques required in dental surgery. It is constructed in a step-by-step manner for clear understanding and is accompanied by carefully designed, large-format illustrations and photographs to impart the essential knowledge needed to facilitate perfect suturing. We hope that this book will serve as a reference guide to for all those in the profession who are tasked with the crucial role of successful wound closure. Inhaltsverzeichnis Chapter 1: Wound healing Introduction Phases of wound healing Typical characteristics of oral mucosal wound healing Wound healing and systemic factors Drugs and wound healing Local factors affecting wound healing Chapter 2: Suture materials and suturing instruments Suture threads and needles Physical properties of suture threads Absorption characteristics of suture threads Absorbable suture threads Non-absorbable suture threads Suture needles Hand instruments Tissue adhesives Chapter 3: Suturing techniques General principles of suturing Wound closure sutures Displacement sutures for approximating wound margins Sling sutures View-enhancing (tissue retraction) sutures Fixation sutures for biomaterials or grafts Sutures for securing surgical dressings or packings Hemostatic sutures Positioning sutures Sutures to prevent foreign material from traveling into deep tissue Abscess drainage sutures Biographische Informationen Çankaya, A. Burak Angaben zur Person: Associate Professor A. Burak Çankaya, DDS, graduated from Kadıköy Anatolian High School in 1995, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 2000. He worked as a visiting lecturer at Klinikum Osnabrück GmbH – Klinik für Mund-, Kiefer-, Gesichtschirurgie in 2006 and 2007. He acquired his PhD in 2007 and became Associate Professor in 2012. His professional areas of interest include impacted tooth surgery, dental traumatology, dental implants, and bone regeneration. He is a member of the Turkish Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Demirel, Korkud Angaben zur Person: Professor Korkud Demirel, DDS, graduated from Tarsus American School in 1980, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 1985. He worked as a visiting lecturer at New York University, Stony Brook School of Dentistry, Department of Periodontology in 1989 and 1990. He attained his PhD in 1992 and became Professor in 2002. He was awarded the title of Honorary Professor by the Ukrainian Academy of Postgraduate Education in 2018. His professional areas of interest include esthetic periodontal treatment, dental implants, bone regeneration, and smoking and gingival diseases. He was Past President of the Turkish Society of Periodontology, and was Past President of the European Federation of Periodontology.

This comprehensive, evidence-based textbook presents the latest knowledge on bad breath, describing insights from basic research and offering expert guidance on current approaches to diagnosis and treatment. The new edition has been thoroughly updated to take account of recent advances in understanding. The opening chapters examine in detail the origins of bad breath, including from the nose and pharynx. Microbial and biochemical aspects are fully explained, and information is also provided on odor perception. The clinically focused chapters cover all forms of laboratory measurement of breath odors, chairside diagnostic techniques, and the full range of available treatment options. The value of self-administered questionnaires in assessing bad breath is discussed, and attention is paid to the problem in specific population groups and to psychological aspects. Finally, future prospects are reviewed. The authors draw on more than forty years of combined experience in the field, both in the laboratory and as consultants to thousands of patients. The book will be of interest to all dentists as well as ENT specialists and family physicians.

The American DentalAssociation's CDT 2024: Current Dental Terminology provides the mostcurrent information required for consistent and accurate documentation ofservices delivered, facilitating efficient processing of dental claims. Thisbook includes every code with its full descriptor. Understanding the descriptorcan help determine whether the procedure code accurately describes the serviceprovided and can help resolve questions about the accuracy of claimsubmissions. Dental practices can rely on the ADA, the official and definitivesource of CDT, to help them submit accurate claims, and streamline reimbursements,and avoid rejections.  CDT 2024 changesinclude  15additions and  2revisions ; no deleted codes in 2024. CDT 2024 includes a new category of service for Sleep ApneaServices. In addition, it features new codes for; Screening for sleep-related breathing disorders; Fabrication and delivery of oral appliancetherapy (OAT); Excisional biopsy of minor salivary glands; Immunization counseling; Application of hydroxyapatite regenerationmedicament; Placement of a custom removable clear plastictemporary aesthetic appliance  In addition to providing the most up-to-datecodes, CDT 2024 also includes access to the CDT e-book, mobile app, and webapp, providing digital access to the full suite of CDT codes and descriptors.You will also find ICD-10-CM codes for dental procedures, making CDT 2024 themost valuable resource to meet your coding needs.

This companion to CDT 2021: Current Dental Terminology helps train the dental team to code accurately and efficiently. Developed by the ADA, the official source for CDT codes, this resource includes more than 200 frequently asked coding questions and gives the answers dentists and dental teams need. It also presents more than 140 common dental coding scenarios and explains how to properly resolve them. The CDT 2021 Coding Companion reflects 2021 code changes with explanations of codes dealing with: counseling for the control and prevention of adverse oral, behavioral, and systemic health effects associated with high-risk substance use, including vaping; medicament application for the prevention of caries; image captures done through teledentistry by a licensed practitioner to forward to another dentist for interpretation; testing to identify patients who may be infected with SARS-CoV-2 (aka COVID-19). Organized by category of service so information is easier to find based on the specific needs of the dental practice. Includes illustrated section on coding for implants; ICD-10 Diagnosis codes and how they relate to dentistry; alphabetic and numeric indexes.

The book presents extensive case reports covering various clinical dentistry disciplines. In Oral Medicine, cases of various oral lesions and their risk factors were reported, as well as the precautions of radiotherapy for oral condition. In Oral Surgery, various surgical techniques were discussed related to orbital cavity reconstruction, mandibular defect reconstruction, arthoplasty, management of tumors in maxillofacial region, management of Schneiderian membrane perforation and lateral sinus lifting procedures in severe bone loss case. The use of CBCT on implant planning and identification of ameloblastoma tumor margin were reported. In Prosthodontics, treatment of removable partial denture and orbital defect reconstruction were discussed. In Conservative Dentistry, endodontics treatment and retreatment in rare cases were discussed, including management of fracture instruments and iatrogenic pulp exposure and replantation of avulsed teeth. In Pediatric Dentistry, various techniques related to intrusive luxation, treatment of lip sucking and approach for children in special need toward dental anxiety were addressed. In Orthodontics, a case of management malocclusion of a difficult case was reported. In Forensic Dentistry, the importance of forensic odontology in burnt victim age estimation and post mortem reconstruction methods were reported. In Periodontology, cases of trauma from occlusion and the aesthetic of crown lengthening were reported. This large collection of case reports, discussing various treatments of clinical problems, identification of oral diseases that are frequently encountered in daily practice will surely give valuable information for general practitioners and dental specialists in order to achieve the highest standard in clinical dentistry.

This book is designed to meet the needs of both dental students and dentists by providing succinct and quickly retrievable answers to common dental questions. Students will find both that it clearly presents the particulars which should be familiar to every dentist and that it enables them to see the big picture and contextualize information introduced to them in the future. Practicing dentists, on the other hand, will employ the book as a daily reference to source information on important topics, materials, techniques, and conditions. The book is neither discipline nor specialty specific. The first part is wide ranging and covers the essentials of dental practice while the second part addresses individual specialties and the third is devoted to emergency dental treatment. Whether as a handy resource in the student s backpack or as a readily available tool on the office desk, this reference manual fills an important gap in the dental literature.

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

The book provides a summary of 30 countries'epidemiological profiles on tooth eruption and hard dental tissue anomalies. It opens with a chapter that introduces readers to the entire gamut of anomalies associated with tooth eruption, and dental tissue development and its associated anomalies. This is followed by a chapter that discusses dental development and its association with life history, brain development, and sexual maturity, as well as population differences in tooth development. There is also a contribution that extensively addresses teething and associated myths and misconception, while another considers non-syndromic causes of dental anomalies. The book ends with a chapter that maps what we currently know and what still remains to be studied.

This book is an easy-to-use guide to all aspects of infection control and decontamination that will support the implementation of effective measures for risk reduction in dental practice. Among the topics addressed are the principles and practicalities of cleaning and sterilizing dental instruments, the role of personal protective equipment, the design and use of decontamination rooms, choice of dental equipment, environmental disinfection, and considerations relating to dental unit water lines. In addition, readers will find an informative and helpful section on the background history and basic science of infection control within dentistry. Infection Control in Primary Dental Care will be very useful for all members of the dental team, including dentists, dental nurses or assistants, dental hygienists, and therapists. The book is illustrated with photographs, diagrams, and tables to aid understanding and encourage good practice. The authors have a background in microbiology and dental practice and have extensive experience of providing advice and guidance to professional colleagues on infection control procedures.

The future of medicine--and the key to a healthier life--starts in your mouth American dentists are beginning to discover what some of their European counterparts have long understood: Many common chronic conditions--obesity, inflammation, stroke, diabetes, Alzheimer's, heart disease, and cancer, among others--often have their origins in the mouth. In a groundbreaking new work, German dentist Dr. Dominik Nischwitz presents the principles of biological dentistry along with emerging scientific research on the mouth's vital role in the body's microbiome--a key to whole body wellness. Challenging conventional dental wisdom that views the teeth as separate from the rest of the body, and conventional dental practices that often cause more harm than good, It's All in Your Mouth delivers: The latest research on the microbiome and the mouth Critical information on the dangers of root canals and amalgam fillings The important role of nutrition in oral health and hygiene A clarion call for a new approach to dentistry Sensible, holistic, and humane, It's All in Your Mouth offers a necessary new approach to natural immunity to chronic disease and integrating dental hygiene into whole body health.

A practical, reader-friendly guide for dental students on the neuroscience of the orofacial region Understanding neural mechanisms that control orofacial pain, proper masticatory function, taste, speech, swallowing, and proprioceptive input to the temporomandibular joint and teeth is an important facet of dentistry. Neuroscience of Dentistry by renowned educators Barbara J. O'Kane and Laura C. Barritt provides foundational knowledge on these topics. The text integrates fundamental concepts of general neuroscience with vital information on neural mechanisms of the orofacial region and associated pain pathways. The book is organized in two parts covering basic neuroscience and orofacial neuroscience. Part one is subdivided into four units on the central nervous system, brain and spinal cord gross anatomy, sensory systems, and motor systems. Part two features three units focused on orofacial structures and tissues, dental structures, and orofacial pain and anesthesia. Each generously illustrated, succinctly written, and consistently formatted chapter includes an introductory overview and learning objectives. Key Highlights Throughout the book, relevant clinical correlations emphasize the relationship between basic neuroscience and clinical practice Concise, high-yield illustrations, schematics, charts, and tables enhance understanding of general and orofacial neuroanatomy concepts Helpful overviews at the beginning of each chapter highlight key concepts National board style questions at the end of each chapter emphasize board-relevant information that enables self-study This is a must-have resource for dental students taking neuroscience during their first or second year of dental school. It will also benefit other health science and dental hygiene students, as well as oral and maxillofacial surgery residents.

Covering specific mouth and dental conditions such as ulcers, halitosis and tooth grinding, this book recognises the link between these conditions and systemic diseases. It provides a review some aspects of the basic anatomy and physiology of the mouth and teeth, such as biofilms, quorum sensing and cavitations, alongside information from current research. The book also includes discussion of the impact of natural ageing processes, satiety and taste perception as these associate with oral (and systemic) health. Discussing associations to systemic diseases such as cardiovascular disease, diabetes and adverse pregnancy outcomes, the book offers scientifically evidenced protocol possibilities and a balanced viewpoint. With practical guidance and theory, Oral Health and Systemic Disease is the go-to resource for nutritional therapists and functional medicine practitioners who want to deepen their knowledge of mouth and dental health issues.

This book is a wide-ranging guide to risk assessment and risk-based prevention in oral health and dentistry. Readers will find clear explanations of the principles, models, and tools of risk assessment, as well as practical information on risk assessment in relation to periodontal disease, caries, tooth wear, and oral cancer. The lessons that the oral healthcare profession can learn from experiences regarding risk assessment in primary medical care practice, particularly in cardiovascular and diabetes medicine, are highlighted. The closing section focuses specifically on implementation of risk assessment within the dental practice, including training of the oral healthcare team and the need to take into account medicolegal considerations. The book is a very timely addition to the literature, given the move towards wellness- rather than repair-based models of healthcare in Europe and North America and the focus of dental contracts on risk-driven care pathways. It will be of high value for not only practitioners but also professionals and healthcare funding bodies.

Spectroscopic techniques have potential applications in many different fields. This book presents a general overview of different spectroscopic techniques and explores how they might be used for dentistry applications. With a general introduction to different techniques, the book discusses a wide range of spectroscopy techniques, with individual chapters focusing on specific techniques important to dentistry applications. Such techniques include Laser-induced Breakdown Spectroscopy (LIBS), Raman Spectroscopy, Fluorescence Spectroscopy and Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) spectroscopy. The book also covers molecular spectroscopic techniques such as UV-Visible Spectroscopy, Near-infrared Spectroscopy and Mid-infrared Spectroscopy. This book is suitable for Professionals and researchers in academia and Industry, as well as advanced students involved with EPR Spectroscopy and dentistry. Key Features: The book highlights different spectroscopic techniques for dentistry applications.Each chapter includes a brief review followed by recent trends.Individual chapter content will be designed to address the needs of technicians in addition to researchers.

This book, now in an extensively revised third edition, is a superbly illustrated and authoritative reference on tooth wear and its management. Tooth wear is becoming an increasing problem as people are living longer and keeping their teeth for longer, with recent UK surveys showing that at least 75% of adults and more than 50% of children now have some form of identifiable tooth wear. This latest edition addresses this growing challenge by describing practical clinical techniques that will aid identification of the aetiological factors responsible for erosion, attrition and abrasion and by offering guidance in the planning and delivery of appropriate patient care. Readers will find helpful information on difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and prevention of tooth wear, problems associated with controlling the process and strategies for providing management solutions. Alongside thorough updates of the original chapters, this new expanded edition includes several entirely new chapters from highly regarded clinicians and researchers from the UK and Europe. This essential clinical guide will meet the needs of dental professionals and dental students alike.

Progress in information technology has fostered a global explosion of data generation. Accumulated big data are now estimated to be 4.4 zettabytes in the digital universe; and trends predict an exponential increase in the future. Health data are gathered from professional routine care and other expanded sources including the social determinants of health, such as Internet of Things. Biomedical research has recently moved through three stages in digital healthcare: (1) data collection; (2) data sharing; and (3) data analytics. With the explosion of stored health data, dental medicine is edging into its fourth stage of digitization using new technologies including augmented and virtual reality, artificial intelligence, and blockchain. Big data collaborations involve interactions between a diverse range of stakeholders with analytical, technical and political focus. In oral healthcare, data technology has many areas of application: prognostic analysis and predictive modeling, the identification of unknown correlations of diseases, clinical decision support for novel treatment concepts, public health surveys and population-based clinical research, as well as the evaluation of healthcare systems. The objective of this Special Issue is to provide an update on the current knowledge with state-of-the-art theory and practical information on human and social perspectives that determine the uptake of technological innovations in big data science in the field of dental medicine. Moreover, it will focus on the identification of future research needs to manage the continuous increase in health data and to accomplish its clinical translation for patient-centered research and personalized dentistry. This Special Issue welcomes all types of studies and reviews considering the perspectives of different stakeholders on technological innovations for big data science in all dental disciplines. Kind regards,

This book describes the most commonly encountered endodontic complications and provides up-to-date information on their prevention and management. The opening chapters explain the importance of accurate diagnosis and treatment planning, outline the role of digital radiography and CBCT in managing complications, and highlight the need for close attention to anatomic landmarks in order to avoid damage to neurovascular anatomy. Endodontic problems associated with different procedural errors are then discussed in detail, covering a wide variety of access- and instrumentation-related complications and the difficulties that may arise when using obturation techniques. Readers will also find information on the endodontic-periodontal relationship, special issues in geriatric patients, and the potential medical emergencies and precautions in specific patient subsets. The clear, easy-to-read text is complemented by numerous high-quality photographs and tables that assist understanding and ready identification of management solutions. This book will be of value for all dental practitioners with an interest in endodontics, endodontic specialists, and higher-level students.

This book is an ideal reference guide for clinicians seeking to improve their decision making and treatment outcomes when placing dental implants in medically compromised patients, in whom conditions for osseointegration and soft tissue healing may be unfavorable. Up-to-date information is provided on the potential impacts of a wide variety of diseases and disorders on dental implant treatment and the factors that need to be considered when deciding on the feasibility of such treatment. More specifically, for each condition possible disease-related changes in the oral environment are explained and key treatment issues are identified, including surgical and prosthodontic aspects and pharmacological considerations. The book will help general dentists, periodontists, and oral surgeons to reduce the risk of treatment failure and complications and to ensure that the implant therapy is successful in achieving excellent quality of life and functional benefits, thereby improving patient satisfaction.

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

Praise for the Third Edition: "The third edition of this outstanding resource reflects the many advances in the care of older people that have occurred since the publication of the second edition...The vast bulk of the content is accessible and relevant to an international audience. The indexing and cross-referencing are excellent... Score: 5/5 stars." -- Margaret Arthur, Nursing Standard "The information in this book] is amazing. I reviewed topics in which I have expertise and was very satisfied. This is an excellent addition to my library and I will refer to it often, much like a medical dictionary... Score: 90, 4 Stars." --Doody's Medical Reviews "Provides 273 comprehensive, yet succinct, entries on a variety of topics related to elder care. In addition, many of the entries include see also references that help readers easily navigate the book. Recommended." --Choice: Current Reviews for Academic Libraries This expanded, one-of-a-kind reference of more than 250 entries provides a comprehensive guide to all of the essential elements of elder care across a breadth of health and social service disciplines. Responding to the needs of providers, directcare workers, family, and other caregivers, the diverse array of entries included in this encyclopedia recognize and address the complex medical, social, and psychological problems associated with geriatric care. In addition to a brief, accessible summary of each topic, entries include several key references, including web links and mobile apps for additional sources of information. This updated edition contains more than 30 new entries written by renowned experts that address a variety of elder care topics. New to the Fourth Edition: New entries addressing Ethics Consultation, Eye Disorders, Pain - Acute and Chronic, and many others Key Features: Provides succinct descriptions of over 250 key topics for health and social service cliniciansOffers crucial information for elder care providers across all settings and disciplinesDistills current, evidence-based literature sourcesWritten by nationally recognized expert researchers and cliniciansIncludes links to useful websites and mobile apps

This book provides basic knowledge and skills for non-dental healthcare practitioners, helping them recognize the importance of oral health, perform initial oral health assessments, consult dentists when necessary, and offer preventive advice and counseling. As people age, they tend to refrain from routine dental care, while the number of consultations with non-dental healthcare providers (physicians, nurses, pharmacists, physician assistants, physical therapists, occupational therapists etc.) increases. However, few healthcare providers are adequately trained to assess oral problems. The relevance of this book is underscored by the recently published European policy recommendations on oral health in older adults by the European College of Gerodontology and the European Geriatric Medicine Society, which highlight the importance of the active involvement of non-dental primary care practitioners in oral health assessment and promotion. These two respected European Societies have identified a significant gap in education, practice and health policies and described the necessary action plans. This book helps to fill the educational gap identified in the recommendations and will be an invaluable tool for all healthcare providers working with older people.

Written by leaders in the field, this comprehensive step-by-step guide combines up-to-date clinical and research information that will help clinicians to advance their theoretical and clinical knowledge on mandibular implant overdentures. Furthermore, it describes treatment considerations for geriatric populations, covering all relevant aspects from physiology to treatment planning and patient management in the surgical and prosthetic phases.  The phenomenon of aging is a global concern for policy makers, providers, and the public. Dentists worry especially about the burden their aging patients face to maintain their oral health-related quality of life and well-being. Furthermore, older patients require health care technologies that will enable them to maintain their oral health. Over the past few decades, mandibular implant-assisted complete prostheses have attracted the attention of both patients and clinicians, as research on the biological, functional, esthetic, and psychosocial benefits has increased. This book will be of value for all with an interest in the subject..

This book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment and management of older people's oral health care needs. Discussing recent initiatives to emphasize oral health promotion and prevention, the book describes improvements in pharmacological and non-pharmacological approaches for special populations in geriatrics and illuminates the role of barriers to oral health care for older people. Divided into three sections, the book first explores aging and oral health, including age-related changes, epidemiology, nutrition, dysphagia, aspiration pneumonia, xerostomia and hyposalivation, management of periodontal disease and caries, systemic diseases that influence oral health, and considerations for chronic orofacial pain. The second section illuminates the ways in which frailty and other geriatric syndromes influence oral health care in older adults with a special focus on frailty, dementia, delirium and depression, and the delivery of oral health care to vulnerable geriatric populations in long-term care, home care, palliative care, and hospice. Lastly, the book addresses inequalities in the oral health of older minority populations, the disproportionate burden of oral disease and tooth loss, the contribution of these issues to further complications in comorbidities, the association of extended health literacy and periodontal disease, and the social and cultural conditions that might be altered or improved by healthcare programs and health policies. Oral Health and Aging is a useful book written by an international group of experts and designed to educate geriatricians, primary care physicians, nurses, dentists, dental hygienists, speech and language pathologists, dietitians, and health policy advocates.

First published in 1992. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress, Pain, and Behavior in Dental Care presents the many different behavioral aspects of dental treatment, including specific dento-related behavioral dysfunctions (fear, anxiety and phobia, excessive gagging reflex, orofacial pain). Special attention is given to the specific problems of elderly dental patients, including possible problems in adapting to dentures. The effects of stress on physiological conditions in the oral cavity and stress-related behavior, such as syncope or inability to achieve local anesthesia, are discussed. The book also summarizes possible treatment modalities for patients who find it difficult to cope with the various aspects of dental care, such as behavior modification, hypnosis, and pharmaceutical approaches. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress, Pain, and Behavior in Dental Care is an indispensable resource for dentists and dental students who occasionally encounter "problematic" patients. The handling of such patients requires more than the usual, familiar, manual skills and is often a source of stress and frustration to the dentist. By developing an understanding of the underlying principles of the behavior of these patients, a clinician will be able to create a better interpersonal relationship with his/her patients, prevent some of the potential problems, and solve others.

This book is designed to help dentists in general practice to improve the results of prosthetic procedures in medically compromised and elderly patients. In particular, it critically scrutinizes various dogmas that govern practitioners' approaches yet lack sound scientific support and often have an adverse effect on outcomes. Attention is drawn to straightforward procedures that offer significant clinical benefits and to aspects that are too often neglected, such as the impact of systemic diseases. New light is cast, for example, on the taking of dental impressions, the treatment of malocclusions, the making of jaw relation records, the relationship between denture quality and patient satisfaction, and the use of implant-supported overdentures versus traditional complete prostheses (dentures). As Albert Einstein once said, "It is what we think we know that prevents us from learning more." Readers will find that this book helps them to re-examine taken-for-granted elements of their practice, leading to improved care and patient satisfaction. 

Learn how to safely sedate your dental patients and help control their anxiety with Sedation: A Guide to Patient Management, 6th Edition. Written by sedation expert Stanley Malamed, DDS, this concise guide combines essential theory with "how-to" technical instruction to help you master basic techniques in dental sedation and anxiety control. This new sixth edition also incorporates the latest guidelines from the ADA and the American Society of Anesthesiologists, along with vivid images of the most current equipment and procedures used in dental practice today. There is also detailed discussion on how to modify typical treatment protocol to successfully treat different patient populations - including pediatric, geriatric, physically compromised, and medically compromised patients. In all, this is a must-have guide for keeping up to date on the latest techniques in dental sedation and anxiety. The latest practice guidelines established by the ADA and the American Society of Anesthesiologists for sedation by non-anesthesiologists are included throughout the text. Comprehensive coverage combines all aspects of sedation with essential theory and instruction to cover all the information needed to provide safe and effective dental care. Expert authorship from Stanley Malamed, DDS, provides readers with experienced guidance across all areas of sedation dentistry and local anesthesia. Summary tables and boxes support visual learners and serve as useful review and study tools. Coverage of all potential patient groups details how to manage the pain and anxiety of pediatric, geriatric, physically compromised, and medically compromised patients in addition to the subtle changes that may be needed in normal treatment protocol. NEW! Extensive content revisions incorporate the most up-to-date information on the advances in sedation dentistry including the latest research, clinical experience, and literature. NEW! Updated photos and art reflect the latest equipment and procedures used in dental practice today.

This book equips the reader with a sound understanding of the treatment of neglected and vulnerable patients in the dental office. It offers a comprehensive multidisciplinary approach to atraumatic carious treatment, minimal intervention dentistry, TMJ affections and nutritional consequences. Maintaining proper oral health includes managing of oral hygiene, healthy diet and seeking for a treatment when needed. Untreated dental disease can have a significant adverse impact on the health, wellbeing and quality of life. This book helps practitioners to understand and address the needs of dental neglected adults and children, and guide them through prevention procedures, diagnostics and treatment planning. Important techniques like physiologic impression for removable denture, single crown impression, digital planning and prosthodontic bridges are explained, and socio-demographic and economic changes in Oral Health are discussed. The comprehensive coverage of the topic and the evidence based references make this book a must have for dental practitioners.

Geriatric Dentistry in the Age of Digital Technology is a comprehensive guide that addresses the crucial role of dental professionals in providing specialized care for aging patients in today's digital era. As the world's population continues to age, it is imperative to prioritize the health promotion, prevention, and recovery of older individuals, especially concerning their oral health. Drawing upon relevant theoretical frameworks and the latest empirical research, this book offers invaluable insights for professionals seeking to enhance their understanding of Geriatric Dentistry and Gerodontology, as well as their application within the international context of digital transformation. Whether you are a dentist, dental student, researcher, or involved in the management of elderly dental care, this book provides a comprehensive exploration of the discipline's key topics. Delving into a range of subjects, the book covers essential areas such as the integration of Geriatrics and Gerontology into dental training, teaching methodologies for Geriatric Dentistry and Gerodontology, prevalent systemic diseases among the elderly, oral conditions commonly observed in this population, changes in the oral cavity during aging, and holistic dental care for geriatric patients in the digital age. Additionally, the book explores the dynamic relationship between oral health and the quality of life of older individuals, strategies for health promotion and disease prevention, salutogenic marketing approaches, and the challenges faced in providing dental care for elderly patients, including physical, psychosocial, and geographical barriers. Moreover, this book delves into the intersection of Geriatric Dentistry with other fields such as sociology and computer science, highlighting the interdisciplinary nature of geriatric oral care. It also explores the role of digital applications and artificial intelligence in delivering dental care to elderly patients, showcasing how technology can augment and revolutionize oral health practices in this population. Geriatric Dentistry in the Age of Digital Technology is an essential resource for dental professionals, researchers, and executives involved in elderly dental care management. It bridges the gap between academic knowledge and practical application, providing a comprehensive understanding of Geriatric Dentistry and Gerodontology in the digital age. With its focus on evidence-based practices and the integration of technology, this book sets the foundation for delivering effective, patient-centered care to the aging population.

Introducing an essential new practical atlas for dental students and clinicians alike! The Color Atlas of Oral and Maxillofacial Diseases provides comprehensive, practical information on the most common oral and maxillofacial diseases and disorders. This new text uses a quick-access atlas format to help you easily look up clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatments. Nearly 750 high-quality images accompanied by brief narratives demonstrate exactly what clinical signs to look for - making an intervention as timely as possible. Written by four of the top dental authorities in the world, this concise resource is sure to become a clinical favorite. NEW! Quick-access atlas format makes it easy to look up clinical signs, diagnosis, and treatment of oral and maxillofacial diseases NEW! Nearly 750 high-quality radiographs and color clinical photos facilitate the identification of lesions and diseases. NEW! Comprehensive, focused coverage highlight diseases that may affect the oral and maxillofacial regions. NEW! Full-color design and illustrations. NEW! Logical organization reflects the sequence in which content is generally presented to predoctoral students. NEW! Expert Consult TM eBook version included with purchase allows you to search all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices

This textbook details the latest diagnostic and management options available when treating patients with diseases affecting the oral mucosa. It comprehensively covers the content required to successfully pass dermatology and stomatology board examinations, while being a valuable resource for dentistry trainees. Chapters cover aspects of mucosal immunity and clinical scores along with a range of diseases. Didactic features including learning objectives enable the reader to better extrapolate the key concepts covered in each chapter. Diseases of the Oral Mucosa: Study Guide and Review presents an in depth overview of the latest diagnostic tools and management options available for diseases of the oral mucosa and is an ideal resource for trainee and practising dentists, dermatologists and stomatologists preparing to sit board examinations.

This book is a comprehensive guide to imaging as a crucial part of the multidisciplinary approach to head and neck cancer management. Readers will find a detailed overview of the findings obtained using different imaging techniques during the evaluation of head and neck neoplasms, both before and after therapy. All anatomic areas in the head and neck are covered, and the impact of imaging on patient management is discussed in detail. Full account is taken of the rapid technological developments of recent years, with explanation of the potential applications, limitations, and advantages of existing and evolving imaging technologies - vital knowledge for all members of the multidisciplinary team. The authors are recognized experts in the field, and numerous high-quality images are included. This third edition includes information on the latest imaging developments in this area as well as the most recent staging classification of head and neck cancer.

Along with its sister dermatologic volume, this comprehensive textbook of laser technology covers the use of lasers in cardiac procedures, control of intraocular pressure, urological procedures, neurological use, dentistry, gynaecology and surgical applications. Chapters are formatted in an easy to follow format with clear concise sections with bulleted summaries to highlight key points. Lasers in Dermatology and Medicine: Dental and Medical Applications provides detailed explanations of when lasers can be of use how to use them across a range of medical disciplines. Clinically relevant examples are provided along with relevant images and summary boxes to highlight key points.  It therefore provides a critical resource on the applications and use of lasers across medicine for both the trainee and trained clinician. 

This book is a multidisciplinary guide to head and neck cancer.Head and neck cancer remains one of the most technically complex cancer subsites to manage. This field involves highly specialized, multidisciplinary management and collaboration amongst surgeons, radiation oncologists, medical oncologists, radiologists, pathologists, and other health disciplines. The clinical and research landscape for head and neck oncology continues to evolve at a rapid pace. This multidisciplinary book provides the latest updates in the contemporary understanding and management of these tumors. The text incorporates updates in surgical techniques (minimally invasive and robotic techniques, reconstructive approaches), radiation medicine (new data on dose and fields, oligometastatic/oligoprogressive disease, retreatment), medical oncology (targeted, immunotherapy and molecular agents), in addition to other overarching topics such as side effects, biomarkers/nanotechnology, and epidemiology. Written by experts in their respective fields, chapters include the most up to date scientific and clinical information with perspectives from each relevant subspeciality. These sections are concise and accessible, yet comprehensive. Palliative medicine, pathologic and imaging principles, and health systems/economics considerations are also described. This book is an ideal resource for clinicians, trainees, and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this challenging malignancy. 

This volume presents the applications of Nanotechnology to different fields of dentistry. Recognized dental specialities such as orthodontics, endodontics and prosthodontics have been covered in addition to general dentistry applications of nanotechnology. The book, in a comprehensive fashion, delves into such technologies as drug nanocarriers, nanomaterials, implants and other nanoparticle applications related to dentistry, and shows how these, in turn, will enhance therapeutic effects against dental bacteria and erosion. This book not only presents the current trends in dental therapies but also presents the current research trends and potential applications. A bottom-up approach has been mostly adopted to suit the need of a wide audience including novice researchers and post graduate students. Key Features: Each chapter includes brief review in the initial paragraphs followed by recent trendsContent level designed to suit the needs of technicians in addition to novice researchersThere is necessary minimum overlap from available literatureA number of the chapter authors are highly esteemed researchers in their prospective fieldsUnique coverage of such topics as nanorobotic local anesthetics, neurotoxticity, nano endodontic sealers, orthodontic nanorobots, nanodiagnostics

This easy-to-use book equips clinicians and health care professionals with all the information that they will require in order to identify and manage orofacial complications of cancer therapy. Readers will find precise information on the presenting symptoms and signs associated with local or systemic complications associated with individual drugs or modes of therapy in cancer care. Guidance is provided whenever possible on the initial examinations to be performed in each circumstance and the investigations that can deliver a definitive diagnosis. The effective management of cancer complications are explained with the help of up to date clinical practice guidelines for the management of complications secondary to cancer therapy. In addition, an introductory section outlines contemporary principles of cancer management based on precision oral oncology principles. The text is supported by numerous highly informative clinical photographs, tables and a bibliography.

The new edition of this outstanding reference textbook, in two volumes, offers comprehensive and authoritative coverage of the contemporary specialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The aim is to provide an all-encompassing, user-friendly source of information that will meet the needs of residents and experienced surgeons in clinical practice and will also serve as an ideal companion during preparation for board certification or recertification examinations. All of the authors, numbering some 100, are distinguished experts in the areas that they address. The new edition takes full account of the significant changes in clinical practice and guidelines that have occurred during recent years. Readers will find clear explanations of the practical application of surgical principles, with a wealth of supporting illustrative material, including atlas-type illustrations to complement the descriptions of specific procedures. The fourth edition of Peterson's Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is a truly exceptional resource for clinicians and students alike. 

This comprehensive multidisciplinary book examines all aspects of cancers of the mouth and oropharynx with the aim of equipping advanced students and practitioners in the early stages of specialist training with an up-to-date guide and reference. A multinational team of authors - all experts in the field of oral oncology - provide illuminating contributions on the full range of relevant topics: epidemiology, risk factors, clinical features, staging and prognostic factors, pathology, diagnostic techniques, disease prevention, surgery, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy. Molecular biology, molecular targeted therapies for advanced cases, and future diagnostic and prognostic applications of new technologies also receive careful attention. In providing a wealth of essential information and guidance in a practical format, the book will be a superb asset for senior graduate students in dentistry and specialist trainees in head and neck oncology. It will also be of high value for the many physicians, surgeons, pathologists, dentists, and specialists involved in the prevention, diagnosis, and management of squamous cell carcinomas of the oral cavity and oropharynx.

Selected as a Doody's Core Title for 2022! Combining a reader-friendly textbook and a rich, full-color atlas, this bestselling resource equips medical, dental, health professions, and undergraduate biology and cell biology students with a comprehensive grasp of the clinical and functional correlates of histology and a vivid understanding of the structural and functional details of cells, tissues, and organs. Updated content throughout the text reflects the latest advances in cellular and molecular biology, accompanied by large, high-resolution illustrations and full-color photomicrographs that clarify microanatomy in vibrant detail. Ideal for integrated curriculums as well as standalone histology courses, this proven approach is accompanied by popular pedagogical features that distill complex information and help students save time. "Two-in-one" approach supplements clearly written chapters with dynamic atlas plates to enhance understanding at the point of learning. Updated content equips students with the most current, clinically relevant understanding of cellular and molecular biology. 435 high-resolution, full-color digital photomicrographs across more than 100 atlas plates clarify key structures. Updated full-color illustrations and clinical images refine students' understanding of microanatomy and cell and molecular biology in rich detail. Updated Histology "101" Notebook reviews summarize chapter content in a concise, notebook-style format preferred by students. Color-coded text highlights key terms and clinical information for fast, efficient reference. Boxed Clinical Correlation Folders familiarize students with conditions they may encounter on rotations during clerkship. Tables and bulleted text give quick access to staining techniques and other essential chapter details. Online USMLE-style multiple-choice review questions and clinical vignettes help students assess their understanding and prepare for board exams. eBook available for purchase. Fast, smart, and convenient, today's eBooks can transform learning. These interactive, fully searchable tools offer 24/7 access on multiple devices, the ability to highlight and share notes, and more

Linking basic science to clinical application throughout, Histology and Cell Biology: An Introduction to Pathology, 5th Edition, helps students build a stronger clinical knowledge base in the challenging area of pathologic abnormalities. This award-winning text presents key concepts in an understandable, easy-to-understand manner, with full-color illustrations, diagrams, photomicrographs, and pathology photos fully integrated on every page. Student-friendly features such as highlighted clinical terms, Clinical Conditions boxes, Essential Concepts boxes, concept mapping animations, and more help readers quickly grasp complex information. Features new content on cancer immunotherapy, satellite cells and muscle repair, vasculogenesis and angiogenesis in relation to cancer treatment, and mitochondria replacement therapies. Presents new material on ciliogenesis, microtubule assembly and disassembly, chromatin structure and condensation, and X chromosome inactivation, which directly impact therapy for ciliopathies, infertility, cancer, and Alzheimer's disease. Provides thoroughly updated information on gestational trophoblastic diseases, molecular aspects of breast cancer, and basic immunology, including new illustrations on the structure of the T-cell receptor, CD4+ cells subtypes and functions, and the structure of the human spleen. Uses a new, light green background throughout the text to identify essential concepts of histology - a feature requested by both students and instructors to quickly locate which concepts are most important for beginning learners or when time is limited. These essential concepts are followed by more detailed information on cell biology and pathology. Contains new Primers in most chapters that provide a practical, self-contained integration of histology, cell biology, and pathology - perfect for clarifying the relationship between basic and clinical sciences. Identifies clinical terms throughout the text and lists all clinical boxes in the table of contents for quick reference. Helps students understand the links between chapter concepts with concept mapping animations on Student ConsultT - an outstanding supplement to in-class instruction. Student ConsultT eBook version included with purchase. This enhanced eBook experience allows you to search all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

Ace your courses and the USMLE with the go-to review guide--complete with critical concepts and fully updated practice questions Histology and Cell Biology is designed and formatted in a way that helps you make the most of your time, whether you're studying this topic for the first time or reviewing for the USMLE. With this focused review you'll be able to pinpoint your weak areas, then improve your comprehension with learning aids designed to help you understand and retain even the most difficult material. This popular LANGE guide provides everything you need to know about the four basic tissues types, and organs and organ systems. Each chapter is devoted to a specific topic and includes learning aids, such as objectives highlighting significant facts and concepts; study questions directing students to facts commonly covered on exams; synopsis presented in outline form that reviews all the basic histology and related cell biology covered on exams; and multiple-choice practice questions written in USMLE format. This authoritative resource concludes with a diagnostic final exam, updated with longer, case-related stems that mimic the USMLE Step 1 exam. NEW: Thoroughly revised Q&A NEW: Completely updated text and practice questions to reflect current knowledge NEW: Information added to each chapter regarding relevant pathology/clinical issues Good Text for first year students, help understand and piece together professors' lectures Great Practice Q&A

This eBook makes use of animated images to focus on concepts in histology and embryology, as well as hyperlinks to promote non-linear reading and learning. It is aimed at college students in a dental hygienist program.

This 17th edition of Junqueira's Basic Histology: Text and Atlas continues to emphasize the features that have made it a preferred resource for over 50 years, for both students in the health professions and undergraduates internationally. Foremost among these features are (1) its concise and straightforward text which provides all information on human histology such students require without unnecessary detail and (2) its excellent blend of high-quality photomicrographs and clear, uncluttered, well-labeled illustrations. Each chapter-covering histological methods, fundamentals of cell biology, the biology of the basic tissues, and each of the body's organ systems-maintains a focus on these attributes while also being up-to-date and including other features not found in competing textbooks.

A history celebrating one hundred years of groundbreaking work in dental medicine.

At one time considered a trade, dentistry gradually evolved and attained professional status, structured in such a way as to recruit middle-class white men; by definition, a professional was a gentleman. A unique and fascinating social history.

Transforming Dentistry traces the rise and near demise of the dentistry program at Western University.

The multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty-based text is designed as a valuable resource for surgeons working on the maxillofacial region. Meant to be a clinically based history of the past, the present, and the future of the field, this is a one-of-a-kind text that will cater to a variety of professions: from oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, otolaryngologists – head and neck surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and the general dental practitioner. The History of Maxillofacial Surgery: An Evidence-Based Journey is divided into three sections for ease of understanding: The first section gives an overview of the early history; the second section provides a discussion of conventional procedures; and the third section gives a history of advanced procedures and techniques. By understanding the fundamental procedures and techniques of the field, practitioners can continue to further the field by building upon the past. Including historic case studies paired with real patient photos, this text details why professionals do what they do today with insight directly from the clinic. To provide a unique perspective the book is edited by three individuals at different stages of their careers. Each chapter is authored by a young surgeon paired with a seasoned surgeon.

"Delightfully horrifying."--Popular Science One of Mental Floss's Best Books of 2018 One of Science Friday's Best Science Books of 2018 This wryly humorous collection of stories about bizarre medical treatments and cases offers a unique portrait of a bygone era in all its jaw-dropping weirdness. A puzzling series of dental explosions beginning in the nineteenth century is just one of many strange tales that have long lain undiscovered in the pages of old medical journals. Award-winning medical historian Thomas Morris delivers one of the most remarkable, cringe-inducing collections of stories ever assembled. Witness Mysterious Illnesses (such as the Rhode Island woman who peed through her nose), Horrifying Operations (1781: A French soldier in India operates on his own bladder stone), Tall Tales (like the "amphibious infant" of Chicago, a baby that could apparently swim underwater for half an hour), Unfortunate Predicaments (such as that of the boy who honked like a goose after inhaling a bird's larynx), and a plethora of other marvels. Beyond a series of anecdotes, these painfully amusing stories reveal a great deal about the evolution of modern medicine. Some show the medical profession hopeless in the face of ailments that today would be quickly banished by modern drugs; but others are heartening tales of recovery against the odds, patients saved from death by the devotion or ingenuity of a conscientious doctor. However embarrassing the ailment or ludicrous the treatment, every case in The Mystery of the Exploding Teeth tells us something about the knowledge (and ignorance) of an earlier age, along with the sheer resilience of human life.

As recently as fifty years ago most people expected to lose their teeth as they aged. Few children benefited from braces to straighten their teeth, and cosmetic procedures to change the appearance of smiles were largely unknown. Today, many Canadians enjoy straight, white teeth and far more of them are keeping their teeth for the entirety of their lives. Yet these advances have not reached everyone. The Smile Gap examines the enormous improvements that have taken place over the past century. The use of fluorides, emphasis on toothbrushing, the rise of cosmetic dentistry, and better access to dental care have had a profound effect on the oral health and beauty of Canadians. Yet while the introduction of employer-provided dental insurance in the 1970s has allowed for regular visits to the dentist for many people, a significant number of Canadians still lack access to good oral health care, especially disabled Canadians, those on social assistance, the working poor, the elderly, and new immigrants. At the same time, an attractive smile has become increasingly important in the workplace and in relationships. People with damaged and missing teeth are at a substantial disadvantage, not just because of the pain and suffering caused by poor oral health, but because we live in a society that prizes good teeth and warm smiles. The first history of oral health in Canada, The Smile Gap reveals that despite the gains made, too many Canadians go without any dental care, with damaging consequences for their oral health, general physical health, and self-image. To complete our health care system, it is time to close the gap.

You could be forgiven for thinking that the smile has no history; it has always been the same. However, just as different cultures in our own day have different rules about smiling, so did different societies in the past. In fact, amazing as it might seem, it was only in late eighteenthcentury France that western civilization discovered the art of the smile. In the "Old Regime of Teeth" which prevailed in western Europe until then, smiling was quite literally frowned upon. Individuals were fatalistic about tooth loss, and their open mouths would often have been visually repulsive.Rules of conduct dating back to Antiquity disapproved of the opening of the mouth to express feelings in most social situations. Open and unrestrained smiling was associated with the impolite lower orders.In late eighteenth-century Paris, however, these age-old conventions changed, reflecting broader transformations in the way people expressed their feelings. This allowed the emergence of the modern smile par excellence: the open-mouthed smile which, while highlighting physical beauty and expressingindividual identity, revealed white teeth. It was a transformation linked to changing patterns of politeness, new ideals of sensibility, shifts in styles of self-presentation - and, not least, the emergence of scientific dentistry. These changes seemed to usher in a revolution, a revolution insmiling. Yet if the French revolutionaries initially went about their business with a smile on their faces, the Reign of Terror soon wiped it off. Only in the twentieth century would the white-tooth smile re-emerge as an accepted model of self-presentation.In this entertaining, absorbing, and highly original work of cultural history, Colin Jones ranges from the history of art, literature, and culture to the history of science, medicine, and dentistry, to tell a unique and untold story about a facial expression at the heart of westerncivilization.

'Show me your teeth', the great naturalist George Cuvier is credited with saying, 'and I will tell you who you are'. In this shattering new work, veteran health journalist Mary Otto looks inside America's mouth, revealing unsettling truths about our unequal society. Teeth takes readers on a disturbing journey into the role teeth play in our health and our social mobility. Muckraking and paradigm-shifting, Teeth exposes for the first time the extent and meaning of our oral health crisis.

This clinically oriented book gives dental practitioners and students a hands-on guide to incorporating dental implants into their practices. Taking a clear and concise approach to the subject, the book offers basic information on all aspects of dental implants. Topics covered encompass the pros and cons of implants, patient factors, clinical considerations to success and failure, and implant restoration. Photographs, radiographs, and illustrations support the text, demonstrating the concepts discussed. The ADA Practical Guide to Dental Implants starts with a brief history of the subject then examines the clinical and economic considerations for implants. Patient factors, including systemic, oral, and periodontal health, diet, age, gender, and more are discussed. The book also looks at the experience of the clinician, followed by clinical considerations such as case planning, implant design, surgical techniques, antibiotics, and more. The last chapters cover post-surgical follow-up and the many factors that lead to a successful outcome. Discusses all aspects of dental implantology in the practice setting Supports dental practitioners in incorporating dental implants into their practices Considers pros and cons, patient factors, clinical considerations, success and failure, and implant restoration Offers foundational information on dental implants in an easy-to-read format Includes photographs and drawings to depict the concepts discussed The ADA Practical Guide to Dental Implants is a useful introduction and guide to dental implants for any practitioner interested in incorporating implants into clinical practice.

The book at hand is an international text on advanced oral and maxillofacial implantology. It is the fruition of over 40 specialists from 8 countries. The procedures presented herein are meant for expert implantologists; these procedures (including sinus floor grafting and ridge augmentation, etc.) are not for beginners or the novice; and require a great deal of skill, training and experience to perform. Although the majority of these operations require only local anesthesia and sometimes sedation in an outpatient setting, a significant number of these procedures are major operations and need to be performed by trained OMF surgeons and may require hospitalization and treatment under general anesthesia. Recruiting national and international world-renowned experts in implantology from 8 countries to write the chapters of this book was indeed a difficult undertaking. The authors generously present their cases and state-of-the-art techniques in an educational manner; actual cases were treated and their outcomes are presented thus allowing the surgeon to choose the technique which best addresses the dilemma at hand and yields the best result for that particular case. Problems commonly arise when there is insufficient bone to place implants. Operations are then needed to graft bone prior to accommodation of implants; these operations range from splitting the alveolar ridge (for horizontal ridge deficiency) to onlay grafting or sandwich techniques (to manage vertical ridge deficiency). Several solutions to solve these difficult issues are presented in this text. In the final chapter, extraoral implants are also addressed; they provide anchorage for facial prostheses and are indeed artistic as well as scientific. I would like to take the opportunity to thank all my national and international colleagues who helped me compile the chapters necessary for this text, especially the invaluable help and kind guidance of Prof. Peter Hunt, a genuine icon in the field of dental implantology by my standards, for his generosity in submitting four informative educational chapters to this text. Last but not least, I would like to thank my family for putting up with me all the long hours of the night while I was working and they were sleeping. I sincerely hope this book will be of use to all clinicians who practice this fascinating discipline for the benefit of those who need it.

As the name suggests this book discusses how nanotechnology has influenced the provision of implant treatment from surgery to prosthetic reconstruction and post treatment biological complications. This book is a sequel to the earlier book "Dental Applications of Nanotechnology" published by Springer. It aims to present both the nanotechnology and allied research along with the clinical concepts of almost every different aspect of implantology in one volume. These two fraternities promote the translation of the research ideas and product development into fruitful practicalities. The first section covers nanobiomaterials in implant applications, in bone regeneration, prosthetic rehabilitation, to control biofilm and peri-implantitis, bone grafting and tissue engineering.  The second section explores applications of such new technologies in the field of implantology that gives this book a unique feature by bringing science and technology into clinical application. It covers implant stability, peri-implantitis, lasers, CAD/CAM technology, impressions, 3D printing, reconstruction with bone grafts and zygomatic implants. Comprehensive coverage includes both simple and complicated clinical cases, with practical guidance on how to apply the latest research, diagnostic tools, treatment planning, implant designs, materials, and techniques to provide superior patient outcomes. The book is well written and structured making it easy for experienced clinicians and those new to dental implantology as well as students, researchers, scientists and faculties of dental universities

A comprehensive and highly illustrated reference on current topics in esthetic dental implant therapy Advances in Esthetic Implant Dentistry provides a current, comprehensive overview of esthetic implant therapy. Offering innovative step-by-step protocols for surgical techniques and case studies, the book presents practical, clinically oriented guidance firmly anchored in solid scientific research. A companion website provides videos of clinical procedures and follow-up case studies. The book emphasizes the physiology of labial plate of bone and its influence to the overall fate of implant placement in fresh extraction sites, including several cutting-edge techniques to restore and treat deficient labial plate of bone. A novel chapter offers a solid protocol to diagnose, categorize, and treat implant-related gingival recession predictably. Highlights novel esthetic protocols in dental implantology, applying the latest advances in clinical techniques to real-world dentistry Follows up on treatment outcomes, presenting results up to seven years later Provides reliable, evidence-based bone regenerative methods Illustrates procedures step by step, with more than 2500 clinical photographs Features a companion website with videos of clinical procedures and follow-up case studies Advances in Esthetic Implant Dentistry is an indispensable clinical companion for practitioners and students of periodontics, prosthodontics, oral and maxillofacial surgery, and general dentistry, bringing the reader new horizons in esthetic dentistry.

This atlas, in which a wealth of illustrations are supported by clear explanatory text, offers an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the immediate restoration of teeth and immediate functional loading when using different implant systems and surfaces in patients with single tooth loss or partial or complete edentulism. It provides guidance on all aspects of technique, including procedures for impression and measurement taking, and describes the surgical and prosthetic protocols applicable in various settings. The coverage encompasses the more advanced techniques used for immediate loading of implants placed in conjunction with grafting/augmentation procedures or in fresh extraction sockets, as well as immediate implant loading for mandibular and maxillary full-arch rehabilitation. This atlas will help dental students and practitioners to gain a sound understanding of immediate loading techniques, including their indications and limitations, and to apply them optimally in their practice. The atlas also shows and explains how to integrate a full digital workflow from the intraoral scanner to solve complex cases in a simple way.

This manual will help oral implantologists to understand the principles that underlie the use of basal implants as a means to provide simple solutions to complex and highly demanding clinical situations without the need for prior bone grafting. It will also serve as a richly illustrated practical guide to application of the technique. The book is in three  parts, the first of which discusses basic principles and related themes, including osteogenesis, osseointegration, cortical anchorage stability, biomechanics, surgical techniques, and basal implant prosthodontics. Step-by-step guidance is then offered on the application of these principles, focusing on operating techniques, 3D treatment planning, transitional and final screw-secured prostheses, and postoperative follow-up. The third part of the book addresses a wide range of clinical situations that can be treated by basal implantology, with particular attention to the treatment of high, thin alveolar ridges and the atrophic maxilla and mandible and to the correction of previous implant failures, as well as complications and postimplantation neuropathies. 

Best Practices in Implant Dentistry meets the need for a thorough, accessible guide to the knowledge and skills required to provide dental implant treatment. Aimed at all members of the dental team, from general practitioners to surgeons to nurses, this book begins with regulations, standards, and patients' safety before moving through well-organized sections on clinical aspects, including biomechanics, implant design, human factors, patient assessment, and implant maintenance. The growth of nanotechnology and digital workflows in the field of implant dentistry are also covered. Best Practices in Implant Dentistry readers will also find: Coverage of all stages of treatment, from assessment to maintenance phases Detailed incorporation of principles from General Dental Council (GDC), Faculty of General Dental Practice (FGDP) good practice guidelines, and the Committee of Postgraduate Dental Deans and Directors (COPDEND) curriculum, International team for implantology (ITI), European association for osseointegration (EAO) and Association for dental implantology (ADI). Promotion of high standards of education, documentation, and delivery of implant treatment Updated guidance on digital implant workflows, nanotechnology, and surface treatment of implants Best Practices in Implant Dentistry is fully informed by the latest approaches and institutional guidelines. It is a must-have purchase for dental professionals at every level who work with implants, including dentists, dental nurses, and oral surgeons.

This book describes all methods of bone management currently employed within the field of dental implantology, with the aim of equipping oral surgeons and other practitioners with a sound practical understanding of bone augmentation. The different possibilities for augmentation of the jaw in the vertical and horizontal dimensions are explained, and detailed information provided on the latest techniques of augmentation, including guided bone regeneration, mandibular bone grafting, 3D technique, extraoral bone augmentation, and microvascular bone transplantation. Readers will find clear guidance on diagnosis and treatment planning and helpful discussion of the basic principles of bone augmentation. Individual chapters also address the role of lasers, complications and risks, and emerging trends. The extensive case documentation, with numerous color illustrations and photos, highlights what is possible today in the field of bone regeneration. This book is a "must read" for all implantologists, oral maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and dentists with an interest in oral surgery.

This comprehensive guide to color science and shade selection in Dentistry presents all the theory and clinical guidance required in order to achieve consistent clinical success. The book opens by reviewing color and its dimensions and discussing color perception, drawing attention to the various phenomena that impact upon it. Shade selection in Operative Dentistry is then explained in detail with the aid of copious illustrations. The coverage encompasses shade selection methods for resin-based composite restorations and for bleaching procedures, with presentation of the latest evidence on their accuracy and reliability. Guidance is then provided on how to achieve predictable color harmony between the natural tooth and the composite restorative material in the context of biomimetic Dentistry, with discussion of special effects, pigments, layering techniques, surface texture, and finishing and polishing. Changes in color over time and responses to such changes are also outlined. The book will be of value for practitioners in Restorative and Esthetic Dentistry as well as for dental students and researchers.

Current Concepts in Dental Implantology - From Science to Clinical Research presents comprehensive information on all modern scientific and clinical methods used in today's dental implantology. Chapters address such topics as osseointegration and basic science in dental implantology, current trends and biomaterials of clinical relevance, advanced clinical techniques, peri-implantitis, and prosthodontic trends in dental implantology. This book provides a better understanding of the scientific approach to basic concepts in dental implantology and presents the results of many clinical studies.

Advancements in digital technologies are reshaping the world of dentistry, from prosthodontics to implant dentistry. Intraoral scanners, facial scanners, 3D printers, and milling machines have revolutionized the clinical approach and operative workflow in daily practice. However, digital dentistry brings several challenges to clinicians due to the rapid evolution of new technologies and the lack of evidence-based guidelines for their correct use. The aim of this Special Issue is to cover the latest advances in the development and application of digital technologies in prosthetic and implant dentistry. We wish to provide both clinicians and researchers with a comprehensive and up-to-date source of information on current trends, limitations, and potential future applications of digital technologies in daily clinical practice.

Dental Implants: Materials, Coatings, Surface Modifications and Interfaces with Oral Tissues provides readers with information on past and contemporary advances in the design and modification of dental implants to enhance osseointegration and biocompatibility. The book begins with a look at the current status of dental implants, materials and fabrication methods. Chapters then cover surface modification techniques and a variety of inorganic, organic and biological coatings. Final sections cover tissue-implant interfaces. Written by a multidisciplinary team of materials scientists, dental clinicians and implantologists, this book is an essential reference for materials scientists, dental practitioners and researchers and students in academia. Covers all aspects related to dental implants, including implant materials science, their fabrication, surface coatings and their clinical applications Provides detailed information on surface modification on surfaces coated with inorganic, organic and biological materials Discusses the modification of dental implants, including implant-bone interaction enhanced by coatings on dental implant surfaces Written by a multidisciplinary team of materials scientists, dental clinicians and Implantologists

Dental Implants and Bone Grafts: Materials and Biological Issues brings together cutting-edge research to provide detailed coverage of biomaterials for dental implants and bone graft, enabling scientists and clinicians to gain a thorough knowledge of advances and applications in this field. As tooth loss and alveolar bony defects are common and pose a significant health problem in dental clinics, this book deals with timely topics, including alveolar bone structures and pathological changes, reviews of indications and advantages of biomaterials for dental implants and bone graft, design and surface modification, biological interaction and biocompatibility of modern dental implants and bone graft, and new frontiers. This book is a highly valuable resource for scientists, clinicians and implantologists interested in biomaterial and regenerative strategies for alveolar bone reconstruction. Focuses on the structure, function and pathology of alveolar bone system Considers the issues involved in selecting biomaterials for dental implants and bone grafts Discusses the requirements for optimal dental implant osseointegration and alveolar bone replacements/reconstruction Explains the biological basis of dental implants and bone grafts

This book will serve as a one-stop, reference manual to understand the basic concepts of dental implant design, the related microbiome, research models and current concepts as well as futuristic perspectives in implant surface modification. The manual-like design including colorful illustrations and important critical questions will help researchers and advanced students in understanding the contemporary status and in designing studies for innovative treatments of dental implant infections. Considering the microbiome of dental implant related environment in health and disease is imperative to design strategies to good practice and prevention of infections around implants. This monograph will serve as a single reference material which links the interdisciplinary aspect of the dental implants covering material sciences, engineering and biological aspects, thus effectively bridging the gap between engineering and oral health sciences.

This book is an ideal reference guide for clinicians seeking to improve their decision making and treatment outcomes when placing dental implants in medically compromised patients, in whom conditions for osseointegration and soft tissue healing may be unfavorable. Up-to-date information is provided on the potential impacts of a wide variety of diseases and disorders on dental implant treatment and the factors that need to be considered when deciding on the feasibility of such treatment. More specifically, for each condition possible disease-related changes in the oral environment are explained and key treatment issues are identified, including surgical and prosthodontic aspects and pharmacological considerations. The book will help general dentists, periodontists, and oral surgeons to reduce the risk of treatment failure and complications and to ensure that the implant therapy is successful in achieving excellent quality of life and functional benefits, thereby improving patient satisfaction. 

This book presents up-to-date information on promising indications for ultrasound in contemporary periodontics and implant therapy with the aim of assisting researchers and dental practitioners to use this novel imaging modality to advance research and patient care. Readers will find clear guidance on the application of ultrasound for evaluation of periodontal and peri-implant tissues. The mechanism of ultrasound imaging is explained in detail and compared to other imaging modalities. Furthermore, the role of ultrasound in the planning and execution of implant surgery and the assessment of implant stability is discussed. The book closes by considering the potential dental applications of functional ultrasound and volumetric ultrasound. This book will potentially be of high values for dental surgeons, periodontists, general dentists, orthodontists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, dental researchers and other practitioners, etc.

The book proposes extensive and varied design strategies for bone tissue engineering. The design process of materials for bone tissue scaffolds presently represents an issue of crucial importance and is being studied by many researchers throughout the world. A number of studies have been conducted, aimed at identifying the optimal material, geometry, and surface that the scaffold must possess to stimulate the formation of the largest amounts of bone in the shortest time possible.

This book describes the fusion of CBCT and CAD/CAM technologies for the purpose of surgical dental treatments and explains the advantages and applications of this digital approach for implant placement procedures and other oral surgical protocols.  All aspects of computer-aided imaging and design are first covered in the textbook, including the creation of DICOM and STL files; followed by the process of virtual merging to obtain a combined image. Secondly, clinical tips for the use of digital wax up, software interactions and accurate template fabrication are explained, including subtractive and additive methods used for this manufacturing step. The remainder of the book is devoted to the application of technology fusion in implantology, guided bone regeneration, and maxillofacial surgery. Both static and dynamic guided surgeries are described. Materials characteristics and surgical instruments are also presented to define a correct selection criteria.  The digital approach outlined in this textbook involves a paradigm shift in the way traditional oral surgery is conceived. Technology fusion aims to improve treatment accuracy, optimize clinical time and reduce patient morbidity. Clinicians will find this book to be a valuable guide for virtual surgical planning and a path to introduce themselves into the exciting world of digital dental surgery.  

Fundamentals of Implant Dentistry is a basic guide to foundational knowledge and skills and their application in clinical practice. More comprehensive than a procedural atlas and more accessible than a specialist reference, this text is an indispensable tool for dental students and clinicians beginning work with dental implants. Fundamentals of Implant Dentistry provides a concise yet comprehensive look at the basic background and science of implantology and includes practical, evidence‐based instruction on common procedures such as single implant crowns, bridges and overdentures. Well‐illustrated with clear line drawings and clinical photos, the book serves as the perfect introduction to this exciting area of dentistry.

This book explains the genetic basis of a wide range of dental disorders, including dental caries, periodontitis, congenital anomalies, malocclusions, orofacial pain, dental implant failure, and cancer. Such conditions are typically multifactorial or complex, with involvement of more than one gene as well as environmental influences. A sound grasp of this framework is ever more important, given the emergence of consumer genomics, including direct-to-consumer genetic testing. Dental professionals now need to understand why one person is susceptible to a particular oral health condition while a first-degree relative either does not develop the condition or does so in a less severe form. Knowledge of how genes operate in the susceptible host is essential if patients are to be offered accurate advice about their risks. The information provided in this book will assist in the delivery of effective personalized dental care through optimization of preventive strategies. It will enable the practitioner to explain the extent to which a patient's condition is pure "bad luck", whether that bad luck can be changed by behavioral choices, and how many of our behaviors are influenced by genes.

This book, designed to meet the needs of clinicians and now in an extensively revised second edition, clearly explains the rationale and technique for the rehabilitation of fully edentulous patients utilizing traditional graftless concepts as well as zygomatic implant strategies when posterior support cannot be achieved by the former means. Considerations relevant to treatment planning and the biomechanics of immediate loading and zygomatic implants are first discussed. The techniques for placement of traditional tilted and zygomatic implants and for immediate loading of a full arch restoration are then described step by step. Detailed information and guidance are also provided on the different materials available for full arch restorations, laboratory aspects of the definitive restoration, maintenance of restorations, and management of prosthetic and surgical complications. The book concludes with a helpful series of clinical cases. Graftless Solutions for the Edentulous Patient is designed particularly for clinicians with experience in placing and restoring dental implants.

Implant Laboratory Procedures: A Step-By-Step Guide provides its readers with a systematic and practical approach to the common dental laboratory procedures associated with implant restorative dentistry. Written with laboratory technicians and restorative dentists in mind, the book is organized by case type, taking common case scenarios and devoting a separate chapter to each one in turn, demonstrating each step of the laboratory procedure required for the implant restoration. Complications associated with the various prosthetic procedures are also included in each chapter and work orders are shown for each and every step. Cases are illustrated with products from various implant companies, but predominantly feature products from Biomet 3i.

The fourth edition of Implant Restorations: A Step-by-Step Guide provides a wealth of updated and expanded coverage on detailed procedures for restoring dental implants. Focusing on the most common treatment scenarios, it offers concise literature reviews for each chapter and easy-to-follow descriptions of the techniques, along with high-quality clinical photographs demonstrating each step.  Comprehensive throughout, this practical guide begins with introductory information on incorporating implant restorative dentistry in clinical practice. It covers diagnosis and treatment planning and digital dentistry, and addresses advances in cone beam computerized tomography (CBCT), treatment planning software, computer generated surgical guides, rapid prototype printing and impression-less implant restorative treatments, intra-oral scanning, laser sintering, and printing/milling polymer materials. Record-keeping, patient compliance, hygiene regimes, and follow-up are also covered.  Provides an accessible step-by-step guide to commonly encountered treatment scenarios, describing procedures and techniques in an easy-to-follow, highly illustrated format Offers new chapters on diagnosis and treatment planning and digital dentistry Covers advances in cone beam computerized tomography (CBCT), computer generated surgical guides, intra-oral scanning, laser sintering, and more  An excellent and accessible guide on a burgeoning subject in modern dental practice by one of its most experienced clinicians, Implant Restorations: A Step-by-Step Guide, Fourth Edition will appeal to prosthodontists, general dentists, implant surgeons, dental students, dental assistants, hygienists, and dental laboratory technicians.

Implant Restorations: A Step-by-Step Guide, Third Edition offers clinicians a practical, step-by-step approach to treatment planning and restoring dental implants. This highly illustrated, case-based book demonstrates how to treat the most commonly encountered treatment scenarios, describing the procedures, techniques, and sequences required in clear, concise language and in an easy-to-use format. The book takes the theory of implant restoration, using as its basis 3i's implant systems, and places it directly in the operatory, concentrating in detail on each stage of the actual clinical procedures involved in treating different patients. It integrates implant treatment with the realities of running a successful restorative practice. Building on the work of the 2nd edition, the 3rd edition of this successful text reflects the advances of implant prosthetics over the intervening years, providing all new cases, exploring new techniques and technology, and demonstrating updated system components and armamentarium. Implant Restorations: A Step-by-Step Guide follows a logical structure of three sections. The first section introduces implant restorative dentistry, how to develop an implant restorative practice, the issues involved, the technical components of the 3i systems, diagnosis, and treatment planning. The central section of the book devotes separate chapters to in-depth descriptions of each of several types of patients that the restorative dentist may encounter, ranging from basic to more challenging cases. Every step of each procedure is described and illustrated with clinical photographs. Laboratory work orders are presented for use with commercial dental laboratories. The final section discusses record-keeping, patient compliance, hygiene regimes and follow-up, and provides the reader with an outline of best-practice procedural protocols. An excellent and accessible guide on the most burgeoning subject in modern dental practice by one of its most experienced clinicians, Implant Restorations: A Step-by-Step Guide, Third Edition will appeal to prosthodontists, general dentists, implant surgeons, dental students, dental laboratory technicians and dental assistants.

This book concisely elucidates the science underlying implant treatment in the aesthetic zone in partially edentulous patients and clearly describes the techniques and protocols used by world-leading experts in the field. The book is divided into four parts that address treatment planning; site preparation (hard and soft tissue augmentation); immediate implant placement and provisional restoration; and the design, fabrication, and delivery of the definitive implant prosthesis. Complex cases of this nature present a significant challenge to even the most well informed and experienced of doctors. Implants in the Aesthetic Zone has been specifically crafted to meet all the needs of the clinician involved in their management, providing a reliable road map for interdisciplinary implant treatment in clinical practice. The authors have been carefully selected from a wide range of fields for their expertise in particular areas of implant science or treatment.

A large percentage of skilled dental professionals lack the tools and comfort level required to market themselves and their dental implant practices effectively  As a consequence, these dental professionals miss several opportunities to help patients and grow their business. Even those who recognize the need for marketing often don't have the experience or training to do so effectively. Marketing Implant Dentistry meets this need by giving dentists the tools to better market and promote their practices and to gain case acceptance. Marketing Implant Dentistry presents proven approaches for attracting dental implant patients and demonstrates the use of successful communication skills, including verbal and visual aids. This book details multiple examples of patient friendly and professional letters for use in targeting both new implant patients and professional referral sources. Readers will learn the benefits of adopting non-traditional approaches such as hosting patient education seminars, as well as cultivating professional relationships with the medical community (physicians) for the purposes of generating untapped referral relationships. Best practices in internet and social media marketing, specific to implant dentistry, are also demonstrated so practices can make the most out of these low-cost opportunities.

Covering the latest advances in mini dental implant technology, Mini Dental Implants: Principles and Practice makes it easy to incorporate MDIs into your practice. An illustrated, evidence-based approach shows how MDIs can provide successful outcomes in long-term use and also in shorter-term transitional applications. This success is proven by 20 years of clinical trials and research, showing that the Sendax Mini Dental Implant System can benefit your patients with faster surgery, reduced pain, faster healing, and less risk of infection. Written by noted implant dentistry expert Dr. Victor I. Sendax, this text allows you to offer patients a minimally invasive, immediately functional, and lower-cost alternative to traditional dental implants.- Easy-to-understand coverage from different perspectives allows you to access information most applicable to your own practice, and to learn more about the other roles involved in achieving successful outcomes, including the general practitioner, periodontist, oral & maxillofacial surgeon, maxillofacial prosthodontist, orthodontist, and laboratory technician.- An advanced approach with evidence-based outcomes clearly demonstrates the success of mini dental implant technology and keeps you on the cutting edge of the science of implantology.- Well-known author Dr. Victor I. Sendax is a diplomate, past president of The American Board of Oral Implantology/Implant Dentistry and The American Academy of Implant Dentistry, and winner of the 2012 AAID Research Foundation Award.- Step-by-step instructions show the basic protocol for Sendax MDI insertion and reconstruction.- Highly regarded contributors add their expertise to discussions of MDI technology and practice.- A discussion of Engineering Assisted SurgeryTM (EASTM) enhances your care by improving diagnosis and 3-D planning, reducing intervention trauma, and improving the standardization of quality and outcomes.- Clinician's MDI Forum includes Q & A sections allowing you to quickly find answers to commonly asked questions.

Dental implant surgery is an artform. To help you advance your skills and become a master of implant prosthetics, Misch's Contemporary Implant Dentistry, 4th Edition uses a multidisciplinary approach to cover the industry's most current processes and surgical procedures. The new edition of this text continues to provide comprehensive, state-of-the-art information on the science and discipline of contemporary implant dentistry. Covering the breadth of dental implant surgery, it includes full-color, in-depth coverage of both simple and complicated clinical cases, with practical guidance on how to apply the latest research, diagnostic tools, treatment planning, implant designs, and materials. New author Randolph R. Resnik, is an internationally known educator, clinician, and researcher in the field of Oral Implantology and Prosthodontics who will continue Dr. Misch's legacy and teachings. Content reflects original author's philosophy and surgical protocols for dental implants giving you a system for achieving predictable outcomes. Evidence-based approach to dental implant procedures features state-of-the-art guidance supported by the best available research evidence. Rich art program throughout text highlights and clarifies key clinical concepts and techniques with over 2,500 images, radiographs, full-color clinical photographs, line art, and diagrams. Definitive resource in implant dentistry provides you with authoritative state-of-the art guidance by recognized leader in the field. Internationally known author, Randolph R. Resnik, DMD, MDS is a leading educator, clinician, author and researcher in the field of Oral Implantology and Prosthodontics. Surgical protocols provide the latest, most up-to-date literature and techniques that provide a proven system for comprehensive surgical treatment of dental implant patients. Thoroughly revised content includes current diagnostic pharmacologic and medical evaluation recommendations to furnish the reader with the latest literature-based information. Proven strategies and fundamentals for predictable implant outcomes Latest implant surgical techniques for socket grafting and ridge augmentation procedures Proven, evidence-based solutions for the treatment of peri-implant disease Includes the use of dermal fillers and botox in oral implantology Up-to-date information on advances in the field reflects the state-of-the-art dental implantology. Addition of an ExpertConsult site allows you to search the entire book electronically.

This well-illustrated book is primarily designed as a practical guide to dental implantology for general dental practitioners who do not routinely place or restore dental implants but also for those who do. It explains the importance of appropriate case selection and treatment planning, examines the risks and benefits of implant care, and discusses immediate placement, immediate loading and delayed placement protocols. Basic surgical and restorative (fixed and removable) options including digital and CADCAM workstreams are outlined. Issues around implant maintenance implant superstructure repair and remakes and implant removal are also covered. This book, written by recognised experts on the subject, will enable dentists with limited implant knowledge to discuss implant procedures with patients and to carry out routine surveillance and repair of dental implants. It will also be of value as a learning aid for under- and postgraduate students.

This book covers all clinical aspects of partial extraction therapy (PET), a revolutionary technique that offers long-term stability of soft and hard tissue around implants. Readers will find step-by-step protocols, valuable insights, and helpful tips, backed by the best available scientific evidence. After explanation of the biological rationale for PET, the socket shield technique, which entails partial extraction of the tooth root prior to implant placement, is clearly described and illustrated. Guidance is then provided on case selection, contraindications, and fabrication and design of the provisional restoration. Variations in the PET procedure are explained, and techniques presented for the management of multirooted teeth, pontic sites, and full mouth rehabilitation. Advice is also offered on how to deal with complications and treatment failures. Finally, the current evidence for PET and the scope for extending its use are reviewed. PET has gained immense popularity in recent years, and this book will be of value for clinicians, students, and academicians.

This book provides dentists who place dental implants with a thorough overview of how to deal with the various challenges that they are likely to face in delivering appropriate soft tissue management. Various modalities and techniques for handling soft tissue during the surgical and restorative phases are clearly described, with discussion of different flap designs and the implications of the patient’s medical condition. Guidance is presented on subsequent oral hygiene measures and the management of common soft tissue pathologies that may arise around dental implants. In addition, the relationship between implant occlusion and soft tissues is examined. The book will be ideal for all practitioners and dental students and faculty at all levels who wish to learn more about the importance of the soft tissues in implant dentistry and the approaches that will contribute to optimal functional and aesthetic outcomes.

"Clinical review of piezoelectric principles including piezoelectric cutting, ultrasonic technology, bone classification, and ultra-osseointegration, with piezoelectric surgical protocols for dental extractions, implantology, sinus elevation, bone grafting, and ridge expansion, followed by case studies"--

Practical Procedures in IMPLANT DENTISTRY Master the fundamentals and intricacies of implant dentistry with this comprehensive and practical new resource Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry delivers a comprehensive collection of information demonstrating the science and clinical techniques in implant dentistry. Written in a practical and accessible style that outlines the principles and procedures of each technique, the book offers clinical tips and references to build a comprehensive foundation of knowledge in implantology. Written by an international team of contributors with extensive clinical and academic expertise, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry covers core topics such as: Rationale and assessment for implant placement and restoration, including the diagnostic records and surgical considerations required for optimal planning and risk management Incision design considerations and flap management, with an essential knowledge of regional neuro-vascular structures Implant placement, encompassing the timing of the placement, bone requirements and understanding the importance of the peri-implant interface for soft tissue stability Impression techniques, loading protocols, digital workflows and the aesthetic considerations of implants Prosthetic rehabilitation of single tooth implants to fully edentulous workflows, including discussions of soft tissue support, biomechanics and occlusal verification Perfect for both general dental practitioners and specialists in implant dentistry, Practical Procedures in Implant Dentistry is also a valuable reference to senior undergraduate and postgraduate dental students.

The replacement of the single tooth with a dental implant is one of the most common clinical situations practitioners face on a daily basis. While in the past sockets were left untouched for months after tooth extraction before attending to the residual ridge, today it is possible to perform "one surgery, one time," which is a huge benefit to both the patient and clinician alike.

This book provides clinicians with state of the art information on the use of zygomatic implants to restore function and improve quality of life. International experts come together to showcase important innovations and advances in techniques that will assist in the optimization of outcomes. Readers will find information on indications, biomechanics, the role of imaging, digital treatment planning, and all aspects of implant placement. Individual chapters are devoted to different procedures, including the extramaxillary surgical technique, extended sinus lift with retained bone window, the anatomy-guided approach, the quad zygoma technique, and static and dynamic guided surgery.  The use of zygomatic implants specifically in oncology patients is also given detailed consideration. Today, the zygomatic approach offers many advantages for patients with severe maxillary resorption, in whom grafting was in the past unavoidable. In providing an up-to-date global perspective on the zygoma concept, this book will be an invaluable source of guidance for practitioners at all levels of experience. 

This book takes a comprehensive look at the state of implant dentistry today, equipping beginners and seasoned clinicians alike to improve their skills and practice implant dentistry safely and predictably. The early chapters focus on the biology of dental implants as well as medical considerations required prior to placing them, followed by chapters dedicated to documentation, treatment planning, and digital workflow. Surgical concepts are then described in detail, from single-tooth extraction to guided All-on-X treatment, followed by detailed discussion of the prosthetic options available in implant dentistry. The final chapters include relevant topics such as soft tissue management in implant dentistry, treatment of peri-implant disease, the socket shield technique, and marketing of dental implant therapy. Written by experienced clinicians from all over the world, the book includes over 60 surgical and clinical videos (linked via QR codes) to demonstrate what the procedures and techniques and products look like in real life, not in a photograph taken in ideal conditions, so readers can be confident in their understanding. This is the perfect book for clinicians looking to incorporate dental implants into their practice or learn the latest in the field from the experts.

This book explores, in a comprehensive and systematic manner, Surgical Research methodologies to the design and development of investigational studies in the field of implant-based oral rehabilitation. Such studies are linked in a chain binding in vitro, in vivo, ex vivo, and digital evaluations. An ambitious objective consists in exposing how investigators can generate and deliver knowledge by capturing synergy coming from preclinical and clinical trials. Accordingly, throughout the book, translational aspects are closely scrutinized. The opening chapters consider materials, methods and procedures for preclinical and clinical studies in which approaches and models are extensively described. The focus then moves to the process by which application of histology, biomechanics, biomarkers, cellular/molecular biology, and imaging technologies lead to new results and consequently novel treatment concepts in implant dentistry, implant borne prosthetic rehabilitations and the replacement or regeneration of tissues. Finally, the exciting opportunities afforded by the digital world are addressed. This book shall be a valuable resource and time-saving tool for a wide audience of researchers, students, practitioners, and academics.

This book covers the most suitable techniques for the rehabilitation of patients experiencing tooth loss, trauma or other situations resulting in bone atrophy. The book discusses current technologies, from diagnosis to treatment and surgery, applied to atrophic jaws using innovative tools and new PSI (patient specific implant) approaches. Oral Rehabilitation of the Atrophic Maxilla and the selection of the best treatment options for patients is one of the most difficult tasks facing the profession today. Readers will be able to solve complex problems and evaluate all available applications for patient management. Zygomatic implants, reconstructive surgery with bone grafts, post-oncologicasl and post traumatic reconstructions as well as dynamic navigation and robot assisted dental surgery are covered. The book is written by recognized experts and leaders in the field, and includes simpler techniques within the reach of many implantologists and more complex techniques that require specific surgical skills. It is relevant for, implanologist, periodontists, oral and maxillofacial surgeon, prosthodontists and every clinician treating maxillary atrophy.

Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry A quick reference to essential techniques in periodontics and implant dentistry designed for clinical use In Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry, distinguished periodontist Dr. Edgard El Chaar delivers a comprehensive quick reference to key information on periodontics and implant dentistry. The book takes a concise and technique-based approach to the subject, a design that allows clinicians to rapidly find and apply important information in seeing cases. It provides brief chapters with plentiful and instructive images. This manual is precise, offers quick access to the fundamentals of each of the pertinent topics in the field, and provides practitioners the ability to refer to an authoritative and straightforward resource in their daily clinical practice. It includes radiographs, histological images, clinical photographs, and line drawings. Readers will also find: A thorough introduction to the anatomy and physiology of the periodontium, including an overview of gingival tissue, embryonic development, and soft tissue physiology Comprehensive explorations of wound healing, pathology of periodontal disease, and oral medicine and pathology In-depth discussions of patient examination and initial therapy, surgical anatomy and local anesthesia, and suturing techniques Fulsome presentations of osseous surgery, clinical crown lengthening, and the principles of implant dentistry Perfect for general practitioners, periodontists, and implant dentists, Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry will also earn a place in the libraries of dental students with an interest in periodontics.

Biomaterials are composed of metallic materials, ceramics, polymers, composites and hybrid materials. Biomaterials used in human beings require safety regulations, toxicity, allergic reaction, etc. When used as implantable materials their biological compatibility, biomechanical compatibility, and morphological compatibility must be acessed. This book explores the design and requirements of biomaterials for the use in implantology.

Although the field of dental surgery has witnessed significant changes over the past decade, perfect wound closure remains a key aspect for uneventful wound healing. The Art of Dental Suturing is a unique overview of the diff erent aspects of wound closure. Written by two experts in the field, this fully illustrated clinical guide on the management of suturing is intended to impart all the information necessary to achieve successful wound closure. In line with the current dental literature, and carefully constructed in a concise and simple way, the book is divided into three chapters. The first chapter deals with general characteristics of wound healing and provides information to dental clinicians and surgeons on the basic principles involved. The second chapter presents the instruments and materials required for all the categories of wound closure in every clinical situation. The third chapter is a complete guide to the various wound closure methods and techniques required in dental surgery. It is constructed in a step-by-step manner for clear understanding and is accompanied by carefully designed, large-format illustrations and photographs to impart the essential knowledge needed to facilitate perfect suturing. We hope that this book will serve as a reference guide to for all those in the profession who are tasked with the crucial role of successful wound closure. Inhaltsverzeichnis Chapter 1: Wound healing Introduction Phases of wound healing Typical characteristics of oral mucosal wound healing Wound healing and systemic factors Drugs and wound healing Local factors affecting wound healing Chapter 2: Suture materials and suturing instruments Suture threads and needles Physical properties of suture threads Absorption characteristics of suture threads Absorbable suture threads Non-absorbable suture threads Suture needles Hand instruments Tissue adhesives Chapter 3: Suturing techniques General principles of suturing Wound closure sutures Displacement sutures for approximating wound margins Sling sutures View-enhancing (tissue retraction) sutures Fixation sutures for biomaterials or grafts Sutures for securing surgical dressings or packings Hemostatic sutures Positioning sutures Sutures to prevent foreign material from traveling into deep tissue Abscess drainage sutures Biographische Informationen Çankaya, A. Burak Angaben zur Person: Associate Professor A. Burak Çankaya, DDS, graduated from Kadıköy Anatolian High School in 1995, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 2000. He worked as a visiting lecturer at Klinikum Osnabrück GmbH – Klinik für Mund-, Kiefer-, Gesichtschirurgie in 2006 and 2007. He acquired his PhD in 2007 and became Associate Professor in 2012. His professional areas of interest include impacted tooth surgery, dental traumatology, dental implants, and bone regeneration. He is a member of the Turkish Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Demirel, Korkud Angaben zur Person: Professor Korkud Demirel, DDS, graduated from Tarsus American School in 1980, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 1985. He worked as a visiting lecturer at New York University, Stony Brook School of Dentistry, Department of Periodontology in 1989 and 1990. He attained his PhD in 1992 and became Professor in 2002. He was awarded the title of Honorary Professor by the Ukrainian Academy of Postgraduate Education in 2018. His professional areas of interest include esthetic periodontal treatment, dental implants, bone regeneration, and smoking and gingival diseases. He was Past President of the Turkish Society of Periodontology, and was Past President of the European Federation of Periodontology.

The interaction of bacteria with biomaterials’ surfaces has critical clinical implications on the development and progression of biofilm-related diseases. In this book "Bacterial Interactions with Dental and Medical Materials", encouraging findings on tissue-contacting biomaterials to control biofilms, enhanced understanding of key mechanisms, and clinical perspectives are discussed toward improving healthcare.

This book is an easy-to-use guide to all aspects of infection control and decontamination that will support the implementation of effective measures for risk reduction in dental practice. Among the topics addressed are the principles and practicalities of cleaning and sterilizing dental instruments, the role of personal protective equipment, the design and use of decontamination rooms, choice of dental equipment, environmental disinfection, and considerations relating to dental unit water lines. In addition, readers will find an informative and helpful section on the background history and basic science of infection control within dentistry. Infection Control in Primary Dental Care will be very useful for all members of the dental team, including dentists, dental nurses or assistants, dental hygienists, and therapists. The book is illustrated with photographs, diagrams, and tables to aid understanding and encourage good practice. The authors have a background in microbiology and dental practice and have extensive experience of providing advice and guidance to professional colleagues on infection control procedures.

This book reviews the principles of infection control and the guidelines and standards of care in multiple countries, discussing them within the context of the practice of dentistry. The aim is to enable dental practitioners to ensure that the appropriate measures are adopted for each patient contact, thereby minimizing the risk of transmission of infection - a goal that is becoming ever more important given the threats posed by new or re-emerging infectious diseases and drug-resistant infections. Readers will find information and guidance on all aspects of infection control within the dental office: hand and respiratory hygiene, use of personal protective equipment, safe handling of sharps and safe injection practices, management of occupational exposures, maintenance of dental unit water quality, surface disinfection, and the cleaning and sterilization of dental instruments. Infection Control in the Dental Office will be an invaluable asset for all dental practitioners, including dentists, dental specialists, dental hygienists, and dental assistants.

This book discusses the treatment of dental patients in the post-COVID pandemic years and the required compliance with recommended infection control practices to ensure the safe delivery of oral health care. The COVID-19 pandemic has had the most dramatic impact on healthcare, inclusive of dentistry, in history. SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19, is a very dynamic virus and each new variant appears to be more transmissible than previous variants. More effective infection control strategies had to be developed to prevent transmission of COVID-19 in the dental office. Readers will find guidance on the reduction of aerosol in the dental office, information on vaccines, vaccinations and the re-emergence of vaccine preventable diseases. Infection control during implant placement, oral surgical procedures, N2O administration and IV sedation is explained. In addition to SARS-CoV-2, the book provides information on other emerging respiratory diseases such as Influenza, Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) and the emergence of Vaccine Preventable Diseases (Measles, Mumps, Rubella, Polio, HPV) that present significant risk of transmission if proper infection control practices are not followed. The indirect effects of the COVID-19 pandemic are discussed including a significant increase of STDs (syphilis, gonorrhea, chlamydia, herpes, HPV), new blood- borne infections such as HIV, HBV and HCV infections, as well as a significant increase of healthcare acquired infections and superbugs.

Advanced Laser Surgery in Dentistry delivers a state-of-the-art reference for laser technology in the context of a dental practice. The book encompasses oral surgery, periodontology, and implant dentistry, covering the latest research, knowledge, and clinical practices. The author demonstrates the clinical relevance by including many real-world clinical cases that illustrate the application of the discussed techniques. The book includes high-quality, color photographs throughout to support the text and add visual information to the covered topics, which include wound healing, oral surgery, periodontology, implant dentistry, and laser fundamentals and safety considerations. Advanced Laser Surgery in Dentistry provides readers with a step-by-step guide for using lasers in dental practice and discusses likely new directions and possible future treatments in the rapidly advancing field of laser dentistry. Readers will also benefit from a wide variety of subjects, including: A thorough introduction to the fundamentals of lasers, including the beam, the laser cavity, active mediums, lenses, resonators, and delivery systems An exploration of lasers and wound healing, including soft tissue and bone healing, as well as laser-assisted excisions and osteotomies An analysis of lasers in periodontology, including laser-assisted bacteria reduction in the periodontal tissues and the removal of subgingival dental calculus A discussion of lasers in implant dentistry and treatment for peri-implantitis Perfect for oral and maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and implant dentists, as well as general dentists, Advanced Laser Surgery in Dentistry will also earn a place in the libraries of dental students and residents seeking to improve their understanding of laser-based oral and dental procedures with a carefully organized reference guide.

This book provides surgeons with important insights into laser technologies as well as a sound understanding of their current and potential applications within oral and maxillofacial surgery and related disciplines. The opening chapters focus on the relevant physical background, the technology of the typically used lasers, laser-tissue interactions, and the treatment systems. Detailed information is then provided on the various established applications of laser treatments, including in relation to skin and mucosa and the dental hard tissues and bone. Special applications are also described, for example with respect to periodontal surgery, peri-implantitis therapy, photodynamic treatment, holography and additive manufacturing. The book closes by examining technologies that will soon be available for application in hospitals, topics which are currently the subject of research, and laser safety. Beyond surgeons, the book will be of value for engineers and scientists working in the field of medical engineering using lasers. 

Successfully expand the use of lasers in your dental practice! With vibrant, detailed clinical images and easy-to-follow writing, Principles and Practice of Laser Dentistry, 3rd Edition walks you through the most common uses of lasers in areas such as periodontal surgery, dental implants, prosthetic and cosmetic reconstruction and describes how lasers work, how they interact with tissues, and how this knowledge may be applied to dental practice with a focus on technology, surgical techniques, and key steps in treatment. Written by laser dentistry pioneer Dr. Robert A. Convissar and a team of leading experts, this edition includes an ebook free with each purchase of a print book, three new chapters, and new case histories and clinical tips. It contains everything you need to know to build your skills in the rapidly growing field of laser dentistry. Authoritative information is written by experts from all areas of dentistry, including periodontics, orthodontics, prosthodontics, oral and maxillofacial surgery, implants, endodontics, pediatric dentistry, cosmetic dentistry, and practice management. Revised case studies reflect treatment planning and the use of lasers in treating a variety of pathologies. Detailed photographs clearly illustrate preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative procedures. Guidelines to the use of lasers in procedures are validated with evidence-based, peer-reviewed literature. Revised Clinical Tips and Caution boxes highlight key information. Summary tables and boxes simplify essential information. Chapter on Introducing Lasers into the Dental Practice includes guidelines for investing in lasers. Glossary provides definitions of key laser terminology. NEW! Chapters cover snoring and sleep apnea, photodynamic therapy, and infant tongue tie procedures. NEW! More clinical photos, equipment photos, and conceptual illustrations are included. NEW! eBook version is included with print purchase, allowing you to access all the text, figures, and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.

Still, only a tiny fraction of PDT’s potential has been realized in the clinical practice guideline. Nevertheless, multiple contributions from all over the world emphasize the importance of PDT and signal that there is much more to expect!

Nowadays, we use the term “modern endodontics” thanks to new technologies, novel materials, and revolutionary techniques. Various equipment is available to facilitate and improve our endodontic treatments, such as operating microscopes, ultrasounds, lasers, modern alloys for rotary files, powerful irrigation systems, new materials for filling root canals, 3D radiology, and several more. With the aid of the previously mentioned advances, complex endodontic treatments can be carried out safely, hence guaranteeing patients a high level of care and, above all, saving teeth that would otherwise be doomed for extraction. General practitioners and, even more importantly, specialists in endodontics should implement these modern technologies in their practice. This Special Issue will focus on modern endodontics regarding all the recent updates. Full papers of original articles, short communications, and review articles are all invited.

In the United States, hospitals annually report over 5 million cases of infectious-disease-related illnesses: clinical microbiology laboratories in these hospitals are engaged in detecting and identifying the pathogenic microorganisms in clinical specimens collected from these patients with suspected infections. Clearly, the timely and accurate detection/identification of these microbial pathogens is critical for patient treatment decisions and outcomes for millions of patients each year. Despite an appreciation that the outcome of an infectious-disease-related illness is directly related to the time required to detect and identify a microbial pathogen, clinical microbiology laboratories in the United States as well as worldwide have long been hampered by traditional culture-based assays, which may require prolonged incubation time for slowly growing microorganisms such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Moreover, traditional culture-based assays often require multiple steps with additional time needed for discernment of species and/or detection of antimicrobial resistance. Finally, these traditional, slow multistep culture-based assays are labor-intensive and required skilled clinical microbiologists at the bench. Over the past several decades, advanced molecular techniques in diagnostic microbiology quietly have been revolutionizing the practice of clinical microbiology in the hospital setting. Indeed, molecular diagnostic testing in general and nucleic-acid-based amplification methods in particular have been heralded as diagnostic tools for the new millennium. There is no question that the development of rapid molecular techniques for nucleic acid amplification/characterization combined with automation and user-friendly software has greatly broadened the diagnostic capabilities of the clinical microbiology laboratory. These technical advances in molecular microbiology over the first decade of the 21st Century have profoundly influenced the physical structure of clinical microbiology laboratories as well as their staffing patterns, workflow, and turnaround time. These molecular microbiology advances have also resulted in the need for a revised and updated second edition of Advanced Techniques in Diagnostic Microbiology. This second edition again provides an updated and comprehensive description of the ongoing evolution of molecular methods for the diagnosis of infectious diseases. In addition, many new chapters have been added, including a chapter on the clinical interpretation and relevance of advanced technique results. The second edition, like the first edition, includes both a "techniques" section describing the latest molecular techniques and an "applications" section describing how these advanced molecular techniques are being used in the clinical setting. Finally, the second edition, like the first edition, utilizes a diverse team of authors who have compiled chapters that provide the reader with comprehensive and useable information on advanced molecular microbiology techniques.

This book is the second edition of Atlas of Oral Microbiology: From Healthy Microflora to Disease (ISBN 978-0-12-802234-4), with two new features: we add about 60 pictures of 14 newly isolated microbes from human dental plaque, at the same time, we re-organize the content of this book and provide more research progress about the oral microbiome bank of China, the invasion of oral microbiota into the gut, and the relationships between Oral Microflora and Human Diseases. This book is keeping up with the advanced edge of the international research field of oral microbiology. It innovatively gives us a complete description of the oral microbial systems according to different oral ecosystems. It collects a large number of oral microbial pictures, including cultural pictures, colonies photos, and electron microscopy photos. It is by far the most abundant oral microbiology atlas consists of the largest number of pictures. In the meantime, it also described in detail a variety of experimental techniques, including microbiological isolation, culture, and identification. It is an atlas with strong practical function. The editors and writers of this book have long been engaged in teaching and research work in oral microbiology and oral microecology. This book deserves a broad audience, and it will meet the needs of researchers, clinicians, teachers, and students major in biology, dental medicine, basic medicine, or clinical medicine. It can also be used to facilitate teaching and international academic exchanges.

Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (CPMB), the first in the Current Protocols family of laboratory manuals, is the international standard by which all other laboratory manuals are judged. Originally published in 1987, CPMB now boasts of three looseleaf volumes (soon to expand to four volumes). Basic methods for DNA preparation and isolation, library screening, and sequencing have been joined by more advanced procedures detailing DNA-protein interactions, yeast manipulation, and phosphorylation analyses. From basics to the cutting edge, CPMB is the resource you need for successful experiments. Carefully edited, step-by-step protocols replete with material lists, expert commentaries, and safety and troubleshooting tips ensure that you can duplicate the experimental results in your own laboratory. Quarterly updates, which are filed into the looseleaf, keep the set current with the latest developments in molecular biology methods. The initial purchase includes one year of updates and then subscribers may renew their annual subscriptions. Current Protocols publishes a family of laboratory manuals for bioscientists, including Immunology, Human Genetics, Protein Science, Cytometry, Cell Biology, Neuroscience, Pharmacology, and Toxicology.

The future of medicine--and the key to a healthier life--starts in your mouth American dentists are beginning to discover what some of their European counterparts have long understood: Many common chronic conditions--obesity, inflammation, stroke, diabetes, Alzheimer's, heart disease, and cancer, among others--often have their origins in the mouth. In a groundbreaking new work, German dentist Dr. Dominik Nischwitz presents the principles of biological dentistry along with emerging scientific research on the mouth's vital role in the body's microbiome--a key to whole body wellness. Challenging conventional dental wisdom that views the teeth as separate from the rest of the body, and conventional dental practices that often cause more harm than good, It's All in Your Mouth delivers: The latest research on the microbiome and the mouth Critical information on the dangers of root canals and amalgam fillings The important role of nutrition in oral health and hygiene A clarion call for a new approach to dentistry Sensible, holistic, and humane, It's All in Your Mouth offers a necessary new approach to natural immunity to chronic disease and integrating dental hygiene into whole body health.

The foremost text in this complex and fast-changing field, Medical Microbiology, 9th Edition, provides concise, up-to-date, and understandable explanations of key concepts in medical microbiology, immunology, and the microbes that cause human disease. Clear, engaging coverage of basic principles, immunology, laboratory diagnosis, bacteriology, virology, mycology, and parasitology help you master the essentials of microbiology?effectively preparing you for your coursework, exams, and beyond. Access to this product, which may be at the discretion of your institution, is up to 3 years of online and perpetual offline access. Elsevier reserves the right to restrict or remove access due to changes in product portfolio or other market conditions. Features significant new information on the human microbiome and its influence on the immune and other body systems, and new developments in microbial diagnosis, treatment, diseases, and pathogens. Updates every chapter with state-of-the-art information and current literature citations. Summarizes detailed information in tabular format rather than in lengthy text. Provides review questions at the end of each chapter that correlate basic science with clinical practice. Features clinical cases that illustrate the epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment of infectious diseases. Introduces microbe chapters with summaries and trigger words for easy review. Highlights the text with clear, colorful figures, clinical photographs, and images that help you visualize the clinical presentation of infections. Offers additional study features online, including 200 self-assessment questions, microscopic images of the microbes, videos, and a new integrating chapter that provides hyperlinks between the microbes, the organ systems that they affect, and their diseases. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

The first International Conference on Oral Mucosal Immunity and Microbiome (OMIM) aimed to highlight cutting-edge basic and translational research from an oral immunological and microbiological perspective. Oral diseases with a microbial etiology are the most prevalent chronic diseases of humans. Whilst not life-threatening, they can significantly compromise quality of life, are associated with increased risk for certain systemic diseases, and pose heavy financial burdens to national health systems. Hence, periodontal and peri-implant diseases, dental caries, root canal infections and mucosal infections are significant global public health problems. In this book global experts summarize and discuss the latest progress made in oral mucosal immunity and the oral microbiome. Target audience is basic and/or translational researchers with expertise in host immunity and microbiome research, and interest in oral health and disease. This volume provides a much needed quantum leap in the field, by joining forces to address gaps at the oral mucosal immunity-microbiome cross-talk. 

This book addresses the major periodontal pathogens implicated as causal agents in periodontal disease, including Porphyromonas gingivalis, Tannerella forsythia, Treponema denticola, Fusobacterium nucleatum, Aggregatibacter actinomycetemcomitans, and Prevotella spp. Beginning with methods for bacterial genetic manipulation, the volume continues with sections on experimental methods to examine virulence factors, interactions with other pathogenic microorganism and host cells, as well as a chapter on an animal model of periodontitis. Written for the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.  Authoritative and practical, Periodontal Pathogens: Methods and Protocols serves as an extensive and useful reference for researchers studying periodontal pathogens and will help elucidate the causes of periodontal disease and the systemic diseases related to it.

As the name suggests this book discusses how nanotechnology has influenced the provision of implant treatment from surgery to prosthetic reconstruction and post treatment biological complications. This book is a sequel to the earlier book "Dental Applications of Nanotechnology" published by Springer. It aims to present both the nanotechnology and allied research along with the clinical concepts of almost every different aspect of implantology in one volume. These two fraternities promote the translation of the research ideas and product development into fruitful practicalities. The first section covers nanobiomaterials in implant applications, in bone regeneration, prosthetic rehabilitation, to control biofilm and peri-implantitis, bone grafting and tissue engineering.  The second section explores applications of such new technologies in the field of implantology that gives this book a unique feature by bringing science and technology into clinical application. It covers implant stability, peri-implantitis, lasers, CAD/CAM technology, impressions, 3D printing, reconstruction with bone grafts and zygomatic implants. Comprehensive coverage includes both simple and complicated clinical cases, with practical guidance on how to apply the latest research, diagnostic tools, treatment planning, implant designs, materials, and techniques to provide superior patient outcomes. The book is well written and structured making it easy for experienced clinicians and those new to dental implantology as well as students, researchers, scientists and faculties of dental universities

Restorative biomaterials in dentistry are designed to restore the shape and function of teeth. Their applicability is related to restorative procedures such as dental restorations, dentures, dental implants, and endodontic materials. Designing Bioactive Polymeric Materials for Restorative Dentistry reviews the current state of the art for restorative biomaterials and discusses the near-future trends in this field. The book examines the biomaterials utilized in restorative dental applications (bonding, composites, cements, and ceramics) and assesses the design for these materials and the role of nanotechnology. All of the contributors are active clinical dentists and researchers in this field. FEATURES Overviews the major ongoing research efforts on developing bioactive bonding systems and composites in dental biomaterials Focuses on emerging trends in restorative dental biomaterials Incorporates evidence-based data on new restorative dental materials throughout the book Features extensive references at the end of each chapter to enhance further study 　 Mary Anne S. Melo, DDS, MSc, PhD FADM, is an Associate Professor and Division Director of Operative Dentistry at the School of Dentistry, University of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland.

With nanotechnology being a relatively new field, the questions regarding safety and ethics are steadily increasing with the development of the research. This book aims to give an overview on the ethics associated with employing nanoscience for products with everyday applications. The risks as well as the regulations are discussed, and an outlook for the future of nanoscience on a manufacturer's scale and for the society is provided. Ethics in nanotechnology is a valuable resource for, philosophers, academicians and scientist, as well as all other industry professionals and researchers who interact with emerging social and philosophical ethical issues on routine bases. It is especially for deep learners who are enthusiastic to apprehend the challenges related to nanotechnology and ethics in philosophical and social education. This book presents an overview of new and emerging nanotechnologies and their societal and ethical implications. It is meant for students, academics, scientists, engineers, policy makers, ethicist, philosophers and all stakeholders involved in the development and use of nanotechnology.　　　

With nanotechnology being a relatively new field, the questions regarding safety and ethics are steadily increasing with the development of the research. This book aims to give an overview on the ethics associated with employing nanoscience for products with everyday applications. The risks as well as the regulations are discussed, and an outlook for the future of nanoscience on a manufacturer's scale and for the society is provided. Ethics in nanotechnology is a valuable resource for, philosophers, academicians and scientist, as well as all other industry professionals and researchers who interact with emerging social and philosophical ethical issues on routine bases. It is especially for deep learners who are enthusiastic to apprehend the challenges related to nanotechnology and ethics in philosophical and social education. This book presents an overview of new and emerging nanotechnologies and their societal and ethical implications. It is meant for students, academics, scientists, engineers, policy makers, ethicist, philosophers and all stakeholders involved in the development and use of nanotechnology.　　　

This book provides a comprehensive overview of the latest advances in a wide range of biomaterials for the development of smart and advanced functional materials. It discusses the fundamentals of bio-interfacial interactions and the surface engineering of emerging biomaterials like metals and alloys, polymers, ceramics, and composites/nanocomposites. In turn, the book addresses the latest techniques and approaches to engineering material surfaces/interfaces in, e.g., implants, tissue engineering, drug delivery, antifouling, and dentistry. Lastly, it summarizes various challenges in the design and development of novel biomaterials. Given its scope, it offers a valuable source of information for students, academics, physicians and particularly researchers from diverse disciplines such as material science and engineering, polymer engineering, biotechnology, bioengineering, chemistry, chemical engineering, nanotechnology, and biomedical engineering for various commercial and scientific applications.

This volume presents the applications of Nanotechnology to different fields of dentistry. Recognized dental specialities such as orthodontics, endodontics and prosthodontics have been covered in addition to general dentistry applications of nanotechnology. The book, in a comprehensive fashion, delves into such technologies as drug nanocarriers, nanomaterials, implants and other nanoparticle applications related to dentistry, and shows how these, in turn, will enhance therapeutic effects against dental bacteria and erosion. This book not only presents the current trends in dental therapies but also presents the current research trends and potential applications. A bottom-up approach has been mostly adopted to suit the need of a wide audience including novice researchers and post graduate students. Key Features: Each chapter includes brief review in the initial paragraphs followed by recent trendsContent level designed to suit the needs of technicians in addition to novice researchersThere is necessary minimum overlap from available literatureA number of the chapter authors are highly esteemed researchers in their prospective fieldsUnique coverage of such topics as nanorobotic local anesthetics, neurotoxticity, nano endodontic sealers, orthodontic nanorobots, nanodiagnostics

Nanotechnology in Conservative Dentistry provides a detailed review of the use of nanotechnology in conservative dentistry, from diagnosis and restorative materials, through to tissue engineering and regeneration. This book covers fundamental topics in the field of conservative dentistry, including caries therapy, dentin reconstruction, pulp protection and more; each chapter reviews and discusses how nanotechnology can be implemented as a novel approach to traditional conservative dentistry techniques, exploring the many uses and advantages of this fast-growing technology. Various nanobiomaterials and technologies are covered, as well as assessment of the biocompatibility and toxicological risks of utilizing nanotechnology in dentistry. Nanotechnology in Conservative Dentistry will help dentists and materials science academics alike, understand the potential of nanotechnology in dentistry, building on and going beyond traditional concepts and techniques in this field.

This book covers two increasingly prominent aspects of dentistry: nanotechnology and ozone. Nanotechnology has rapidly expanded into all areas of science; it offers significant alternative ways of solving scientific and medical questions and problems. In dentistry, nanotechnology has been exploited in the development of restorative materials with significant success. The recent advances in nanotechnology could hold promise in bringing about a paradigm shift in the dental field. Although there are numerous complex therapies being developed to treat many diseases, their clinical use requires careful consideration of the expense of synthesis and implementation.

The world is moving towards non-invasive methods of treatment and the principle of ‘extension for prevention’ is losing its popularity. The energized form of oxygen is ozone, which has varied properties like anti-microbial activity, biocompatibility, disinfection and healing properties. As such, this book shows that it has a major scope of application in the fields of medicine and dentistry.

Alternative medicine (AM) is popular; about 40% of the US general population have used alternative treatment in the past year, and in Germany this figure is around 70%. The global market is expected to reach nearly US $ 200 billion by 2025, with most of these funds coming directly out of consumers' pockets. Consumers are bombarded with misleading and false information on AM and therefore prone to making wrong, unwise, or dangerous therapeutic decisions, endangering their health and wasting their money. This book is a reference text aimed at guiding consumers through the maze of AM. This second edition includes over 50 additional treatments as well as updates on many others. 

Written by Jerome Sarris and Jon Wardle, Clinical Naturopathy: An evidence-based guide to practice articulates evidence-based clinical practice. It details the principles, treatment protocols and interventions at the forefront of naturopathic practice in the 21st century. Clinical Naturopathy equips you to critically evaluate your patients, analyse treatment protocols, and provide evidence-based prescriptions. A rigorously researched update of common clinical conditions and their naturopathic treatment according to evidence-based guidelines Treatment decision trees Outline of core principles of naturopathic practice Herb-drug interactions table Laboratory reference values Food sources of nutrients Cancer medication interactions Includes an Enhanced eBook version with purchase. The enhanced eBook allows the end user to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

periodontitis; Pelargonium sidoides DC root extract; proanthocyanidins; bacteriotoxicity; inflammatory cytokines; gene expression; fibroblasts; macrophages; leukocytes; vitamin C; retinol; α-carotene; β-carotene; β-cryptoxanthin; γ-tocopherol; lutein; zeaxanthin; lycopene; ischemic heart disease; C-reactive protein; cardiovascular disease; clinical trial; dietary supplements; dental implants; osseointegration; vitamin D; magnesium; resveratrol; ascorbic acid; zinc; calcium; bone; diabetes mellitus; periodontal disease; natural agents; gingivitis; antioxidants; vitamins; oolong tea; phenolic profile; salivary microbiota; 16S rRNA sequencing; bacterial diversities; correlation network; oral diseases; diet; nutrients; nutraceutics; therapy; host response

"Can magnets relieve arthritis pain? Does the scent of lavender calm the nerves? Is St. John's Wort a mood enhancer? Authoritative, objective and in tune with the subjects that matter to students and researchers, Gale presents four volumes of current, unbiased information on alternative and complementary medical practices. Covering all aspects of the subject through more than 800 entries, The Gale Encyclopedia of Alternative Medicine identifies types of alternative medicine being practiced today, including reflexology, acupressure, acupuncture, chelation therapy, kinesiology, yoga, chiropractic, Feldenkrais, polarity therapy, detoxification, naturopathy, Chinese medicine, biofeedback, Ayurveda and osteopathy. For the practitioner or interested patient, there are current training requirements, listings of organizations, as well as descriptions of treatments. Information on recommended therapies for specific disorders and diseases and medicinal uses for plants and herbs are balanced by conclusions of studies on efficacy and analysis of current levels of acceptance by traditional scientists and doctors. Biographies of pioneers in the field -- including Deepak Chopra, Edward Bach and David Palmer --appear as sidebars through the text. Included in each entry are glossary sidebars that define key terms. The four volumes contain more than 800 entries, approximately 400 color images, and many informative illustrations and charts pertaining to herbs and flowers, therapies and procedures, nutrition, and diseases and conditions. More than 50 new entries were added, on topics ranging from cherry juice, modified citrus pectin, oleander, and horticultural therapy; most existing entries were reviewed and updated, and many new images, charts and illustrations were added."

Because of increasing antibiotic resistance, stronger antibiotics are reserved for serious active infection, paving the way for a greater use of herbal antibiotics.  This book helps dentists in implementing safe and effective natural medicine therapies to complement the current practice guidelines. Oral diseases continue to be a major health problem world-wide. Oral health is integral to general well-being and relates to the quality-of-life that extends beyond the functions of the craniofacial complex. The standard Western medicine has had only limited success in the prevention of periodontal disease and in the treatment of a variety of oral diseases. The dentist needs to be more informed regarding the use, safety and effectiveness of the various traditional medicines and over-the-counter products. Herbal extracts have been used in dentistry for reducing inflammation, as antimicrobial plaque agents, for preventing release of histamine and as antiseptics, antioxidants, antimicrobials, antifungals, antibacterials, antivirals and analgesics. They also aid in healing and are effective in controlling microbial plaque in gingivitis and periodontitis and thereby improving immunity. The 26 chapters in this unique book explore all the measures to utilize the natural oral care obtained from plants, animals and mineral drugs for dental care.

Oral health loss is one of the major problems existing all over the world and is one of the top causes of death when unmanaged. The oral cavity is home to numerous pathogenic microorganisms, some of which are responsible for the progression and development of various systemic diseases such as cancer, diabetes and myocardial infarction. Worldwide, 60-90% of school children and nearly 100% of adults have dental cavities, often leading to pain and discomfort. There are implications for the global economy as well, due to the continuous burden of investing resources to maintain oral hygiene. Not surprisingly, developing countries are disproportionally affected.  There is thus an urgent need to develop economical solutions for the treatment of oral diseases. The trend of exploring plants or plant-derived compounds for the prevention and cure of death-causing diseases is on the rise. The use of traditional medicine for oral diseases is an ancient practice in which medicinal herbs play a major role. Medicinal plants have minimal side effects and no denigrating properties. Accordingly the use of medicinal plants to curtail oral pathogens has been reported by a number of studies. The present book updates the issues related to oral health, oral diseases and the role of medicinal plants in overcoming orally-derived health problems. We also highlight the knowledge gaps in oral health related problems with medicinal plants as one of the solutions. Our ultimate goal is to encourage future research and application of medicinal plants for economical and efficient treatment of oral diseases.

Provide effective treatment with evidence-based natural medicine! Textbook of Natural Medicine, 5th Edition shows how to use natural medicine, Western medicine, or a blend of both to develop scientific treatment plans. Based on a combination of philosophy and clinical studies, this text explains how to diagnose the underlying causes of disease and provide therapeutic interventions that support the body's own healing processes. Written by noted educators Joseph Pizzorno and Michael Murray, this text summarizes the pharmacology of herbal supplements, and emphasizes preventive, non-invasive, and natural treatments. UNIQUE! Practical diagnostic and therapeutic guidance is designed specifically for practicing clinicians, and includes key diagnostic criteria, pathophysiology of diseases, and therapeutic rationales. UNIQUE! In-depth coverage of science-based natural medicine makes this the most comprehensive textbook in this field. UNIQUE! Six separate sections on every aspect of natural/integrative medicine include philosophy, diagnosis, therapeutics, pharmacology, and specific disorders and diseases. UNIQUE! Detailed coverage of the most common medical conditions includes not just the recommended interventions but also an in-depth discussion of their fundamental causes. Content on the philosophy of natural medicine includes its history and background, with discussions of toxicity, detoxification, and scientific documentation of the healing actions of natural substances. Internationally known authors Joseph Pizzorno and Michael Murray lead a team of expert, practicing contributors in providing authoritative information on natural medicine. NEW tables, charts, graphs, and other visuals depict important data and summarize key points. NEW! Thirty new chapters cover even more disease and therapeutic agents than were covered in the previous edition. NEW! Full-color design and illustrations enhance reading and understanding. NEW! 50 new images have been added.

Most oral diseases are preventable, yet they remain the most globally common noncommunicable disorders, affecting people throughout their lifetime. Lifestyle, including diet and food choice, is central to the occurrence of oral disease. Nutrition and diet can impact the development and status of the oral cavity as well as the progression of illness. Also, poor oral health can influence the ability to eat and, consequently, to maintain an adequate diet and nutrient balance. This book, consisting of 14 chapters, provides current information on the impact of nutrients (macro- and micro-elements and vitamins) and diet on oral health and vice versa (i.e., the impact of oral health on diet/nutrition). It also reviews possible oral health effects of probiotics as well as relationships between genotype and diet, which are important for determining oral disease risk. This book is a helpful resource for under- and postgraduate students. It will also be useful to dentists and nutritionists/dietitians as they integrate nutrition education into medical practice.

Reflecting significant changes in the industry and the latest research in the field, this fully updated Third Edition of Rebecca Sroda's Nutrition for Dental Health provides dental hygiene and dental assisting students up-to-date, easy-to-understand coverage of basic nutrition and diet information with an emphasis on the relationship of nutrition and diet to oral health. Now in vibrant full color, this accessible and student-friendly Third Edition features up-to-date, evidence-based content, new practice-focused features, outstanding end-of-chapter and online learning tools, and enhanced instructors resources.

This book contains the Nutrients Special Issue "Nutrition and Human Oral Health" edited by Dr. Kirstin Vach and Prof. Dr. Johan Woelber. It includes 18 wonderful publications that provide an outline of current scientific work in the field of nutritional dentistry.

This book provides a comprehensive review of the assessment and management of older people's oral health care needs. Discussing recent initiatives to emphasize oral health promotion and prevention, the book describes improvements in pharmacological and non-pharmacological approaches for special populations in geriatrics and illuminates the role of barriers to oral health care for older people. Divided into three sections, the book first explores aging and oral health, including age-related changes, epidemiology, nutrition, dysphagia, aspiration pneumonia, xerostomia and hyposalivation, management of periodontal disease and caries, systemic diseases that influence oral health, and considerations for chronic orofacial pain. The second section illuminates the ways in which frailty and other geriatric syndromes influence oral health care in older adults with a special focus on frailty, dementia, delirium and depression, and the delivery of oral health care to vulnerable geriatric populations in long-term care, home care, palliative care, and hospice. Lastly, the book addresses inequalities in the oral health of older minority populations, the disproportionate burden of oral disease and tooth loss, the contribution of these issues to further complications in comorbidities, the association of extended health literacy and periodontal disease, and the social and cultural conditions that might be altered or improved by healthcare programs and health policies. Oral Health and Aging is a useful book written by an international group of experts and designed to educate geriatricians, primary care physicians, nurses, dentists, dental hygienists, speech and language pathologists, dietitians, and health policy advocates.

Covering specific mouth and dental conditions such as ulcers, halitosis and tooth grinding, this book recognises the link between these conditions and systemic diseases. It provides a review some aspects of the basic anatomy and physiology of the mouth and teeth, such as biofilms, quorum sensing and cavitations, alongside information from current research. The book also includes discussion of the impact of natural ageing processes, satiety and taste perception as these associate with oral (and systemic) health. Discussing associations to systemic diseases such as cardiovascular disease, diabetes and adverse pregnancy outcomes, the book offers scientifically evidenced protocol possibilities and a balanced viewpoint. With practical guidance and theory, Oral Health and Systemic Disease is the go-to resource for nutritional therapists and functional medicine practitioners who want to deepen their knowledge of mouth and dental health issues.

Advancements in digital technologies are reshaping the world of dentistry, from prosthodontics to implant dentistry. Intraoral scanners, facial scanners, 3D printers, and milling machines have revolutionized the clinical approach and operative workflow in daily practice. However, digital dentistry brings several challenges to clinicians due to the rapid evolution of new technologies and the lack of evidence-based guidelines for their correct use. The aim of this Special Issue is to cover the latest advances in the development and application of digital technologies in prosthetic and implant dentistry. We wish to provide both clinicians and researchers with a comprehensive and up-to-date source of information on current trends, limitations, and potential future applications of digital technologies in daily clinical practice.

This book considers occlusion within the different disciplines of clinical dentistry, taking into account the challenges specific to each, in order to develop guidelines of good occlusal practice (GGOP). The GGOP for each discipline has benefited from an authoritative contribution of a recognised specialist in that field.  Readers will find full description of what constitutes good occlusal practice in, for example, simple and advanced restorative dentistry, removable prosthodontics, the restoration of the worn dentition and implantology. It is clearly explained why and how the GGOP differ in the various branches of dentistry, the key point being that it is the support for the occlusal surfaces that determines GGOP. One of the foundations of this work is that an occlusion can only be judged by the tissue reactions to it: there is no such thing as an intrinsically bad occlusion or malocclusion. Today it remains the case that many dentists feel that occlusion represents an important gap in their knowledge; indeed, some qualify with little more than the belief that "occlusion is important". Their vulnerability in this area of clinical practice is confirmed when early cases fail to go as well as hoped. In providing comprehensive guidance on good occlusal practice in different contexts, this book will be of value for a wide range of dental practitioners.

In the past, individuals in the dentistry field have struggled to diagnose and treat a variety of dental diseases due to the lack of digital methods involved in the field. Modern technology offers solutions to the many commonly observed and frequently encountered occlusal problems that practicing dental clinicians regularly attempt to manage. The Handbook of Research on Clinical Applications of Computerized Occlusal Analysis in Dental Medicine aims to provide a research-based clinical resource for computerized occlusal analysis technology while also serving as a complete clinical treatment guide to support clinicians in achieving significantly better treatment outcomes than what often presently result from non-digital occlusal indicators. With over 800+ full-color figures/charts and research that has been contributed by over 20 industry-leading dentistry experts, the book will chronicle its evolution and improvements, detail its evidence-based rationale for employing this technology in place of traditional, non-digital occlusal indicators that rely solely on imprecise operator subjective interpretation, and describe the TScan's many clinical applications within the differing practice disciplines of dental medicine. While highlighting topics including orthodontics, this book is ideally designed for clinicians, dentists, dental educators, practitioners, researchers, students, and academics working in prosthodontics, occlusion, esthetics, temporomandibular disorders, dental implant prosthodontics, periodontics, orthodontics, and posture and balance.

"This book offers readers with a professional interest a clear guide to help them address the issue of temporomandibular disorders in theory and practice and provide their TMD patients with the best possible treatment"--

This book reviews different treatment options for Cleft Lip and Palate problems emphasizing the cooperation between the areas of Orthodontics and Surgery. After an introduction to variations in cleft types, different CLP treatment plans are introduced and reviewed. The book represents some of the oldest and most thorough longitudinal documentation of cleft lip palate treatment. It is comprised of objective serial records using photos, dental casts, cephalographs and measurements. The last part of the book identifies pitfalls and complications in facial palate treatment. It discusses future directions and the importance of longitudinal facial and dental cast records. This book is intended to aid in the teaching of aspiring and practicing Orthodontists and Surgeons dealing with Cleft Lip and Palate problems.

New to the Practical Procedures in... series, Practical Procedures in the Management of Tooth Wear demonstrates a wide range of up to date clinical techniques in the practical management of tooth wear. Presented in an accessible and user-friendly format, the book summarises the key points of each procedure, complete with clinical photographs. Chapters outline the principles and procedures for each technique, offer clinical tips and advice, and include full references. Topics include patient assessment and diagnosis, treatment planning for localised and generalised tooth wear, the partially dentate patient, tooth wear monitoring, management, and maintenance. Created by an internationally-recognised team with both clinical and academic expertise, this valuable resource: Presents comprehensive, evidence-based coverage of the management of tooth wear Examines the epidemiology and etiology of tooth wear Covers practical aspects such as record taking, aesthetic evaluation, prevention, clinical occlusion and active monitoring Includes access to high quality instructional videos to further supplement the text. Practical Procedures in the Management of Tooth Wear is a unique source of information for general dental practitioners, senior undergraduate dental students, and postgraduates preparing for higher qualifications and training.

This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgery-first orthognathic approach for patients with malocclusion and skeletal disharmony, which has been successfully applied by the authors in their practices over the past 15 years. The approach breaks with the time-tested principles of traditional orthognathic surgery in that corrective bone surgery is performed first, without the removal of dental compensations, followed by orthodontic finishing. All aspects are covered with the aid of numerous illustrations, the aim being to provide surgeons with a systematic educational tool that will enable them to introduce the approach into their own practice. In addition, the book addresses one of the hot issues in orthodontics, occlusal plane-altering orthognathic surgery, in which surgical modification of the occlusal plane is employed to treat various types of dentofacial deformity and improve facial proportions. This promises to become a very powerful tool in modern orthognathic surgery.

This book, now in an extensively revised third edition, is a superbly illustrated and authoritative reference on tooth wear and its management. Tooth wear is becoming an increasing problem as people are living longer and keeping their teeth for longer, with recent UK surveys showing that at least 75% of adults and more than 50% of children now have some form of identifiable tooth wear. This latest edition addresses this growing challenge by describing practical clinical techniques that will aid identification of the aetiological factors responsible for erosion, attrition and abrasion and by offering guidance in the planning and delivery of appropriate patient care. Readers will find helpful information on difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and prevention of tooth wear, problems associated with controlling the process and strategies for providing management solutions. Alongside thorough updates of the original chapters, this new expanded edition includes several entirely new chapters from highly regarded clinicians and researchers from the UK and Europe. This essential clinical guide will meet the needs of dental professionals and dental students alike.

This text will be of value to students of dentistry and dental technologists throughout the world. It describes and illustrates important concepts in dental anatomy, occlusion and developing physiologic dental anatomy. The book presents a step-by-step wax build-up technique to give the reader guidance in mastering this technique. These concepts are of primary importance to the practitioner and dental technologist because the fabrication of dental restorations with optimal longevity, aesthetics and function is the goal of all dental professionals. The information included in this text will be of interest to all in the dental profession, regardless of their level of exposure.

Although the field of dental surgery has witnessed significant changes over the past decade, perfect wound closure remains a key aspect for uneventful wound healing. The Art of Dental Suturing is a unique overview of the diff erent aspects of wound closure. Written by two experts in the field, this fully illustrated clinical guide on the management of suturing is intended to impart all the information necessary to achieve successful wound closure. In line with the current dental literature, and carefully constructed in a concise and simple way, the book is divided into three chapters. The first chapter deals with general characteristics of wound healing and provides information to dental clinicians and surgeons on the basic principles involved. The second chapter presents the instruments and materials required for all the categories of wound closure in every clinical situation. The third chapter is a complete guide to the various wound closure methods and techniques required in dental surgery. It is constructed in a step-by-step manner for clear understanding and is accompanied by carefully designed, large-format illustrations and photographs to impart the essential knowledge needed to facilitate perfect suturing. We hope that this book will serve as a reference guide to for all those in the profession who are tasked with the crucial role of successful wound closure.

This comprehensive guide to color science and shade selection in Dentistry presents all the theory and clinical guidance required in order to achieve consistent clinical success. The book opens by reviewing color and its dimensions and discussing color perception, drawing attention to the various phenomena that impact upon it. Shade selection in Operative Dentistry is then explained in detail with the aid of copious illustrations. The coverage encompasses shade selection methods for resin-based composite restorations and for bleaching procedures, with presentation of the latest evidence on their accuracy and reliability. Guidance is then provided on how to achieve predictable color harmony between the natural tooth and the composite restorative material in the context of biomimetic Dentistry, with discussion of special effects, pigments, layering techniques, surface texture, and finishing and polishing. Changes in color over time and responses to such changes are also outlined. The book will be of value for practitioners in Restorative and Esthetic Dentistry as well as for dental students and researchers.

This book offers up-to-date guidance in the diagnosis and management of the various complex complications that may be encountered during or after the placement of dental implants. The aim is to raise the awareness of clinicians regarding such complications and to equip them with the knowledge needed in order to deal with complications promptly and effectively. This in turn will assist in the avoidance of "complications of the initial complication", which is of critical importance in preventing more serious clinical and psychological problems for patients as well as medicolegal issues for clinicians. The range of complications covered in the book is very wide, encompassing medical, intraoperative, aesthetic, and infectious complications as well as medication-related osteonecrosis of the jaw, complications in the atrophic mandible, trigeminal nerve injuries, and more. Complex Dental Implant Complications is written by a team of leading experts and surgeons in the field. It will be a valuable aid for all clinicians who place dental implants.

This book is designed to guide the dental practitioner in the medical and surgical management of the oral surgery patient. It provides dentists and dental professionals with up-to-date, evidence-based information on how to handle any oral surgical problem and how to work up a patient. The book is divided into five sections, the first two of which present overviews of general and basic perioperative topics and the principles of exodontia. Management of oral pathology is then discussed in detail, covering odontogenic infections, osteonecrosis, preprosthetic surgery, common oral pathology, biopsy techniques, and dentoalveolar trauma. The fourth section is devoted to topics in advanced oral surgery, such as disturbances of the temporomandibular joint apparatus, facial deformities, and dental implants. Finally, a series of illustrative case reports and unusual surgical cases is presented. The book is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. Both editors have extensive academic experience and have authored numerous scientific publications.  

This book compiles all relevant information regarding fundamental concepts and advanced techniques related to the applications of minimally invasive procedures in periodontal and implant therapy facilitated with the operating microscope. Microsurgical therapy, wound healing principles as well as biomechanical and design aspects of micro-instruments and suturing armamentarium are discussed. The book offers information that is usually scattered in the dental and medical literature and not only hard to compile but also to frame in the appropriate clinical categories. Its unique emphasis on ergonomics (patient, operator and assistant positioning) and collaboration techniques like four to six hand assisting make this work unique. Each topic is discussed by world renowned experts in the field. The book is a valuable resource for the dental society including general dentists, periodontists, oral surgeons and implantologists.

The new edition of this outstanding reference textbook, in two volumes, offers comprehensive and authoritative coverage of the contemporary specialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The aim is to provide an all-encompassing, user-friendly source of information that will meet the needs of residents and experienced surgeons in clinical practice and will also serve as an ideal companion during preparation for board certification or recertification examinations. All of the authors, numbering some 100, are distinguished experts in the areas that they address. The new edition takes full account of the significant changes in clinical practice and guidelines that have occurred during recent years. Readers will find clear explanations of the practical application of surgical principles, with a wealth of supporting illustrative material, including atlas-type illustrations to complement the descriptions of specific procedures. The fourth edition of Peterson's Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is a truly exceptional resource for clinicians and students alike. 

An ideal introduction to the theory and practical aspects of conservative dentistry, the tenth edition of Pickards' Guide to Minimally Invasive Operative Dentistry is a must-have text for all dental students, new graduates and oral healthcare professionals alike. Written in an easy tounderstand and concise style, the authors introduce the essentials of dental disease before outlining how to collect patient information clinically in order to detect, diagnose, plan and deliver care.Exploring key topics such as disease prevention and control, the principles of minimally invasive operative dentistry, contemporary restorative materials and procedures, this completely up-to-date revised edition integrates a thorough academic grounding for degree examination with an essentialpreparation for clinical practice for the whole oral healthcare team. Illustrated with step-by-step colour photos, common clinical procedures are clearly set out and labelled for beginners to learn. The tenth edition has been updated to reflect the latest evidence based guidelines for preventitativemanagement and there is a focus on maintaining existing restorations and follow up/long term care.

Dentists have been inundated by patients with an array of complicated medical conditions and pain/sedation management issues. This is in addition to a variety of legal regulations dentists must follow regarding the storage and recordkeeping of controlled substances. Avoid unknowingly putting your practice at risk by becoming victim to a scam or violating a recordkeeping requirement with The ADA Practical Guide to Substance Use Disorders and Safe Prescribing. This Practical Guide is ideal for dentists and staff as they navigate: * Detecting and deterring substance use disorders (SUD) and drug diversion in the dental office (drug-seeking patients) * Prescribing complexities * Treating patients with SUD and complex analgesic and sedation (pain/sedation management) needs and the best use of sedation anxiety medication * Interviewing and counselling options for SUD * Federal drug regulations Commonly used illicit, prescription, and over-the-counter drugs, as well as alcohol and tobacco, are also covered. Special features include: * Clinical tools proven to aid in the identification, interviewing, intervention, referral and treatment of SUD * Basic elements of SUD, acute pain/sedation management, and drug diversion * Summary of evidence-based literature that supports what, when and how to prescribe controlled substances to patients with SUD * Discussion of key federal controlled substance regulations that frequently impact dental practitioners * Checklists to help prevent drug diversion in dental practices * Chapter on impaired dental professionals * Case studies that examine safe prescribing and due diligence

Foundations of Rural Public Health in America spans a wide variety of important issues affecting rural public health, including consumer and family health, environmental and occupational health, mental health, substance abuse, disease prevention and control, rural health care delivery systems, and health disparities. Divided into five sections, the book covers understanding rural communities, public health systems and policies for rural communities, health disparities in rural communities and among special populations, and advancing rural health including assessment, planning and intervention. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experienced scholars and practitioners, this authoritative text comprehensively covers rural health issues today. Key Features- Several topics covered meet the required competencies for an MPH curriculum (e.g. community needs assessment, partnership or coalition development, social justice, etc.).- Comprehensive coverage includes current issues in mental health, LGBTQ populations, COVID-19, commercial agribusiness, adolescent health, rural hospitals, and more.- Hands-on classroom activities for students and discussion questions provides opportunities for active learning.- Instructor's manual, test banks and additional discussion questions along with PowerPoint slides provide helpful resources for course planning and preparation. - Each new print copy includes Navigate eBook Access enabling you to read your digital textbook online or offline from your computer, tablet, or mobile device.

Out of 238 million American adults, 100 million live in chronic pain. And yet the press has paid more attention to the abuses of pain medications than the astoundingly widespread condition they are intended to treat. Ethically, the failure to manage pain better is tantamount to torture. When chronic pain is inadequately treated, it undermines the body and mind. Indeed, the risk of suicide for people in chronic pain is twice that of other people. Far more than just a symptom, writes author Judy Foreman, chronic pain can be a disease in its own right -- the biggest health problem facing America today.Published in partnership with the International Association for the Study of Pain, A Nation in Pain offers a sweeping, deeply researched account of the chronic pain crisis, from neurobiology to public policy, and presents to practical solutions that are within our grasp today. Drawing on both her personal experience with chronic pain and her background as an award-winning health journalist, she guides us through recent scientific discoveries, including genetic susceptibility to pain; gender disparities in pain conditions and treatments, perhaps linked to estrogen; the problem of undertreated pain in children; the emerging role of the immune system in pain; advances in traditional treatments such as surgery and drugs; and fair-minded assessments of the effectiveness of alternative remedies, including marijuana, acupuncture, massage, and chiropractic care. For many people, the real magic bullet, Foreman writes, is exercise. Though many patients fear it will increase their discomfort, studies show it consistently produces improvement, often dramatic. She also explores the destructive "opioid wars," which have led to a misguided demonization of prescription painkillers.Foreman presents a far-reaching but sensible plan of action, ranging from enhancing pain education in medical schools to reforms of federal policies across the board. For doctors, scientists, policy makers, and especially patients, A Nation in Pain is essential reading.

EXAMINING THE FRONT LINES OF THE OPIOID CRISIS, FOCUSING ON PERSPECTIVES FROM STATES, COMMUNITIES, AND PROVIDERS

Alternative medicine (AM) is popular; about 40% of the US general population have used alternative treatment in the past year, and in Germany this figure is around 70%. The global market is expected to reach nearly US $ 200 billion by 2025, with most of these funds coming directly out of consumers' pockets. Consumers are bombarded with misleading and false information on AM and therefore prone to making wrong, unwise, or dangerous therapeutic decisions, endangering their health and wasting their money. This book is a reference text aimed at guiding consumers through the maze of AM. This second edition includes over 50 additional treatments as well as updates on many others. 

This book, which is the third volume of Biomedical translational research, focuses on the fundamental role of biomedical research in developing new medicinal products. It emphasizes the importance of understanding biological and pathophysiological mechanisms underlying the disease to discover and develop new biological agents. The book uniquely explores the genomic computational integrative approach for drug repositioning. Further, it discusses the health benefits of nutraceuticals and their application in human diseases.  Further, the book comprehensively reviews different computational approaches that employ GWAS data to guide drug repositioning. Finally, it summarizes the major challenges in drug development and the strategies for the rational design of the next generation more effective but less toxic therapeutic agents.

This book brings together experts in the field of maxillofacial and head and neck oncology to provide a comprehensive clinical and translational update on oral cancer that focuses especially on prognosis. Readers will find up-to-date information on disease staging and the pathological, genetic, and surgical factors that affect patient outcomes. Individual chapters describe the most recent advances in radiotherapy, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy, again with careful analysis of the treatment-related factors relevant to response and survival. Management of premalignant lesions and risk factors for malignant transformation are discussed, and the latest knowledge on chemoprevention is presented. Further topics to be addressed include reconstruction of oral cancer defects, salvage options in the event of recurrence, and the prediction of quality of life following treatment. The book will be of value to all clinicians who care for patients with oral cancer in their everyday practice. 

Providing practical, multidisciplinary coverage of the latest diagnostic and multidisciplinary therapeutic approaches for head and neck cancer, the 5th Edition of this award-winning text helps you achieve the best possible surgical outcomes and preserve and restore form and function. Internationally renowned surgeon Dr. Jatin P. Shah, joined by colleagues Snehal G. Patel, Bhuvanesh Singh, and Richard Wong, guides you step by step through every aspect of this challenging field, helping you take advantage of every multidisciplinary management approach available for your patients. Offers complete coverage of the scalp, skull base, paranasal sinuses, oral cavity, pharynx, larynx, cervical lymph nodes, thyroid, salivary glands, and soft tissue and bone tumors - from incidence, diagnosis, and work up through treatment planning, operative techniques, rehabilitation, and outcomes. Features new diagnostic approaches, staging, algorithmic thought processes for therapy selection, and outcomes of treatment for head and neck tumors, allowing for a better overall understanding of head and neck oncology. Includes new information on multimodal management of head and neck cancer; a new Radiation Therapy Glossary; and hundreds of new surgical photographs presented in sequential order from the surgeon's point of view. Provides outcomes of therapy data from the NCDB, institutional data from MSKCC, and evidence-based information throughout. Covers key topics such as radiation oncology, medical oncology including targeted therapies, and maxillofacial prosthodontics and dental oncology. Addresses the day-to-day, practical care of patients with basic operating room techniques and technology, intraoperative decisions, and post-operative care for patients undergoing head and neck surgery. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

Tumor biology varies at different subsites in the oral cavity, and therefore carcinoma of the gingivo-buccal sulcus (also known as Indian cancer) behaves differently from carcinoma of the tongue. Oral cancer is very often diagnosed at an advanced stage with neck metastasis, and most cases have a guarded prognosis. Loco-regional recurrences are frequent and morbidity following treatment is considerable. However, results have improved in recent years, particularly in early and certain advanced stages, due to better imaging and case selection, improved surgical techniques, including those for reconstructive surgery, a multidisciplinary team approach and a better understanding of tumor biology and prognostic factors. This book comprehensively and systematically reviews all these aspects of diagnostic and therapeutic advances in oral cancer, particularly discussing early detection, epidemiology, chemoprevention and current research. Written by specialists who are active leaders in basic sciences or clinical fields, the chapters address individual and collective issues in managing patients with oral cancer, and provide insights into various treatment approaches. The authors share their knowledge and experience and provide extensive literature sources to encourage clinicians to be flexible, innovative and help them make the best, educated decisions for individual patients. 

This book is a multidisciplinary guide to head and neck cancer.Head and neck cancer remains one of the most technically complex cancer subsites to manage. This field involves highly specialized, multidisciplinary management and collaboration amongst surgeons, radiation oncologists, medical oncologists, radiologists, pathologists, and other health disciplines. The clinical and research landscape for head and neck oncology continues to evolve at a rapid pace. This multidisciplinary book provides the latest updates in the contemporary understanding and management of these tumors. The text incorporates updates in surgical techniques (minimally invasive and robotic techniques, reconstructive approaches), radiation medicine (new data on dose and fields, oligometastatic/oligoprogressive disease, retreatment), medical oncology (targeted, immunotherapy and molecular agents), in addition to other overarching topics such as side effects, biomarkers/nanotechnology, and epidemiology. Written by experts in their respective fields, chapters include the most up to date scientific and clinical information with perspectives from each relevant subspeciality. These sections are concise and accessible, yet comprehensive. Palliative medicine, pathologic and imaging principles, and health systems/economics considerations are also described. This book is an ideal resource for clinicians, trainees, and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this challenging malignancy. 

This fully revised new edition explores advances in the prevention and treatment of oral diseases. Beyond the updated chapters, the book delves into regenerative biology, gene editing and the use of CRISPR in oral biology, as well as histone acetylation and deacetylation methods, further reflecting advances in the application of molecular techniques to oral biology. Written for the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step and readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.  Authoritative and up-to-date, Oral Biology: Molecular Techniques and Applications, Third Edition serves as an ideal basic resource not only for new researchers but also for experienced scientists wishing to expand their research platform into new areas of this vital field.

A state-of-the-art guide on oral cancer management from distinguished experts! Oral Cancer: Evaluation, Therapy, and Rehabilitation edited by prominent Johns Hopkins clinicians and educators Carole Fakhry, Karen Pitman, Ana Kiess, and David Eisele provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review on the diagnosis and management of oral cancer. This unique resource fills a void in the literature by exploring surgical and reconstructive issues specific to each subsite of the oral cavity. Important pre- and post-treatment evaluations by dental, speech language pathology, and the oncologic care team are reviewed. The comprehensive book is divided into 10 sections, each focused on different facets of the patients' trajectory. The text starts with epidemiology of oral cavity cancer and discussion of patient populations at increased risk of oral cavity cancer. The book details pre-cancers, multidisciplinary diagnostic evaluations, treatment, post-treatment, recurrent and metastatic oral cancer, and palliative care, concluding with future directions such as chemoprevention. A full spectrum of oral neoplasms are covered in depth, including different types of squamous cell cancer, primary malignancies of the mandible, and sublingual and minor salivary gland malignancies. Key Features All oral cavity subsites are approached from both an ablative and reconstructive standpoint, with dedicated chapters focused on specific oral cancer reconstructive techniques Discussion of oncologic considerations encompassing radiation and medical oncology including definitive radiation therapy, brachytherapy, adjuvant radiation therapy, and adjuvant chemotherapy/novel therapeutics Clinical pearls cover complications of both surgery and radiation therapy, as well as psychological and dental implications of therapy High-quality illustrations, photographs, and videos further elucidate impacted anatomy and techniques Residents and clinicians in otolaryngology-head and neck surgery, oral and maxillofacial surgery, head and neck reconstructive surgery, medical oncology, and radiation oncology will benefit from reading this excellent resource. Dentists who wish to further their knowledge about oral cancers will also find it an invaluable reference. This book includes complimentary access to a digital copy on https://medone.thieme.com.

This monograph equips clinicians with the knowledge required to detect oral cancer at the earliest possible stage while simultaneously inspiring researchers to work on novel methods of detection. All the methods employed in the oral cancer context are considered, from simple ones like oral screening to more complex emerging optical methods and biomarker identification strategies. Individual chapters focus on conventional oral screening and application of vital stains, optical methods like white light based fluorescence-reflectance imaging, narrow band imaging, direct-oral-microscopy, and more advanced methods like optical coherence tomography, an in-vivo optical biopsy technique, and photo-acoustic imaging that allows visualization of deeper tissue changes. Novel electrical methods like bio-impedance assessment, occult biophysical methods like crystallization test, and the most promising salivary biomarkers and point-of-care opportunities are covered. Helpful information is also provided on essential topics including, oral potentially malignant disorders, biological aspects and molecular mechanisms underlying oral cancer progression, global epidemiology, concept of diagnostic delays, traditional imaging, and classic histopathology and microscopic features. The newer techniques are currently of active research interest, and can soon become powerful chair-side tools with potential to reduce diagnostic delays and improve survival.

This easy-to-use book equips clinicians and health care professionals with all the information that they will require in order to identify and manage orofacial complications of cancer therapy. Readers will find precise information on the presenting symptoms and signs associated with local or systemic complications associated with individual drugs or modes of therapy in cancer care. Guidance is provided whenever possible on the initial examinations to be performed in each circumstance and the investigations that can deliver a definitive diagnosis. The effective management of cancer complications are explained with the help of up to date clinical practice guidelines for the management of complications secondary to cancer therapy. In addition, an introductory section outlines contemporary principles of cancer management based on precision oral oncology principles. The text is supported by numerous highly informative clinical photographs, tables and a bibliography.

This comprehensive multidisciplinary book examines all aspects of cancers of the mouth and oropharynx with the aim of equipping advanced students and practitioners in the early stages of specialist training with an up-to-date guide and reference. A multinational team of authors - all experts in the field of oral oncology - provide illuminating contributions on the full range of relevant topics: epidemiology, risk factors, clinical features, staging and prognostic factors, pathology, diagnostic techniques, disease prevention, surgery, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy. Molecular biology, molecular targeted therapies for advanced cases, and future diagnostic and prognostic applications of new technologies also receive careful attention. In providing a wealth of essential information and guidance in a practical format, the book will be a superb asset for senior graduate students in dentistry and specialist trainees in head and neck oncology. It will also be of high value for the many physicians, surgeons, pathologists, dentists, and specialists involved in the prevention, diagnosis, and management of squamous cell carcinomas of the oral cavity and oropharynx.

A quick reference and revision guide on the most common oral and perioral diseases seen in clinical practice Clinical Guide to Oral Diseases is a concise reference on the common diseases encountered in daily practice. Presenting a large selection of clinical cases, this user-friendly resource covers a range of oral and perioral lesions located in hard and soft tissues of the mouth and neck, as well as oral manifestations of various systemic diseases. Nearly 300 high-quality color images complement succinct descriptions of clinical cases seen in both community and hospital care settings. Divided into three parts, the text first covers oral lesions classified by their color, appearance, and symptomatology such as bleeding, disturbances of saliva, taste, and orofacial pain. Part two describes the most common oral lesions by location, including those in the buccal mucosae, floor of mouth, gingivae and jaws, lips, neck, palate, salivary glands, tongue, and teeth. The third part encompasses oral lesions that are normal variations or those common to specific age groups or associated with various clinical phenomena. Provides nearly 300 high-quality clinical photos and relevant questions to help lead readers to the proper diagnosis of common oral diseases Contains concise tables relevant to each chapter with a list of common oral lesions and conditions Offers MCQs of varying levels of difficulty to help readers test their knowledge in Oral Medicine Includes clinical flow charts according to the location and duration of oral lesions Incorporates the ICD-10 Codes of oral lesions and diseases Clinical Guide to Oral Diseases is a valuable reference for general dental and medical practitioners, undergraduate dental students, and postgraduate trainees in oral and maxillofacial surgery, oral medicine, oral pathology, periodontology as well as general pathology, dermatology or head and neck oncology.

Oral, periodontal diseases, chewing disorders, and many destructive inflammatory diseases of the supporting tissues of the teeth are caused by an imbalance between the host defense and environmental factors like bacteria, smoking, and poor nutrition. For these reasons, the focus should not only be on plaque control and removal of bacteria but also on improving host resistance through smoking abstention, stress reduction, and a healthy diet. The importance of micronutrients has been extensively reviewed, and it was concluded that prevention and treatment of periodontitis daily nutrition should include sufficient antioxidants, probiotics, natural agents, vitamin D, and calcium. Regarding antioxidants, vitamin C has attracted the attention of periodontal researchers. To date, there is limited available research investigating the effect of diet supplementation on the oral and periodontal condition.

Biofilms are highly organized polymicrobial communities that are embedded in an extracellular matrix and formed on natural and artificial surfaces. In the oral cavity, biofilms are formed not only on natural teeth, but also on restorative materials, prosthetic constructions, and dental implants. Oral diseases like caries, gingivitis, periodontitis, and also pulp inflammation are associated with biofilms. This publication is an up-to-date overview on oral biofilms from different clinically relevant perspectives. Experts comprising basic researchers and clinicians report on recent research relating to biofilms - from general summaries to recommendations for daily clinical work. This book covers all aspects of oral biofilms, including models used in the laboratory, biofilms in dental water unit lines, periodontal and peri-implant biofilms, caries-related biofilms, halitosis, endodontic biofilms, and Candida infections, as well as biofilms on dental materials and on orthodontic appliances. Several chapters deal with anti-biofilm therapy, from the efficacy of mechanical methods and the use of antimicrobials, to alternative concepts. This publication is particularly recommended to dental medicine students, practitioners, other oral healthcare professionals, and scientists with an interest in translational research on biofilms.

Oral diseases are one of the more common non-communicable health diseases. They pose a major health burden for many countries and affect people throughout their lifetime causing pain, discomfort, disfigurement, and even death. As per WHO, it is estimated that oral diseases affect nearly 3.5 billion people globally. In developing countries, the estimate could be still higher owing to the lack of awareness among the general public, the lack of adequate infrastructure, and less accessibility to oral health care providers, especially amongst people of lower socio-economic status. The aim of this book is to provide an overview of various oral diseases with emphasis on the pathogenesis, investigation, and the management protocol of different oral and maxillofacial diseases.

This intermediate textbook on oral epidemiology is designed to meet the needs of advanced students in the fields of Dentistry and Oral Health and dentists in the early stages of their career. Readers will find detailed information on the epidemiology of individual diseases and disorders and on hot topics and methods in oral health research. The extensive first part of the book explores the international epidemiological literature regarding a wide range of conditions, from dental caries and periodontal diseases to halitosis and malocclusions. In each case, the prevalence, disease-specific measures, and associated factors are identified. Attention is then focused on cutting-edge research topics in oral epidemiology, such as the intriguing mechanisms linking oral diseases and chronic general diseases, life course epidemiology, and the role of socioeconomic determinants of oral health. The final part of the book is devoted to description of the epidemiological methods and tools applied in the field of oral health. Here, the coverage includes validation of questionnaires, data collection and data analyses, and systematic reviews and meta-analyses.

More than 700 species of bacteria are involved in the oral cavity. Specific pathogenic bacteria have been focused on as pathogenic bacteria for oral disease: dental caries and periodontal disease. However, these pathogenic bacteria occupy a tiny fraction of the overall oral microbiome. A high throughput genomic analysis system was developed. This technology innovation enables analysis of the whole bacteria. It is hypothesized that disturbance of the oral microbiome, so-called dysbiosis, leads to the development of some diseases. This book provides knowledge concerning recent advances in the oral microbiome for researchers as well as dental clinicians.

The complete pictorial guide to oral diseases, a pocket-sized bestseller now in its third edition Laskaris' Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases is a practical interdisciplinary pocket reference for dentists, dermatologists, otolaryngologists, primary care practitioners, and dental and medical students. This popular book provides comprehensive guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of an exhaustive range of oral diseases. The fully revised and updated third edition includes over 40 new conditions. Highlights include: Full coverage of both local and systemic oral diseases Consistently structured texts describe each condition, covering definition, etiology, clinical features, lab tests, differential diagnosis, and treatment 418 high-resolution color photographs, most are new for this edition The Pocket Atlas of Oral Diseases is a superb and convenient pocket reference of invaluable practical use to any clinician involved in the diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the oral cavity.

This eBook is a collection of articles from a Frontiers Research Topic. Frontiers Research Topics are very popular trademarks of the Frontiers Journals Series: they are collections of at least ten articles, all centered on a particular subject. With their unique mix of varied contributions from Original Research to Review Articles, Frontiers Research Topics unify the most influential researchers, the latest key findings and historical advances in a hot research area! Find out more on how to host your own Frontiers Research Topic or contribute to one as an author by contacting the Frontiers Editorial Office: frontiersin.org/about/contact

This book represents a guide to the academic, scientific and clinical applications of saliva as a diagnostic fluid. This volume is written by leaders in multiple fields and fulfills a demand for a broad understanding of saliva across a range of disciplines.

This Special Issue is intended to lay the foundation of AI applications focusing on oral health, including general dentistry, periodontology, implantology, oral surgery, oral radiology, orthodontics, and prosthodontics, among others.

This thoroughly revised Thirteenth Edition of Burket's Oral Medicine reflects the scope of modern Oral Medicine with updated content written by 80 contributing oral medicine and medical experts from across the globe. The text emphasizes the diagnosis and management of diseases of the mouth and maxillofacial region as well as safe dental management for patients with complex medical disorders such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, infectious diseases, bleeding disorders, renal diseases, and many more. In addition to comprehensively expanded chapters on oral mucosal diseases, including those on ulcers, blisters, red, white and pigmented lesions, readers will also find detailed discussions on: orofacial pain, temporomandibular disorders, headache and salivary gland disease; oral and oropharyngeal cancers, including the management of oral complications of cancer therapy; genetics, laboratory medicine and transplantation medicine; pediatric and geriatric oral medicine; psychiatry and psychology; clinical research; and interpreting the biomedical literature The Thirteenth Edition of Burket's Oral Medicine is an authoritative reference valuable to students, residents, oral medicine specialists, teachers, and researchers as well as dental and medical specialists.

The book presents extensive case reports covering various clinical dentistry disciplines. In Oral Medicine, cases of various oral lesions and their risk factors were reported, as well as the precautions of radiotherapy for oral condition. In Oral Surgery, various surgical techniques were discussed related to orbital cavity reconstruction, mandibular defect reconstruction, arthoplasty, management of tumors in maxillofacial region, management of Schneiderian membrane perforation and lateral sinus lifting procedures in severe bone loss case. The use of CBCT on implant planning and identification of ameloblastoma tumor margin were reported. In Prosthodontics, treatment of removable partial denture and orbital defect reconstruction were discussed. In Conservative Dentistry, endodontics treatment and retreatment in rare cases were discussed, including management of fracture instruments and iatrogenic pulp exposure and replantation of avulsed teeth. In Pediatric Dentistry, various techniques related to intrusive luxation, treatment of lip sucking and approach for children in special need toward dental anxiety were addressed. In Orthodontics, a case of management malocclusion of a difficult case was reported. In Forensic Dentistry, the importance of forensic odontology in burnt victim age estimation and post mortem reconstruction methods were reported. In Periodontology, cases of trauma from occlusion and the aesthetic of crown lengthening were reported. This large collection of case reports, discussing various treatments of clinical problems, identification of oral diseases that are frequently encountered in daily practice will surely give valuable information for general practitioners and dental specialists in order to achieve the highest standard in clinical dentistry.

This book will serve as a one-stop, reference manual to understand the basic concepts of dental implant design, the related microbiome, research models and current concepts as well as futuristic perspectives in implant surface modification. The manual-like design including colorful illustrations and important critical questions will help researchers and advanced students in understanding the contemporary status and in designing studies for innovative treatments of dental implant infections. Considering the microbiome of dental implant related environment in health and disease is imperative to design strategies to good practice and prevention of infections around implants. This monograph will serve as a single reference material which links the interdisciplinary aspect of the dental implants covering material sciences, engineering and biological aspects, thus effectively bridging the gap between engineering and oral health sciences.

Be prepared to prevent, recognize, and manage life-threatening medical emergencies! Medical Emergencies in the Dental Office, 8th Edition helps you learn the skills needed to manage health issues in the dental office or clinic. It describes how to recognize and manage medical emergencies promptly and proactively, and details the resources that must be on hand to deal effectively with these situations. Written by noted dentistry educator Dr. Stanley Malamed, this expert text includes the latest guidelines for drug-related emergencies, cardiac arrest, and more. An enhanced eBook is included with new print purchases, featuring a complete, fully searchable version of the text, a test bank of 300 questions and answers, and much more - available on a variety of devices. Logical format reflects the way emergencies are encountered in a dental practice, with chapters organized by commonly seen clinical signs and symptoms, such as unconsciousness or altered consciousness, respiratory distress, seizures, allergic reactions, chest pain, and cardiac arrest. Step-by-step procedures include detailed, sequential instructions for stabilizing and treating patients (PCABD) in common medical emergencies. Full-color illustrations demonstrate emergency techniques with realistic clarity. Summary tables and boxes make it easy to find essential concepts and information. Quick-reference algorithms in the appendix include step-by-step diagrams showing the decision-making process in common emergency situations. A differential diagnosis chapter ends each of the book's parts on common emergencies. An enhanced eBook version is included with each new print purchase, featuring a fully searchable version of the text, an image collection, a test bank of 300 questions and answers, and more! UPDATED content includes the most current guidelines for drug-related emergencies, unconsciousness, altered consciousness, and cardiac arrest as well as protocols for obstructed airway management. UPDATED PCABD boxes reflect the American Heart Association's algorithm for stabilizing and treating victims with an easy-to-remember acronym (PCABD): Positioning, Circulation, Airway, Breathing, and Definitive Management. UPDATED! Emergency drug and equipment kit instructions help you assemble emergency kits and ensure that your dental office has safe, current materials on hand.

Because of increasing antibiotic resistance, stronger antibiotics are reserved for serious active infection, paving the way for a greater use of herbal antibiotics.  This book helps dentists in implementing safe and effective natural medicine therapies to complement the current practice guidelines. Oral diseases continue to be a major health problem world-wide. Oral health is integral to general well-being and relates to the quality-of-life that extends beyond the functions of the craniofacial complex. The standard Western medicine has had only limited success in the prevention of periodontal disease and in the treatment of a variety of oral diseases. The dentist needs to be more informed regarding the use, safety and effectiveness of the various traditional medicines and over-the-counter products. Herbal extracts have been used in dentistry for reducing inflammation, as antimicrobial plaque agents, for preventing release of histamine and as antiseptics, antioxidants, antimicrobials, antifungals, antibacterials, antivirals and analgesics. They also aid in healing and are effective in controlling microbial plaque in gingivitis and periodontitis and thereby improving immunity. The 26 chapters in this unique book explore all the measures to utilize the natural oral care obtained from plants, animals and mineral drugs for dental care.

This book aims to provide the dental team with an improved understanding of management of the oral health needs of the ageing population, in whom increasing cognitive, medical and physical disabilities impact significantly on oral health and dental care needs. All significant aspects of caring for older people are covered. The nature and implications of changing demographics are explained and information provided on common medical co-morbidities and the impact of cognitive conditions, including dementia, on dental treatment. The changing pattern of dental disease in older people is clearly described, with explanation of the consequences of these changes for aspects of restorative dentistry, oral medicine, and oral surgery. Advice is given on considerations for dental treatment planning, including the importance of prevention and utilization of dental care professionals. Provision of care for older people under general anaesthesia or sedation and domiciliary care are also covered. The book is written by specialist practicing clinicians and delivers information in an accessible way with a person-centered approach.

This textbook is exceptional in its coverage of modern theories on the patient-centered approach to communication, preventive dentistry, and dental anxiety. It provides the knowledge and tools required in order to implement a trauma-sensitive approach that will enhance the treatment experience for both the patient and the dental practitioner. General psychological aspects of dentistry and behavior management in patients who experience dental fear, anxiety, and pain are considered in detail. Extensive attention is devoted to the effective delivery of preventive care and dental treatment in a wide range of specific patient groups, including fearful and abused children and patients suffering from depression, personality disorders, psychosis, substance abuse disorders, and eating disorders. The importance of interdisciplinary cooperation and self-care in the dental clinic is also discussed. The book is an international collaborative effort between dentists and psychologists who draw on scientific research as well as their personal experiences in clinical practice. It is an excellent educational resource and will help readers to solve challenges in their own clinical settings. 

This book is a wide-ranging guide to risk assessment and risk-based prevention in oral health and dentistry. Readers will find clear explanations of the principles, models, and tools of risk assessment, as well as practical information on risk assessment in relation to periodontal disease, caries, tooth wear, and oral cancer. The lessons that the oral healthcare profession can learn from experiences regarding risk assessment in primary medical care practice, particularly in cardiovascular and diabetes medicine, are highlighted. The closing section focuses specifically on implementation of risk assessment within the dental practice, including training of the oral healthcare team and the need to take into account medicolegal considerations. The book is a very timely addition to the literature, given the move towards wellness- rather than repair-based models of healthcare in Europe and North America and the focus of dental contracts on risk-driven care pathways. It will be of high value for not only practitioners but also professionals and healthcare funding bodies.

This book equips the reader with a sound understanding of the treatment of neglected and vulnerable patients in the dental office. It offers a comprehensive multidisciplinary approach to atraumatic carious treatment, minimal intervention dentistry, TMJ affections and nutritional consequences. Maintaining proper oral health includes managing of oral hygiene, healthy diet and seeking for a treatment when needed. Untreated dental disease can have a significant adverse impact on the health, wellbeing and quality of life. This book helps practitioners to understand and address the needs of dental neglected adults and children, and guide them through prevention procedures, diagnostics and treatment planning. Important techniques like physiologic impression for removable denture, single crown impression, digital planning and prosthodontic bridges are explained, and socio-demographic and economic changes in Oral Health are discussed. The comprehensive coverage of the topic and the evidence based references make this book a must have for dental practitioners.

This book, written by world authorities in the field, is a comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the specialty of Oral Medicine, which is concerned with the diagnosis, prevention, and predominantly nonsurgical management of medically related disorders and conditions affecting the oral and maxillofacial region. The pathophysiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and treatment of all relevant diseases and disorders are described with the aid of a wealth of clinical cases and illustrations that enable the reader to appreciate the diversity and potential complexity of Oral Medicine cases. In addition to the wide-ranging coverage of oral conditions, separate sections are devoted to bone and cutaneous pathology and to orofacial pain and its management. The clinician who treats Oral Medicine patients will find this book to be an excellent aid to optimal management grounded in a sound knowledge of basic science and the dental and medical aspects of each disorder. In addition, it will serve as an outstanding textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate students.

Advanced Laser Surgery in Dentistry delivers a state-of-the-art reference for laser technology in the context of a dental practice. The book encompasses oral surgery, periodontology, and implant dentistry, covering the latest research, knowledge, and clinical practices. The author demonstrates the clinical relevance by including many real-world clinical cases that illustrate the application of the discussed techniques. The book includes high-quality, color photographs throughout to support the text and add visual information to the covered topics, which include wound healing, oral surgery, periodontology, implant dentistry, and laser fundamentals and safety considerations. Advanced Laser Surgery in Dentistry provides readers with a step-by-step guide for using lasers in dental practice and discusses likely new directions and possible future treatments in the rapidly advancing field of laser dentistry. Readers will also benefit from a wide variety of subjects, including: A thorough introduction to the fundamentals of lasers, including the beam, the laser cavity, active mediums, lenses, resonators, and delivery systems An exploration of lasers and wound healing, including soft tissue and bone healing, as well as laser-assisted excisions and osteotomies An analysis of lasers in periodontology, including laser-assisted bacteria reduction in the periodontal tissues and the removal of subgingival dental calculus A discussion of lasers in implant dentistry and treatment for peri-implantitis Perfect for oral and maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and implant dentists, as well as general dentists, Advanced Laser Surgery in Dentistry will also earn a place in the libraries of dental students and residents seeking to improve their understanding of laser-based oral and dental procedures with a carefully organized reference guide.

The book discusses major technical advances and research findings in the field of machine intelligence in medical image analysis. It examines the latest technologies and that have been implemented in clinical practice, such as computational intelligence in computer-aided diagnosis, biological image analysis, and computer-aided surgery and therapy. This book provides insights into the basic science involved in processing, analysing, and utilising all aspects of advanced computational intelligence in medical decision-making based on medical imaging.

This book will cover updated practices and cutting-edge innovations pertinent to advanced Oral & Maxillofacial Surgeons, Otolaryngologists (Head and Neck Surgeons), and Facial Plastic Surgeons. Each chapter will review and update the reader on advancements in procedures and technologies in head and neck surgery. The authors are world-renowned experts in their respective fields who are keen to share their extensive experience and preferred approaches. Chapters will cover: Reviewing current techniques and highlighting future innovations and technologies pertaining to oral, head, and neck surgery. Illustrating ways to formulate specific treatment plans for the management of complex ailments and defects of the head and neck region. Developing specific treatment plans for the reconstruction of complex structures. Updating reader knowledge on both current and up-and-coming innovative procedures. Discussing the science underlying current and next-generation technologies. This book is intended for all oral and maxillofacial surgeons, head and neck surgeons, and plastic and reconstructive surgeons who wish to increase their knowledge on the latest modalities of maxillary and mandibular reconstruction.

This book describes practical, contemporary, and evidence-based surgical approaches for the treatment of diseases and conditions affecting the periodontium, including advanced forms of periodontal disease, gingival recession, and complex cases requiring interdisciplinary management. The book opens by identifying key considerations in periodontal surgery, for example with regard to diagnosis and prognosis, and by presenting decision trees that will be useful in daily practice. Cutting-edge resection and regeneration techniques for the treatment of periodontitis and mucogingival surgical procedures for the management of soft tissue deficiencies are then described and illustrated in detail, highlighting important tips and tricks as well as potential difficulties and complications. The final part of the book is devoted to interdisciplinary care, which is of key importance when periodontal surgery is indicated in the management of cases requiring orthodontic, endodontic, and restorative therapy. Advances in Periodontal Surgery will be of value for practitioners at all levels of experience as well as for students entering the field.

Changing trends, ethnic and regional preferences, and a hands-on teaching method make cosmetic surgery uniquely challenging for novice and experienced surgeons alike. Aesthetic Surgery Techniques: A Case-Based Approach offers expert, real-world instruction by presenting chapters and patients in a classical fashion, providing a clinical perspective as you work through case after case, honing your knowledge and skills. A diverse, international group of highly reputable faculty takes you step by step through each case. Covers a wide range of the most common cosmetic procedures in a templated, atlas-style format, highlighting case presentations with superb illustrations and clinical photographs. Presents each case using easy-to-understand text that highlights potential risks and tips and tricks to avoid them. Conveys the real-world knowledge and expertise of a multidisciplinary team of editors including oral and maxillofacial surgeons and plastic surgeons. Uses a chapter format based on the 14 Cosmetic Surgery Competencies used to train Consultant Plastic Surgeons at the Anglia Ruskin University, UK. Offers global coverage of specific techniques to help you refine your skills and expand your surgical repertoire: Abdominoplasty (Modified Brazilian Technique in the UK and Middle East) Open Rhinoplasty (European approach) Surgical correction of the Neck (New Zealand and U.S.) Advanced Medical Aesthetics (UK and Dubai) Facelift Made Easy (U.S.) Asian Blepharolasty Ethics in Aesthetic Surgery (UK and U.S.) Breasts, Buttocks, and Thighs (Brazil)

The second edition of this comprehensive book describes a new alveolar distraction osteogenesis method that offers important advantages and can be used for the treatment of various orthopedic abnormalities and congenital malformations. Detailed guidance is provided on the selection of suitable candidates for alveolar distraction, including those with cleft lip and palate, with severe bone defects, skeletal class II malocclusions and cystic lesions involving the alveolus. All aspects of treatment using the ArchWise distraction appliance are then covered, including technical preparation, surgical set-up and osteotomies, docking site surgery, orthodontic finishing, implant placement and prosthetic restorations. Detailed information on the principles of distraction osteogenesis, bone histology and molecular interactions during the procedure is also provided. The book concludes with helpful case presentations covering different scenarios in which treatment with alveolar distraction osteogenesis is advisable. Given the nature of its content, the book will be of interest to all oral and maxillofacial surgeons, orthodontists and restorative dentists.

The application of botulinum toxin has seen tremendous growth in the past decade. From being a bacterial toxin and one of the most lethal food poisons known to mankind, and later exploited as a biological weapon, botulinum toxin is currently one of the most versatile pharmaceutical agents used in medicine. The toxin finds a plethora of clinical applications in the fields of ophthalmology, neurology, dermatology, dentistry and oral and maxillofacial surgery.

The use of botulinum toxin in the field of oral and maxillofacial surgery has been continuously evolving, for aesthetic and functional indications. However, a collective documentation of its varied applications is lacking. This book provides a compilation of the uses of botulinum toxin in maxillofacial and oral regions, covering basic aspects of the drug, including its origin, pharmacology and preparations, in detail. It also details the dermatological applications of botulinum toxin for cosmetology, as well as its varied therapeutic uses and its application in temporomandibular joint surgery, masseter muscle hypertrophy, bruxism, trismus, maxillofacial traumatology, salivary gland diseases, and facial palsy, among others. The book will appeal to head and neck surgeons, oral maxillofacial surgeons, ENT surgeons and dermatologists in particular, and general surgeons and dentists in general.

Although the field of dental surgery has witnessed significant changes over the past decade, perfect wound closure remains a key aspect for uneventful wound healing. The Art of Dental Suturing is a unique overview of the diff erent aspects of wound closure. Written by two experts in the field, this fully illustrated clinical guide on the management of suturing is intended to impart all the information necessary to achieve successful wound closure. In line with the current dental literature, and carefully constructed in a concise and simple way, the book is divided into three chapters. The first chapter deals with general characteristics of wound healing and provides information to dental clinicians and surgeons on the basic principles involved. The second chapter presents the instruments and materials required for all the categories of wound closure in every clinical situation. The third chapter is a complete guide to the various wound closure methods and techniques required in dental surgery. It is constructed in a step-by-step manner for clear understanding and is accompanied by carefully designed, large-format illustrations and photographs to impart the essential knowledge needed to facilitate perfect suturing. We hope that this book will serve as a reference guide to for all those in the profession who are tasked with the crucial role of successful wound closure. Inhaltsverzeichnis Chapter 1: Wound healing Introduction Phases of wound healing Typical characteristics of oral mucosal wound healing Wound healing and systemic factors Drugs and wound healing Local factors affecting wound healing Chapter 2: Suture materials and suturing instruments Suture threads and needles Physical properties of suture threads Absorption characteristics of suture threads Absorbable suture threads Non-absorbable suture threads Suture needles Hand instruments Tissue adhesives Chapter 3: Suturing techniques General principles of suturing Wound closure sutures Displacement sutures for approximating wound margins Sling sutures View-enhancing (tissue retraction) sutures Fixation sutures for biomaterials or grafts Sutures for securing surgical dressings or packings Hemostatic sutures Positioning sutures Sutures to prevent foreign material from traveling into deep tissue Abscess drainage sutures Biographische Informationen Çankaya, A. Burak Angaben zur Person: Associate Professor A. Burak Çankaya, DDS, graduated from Kadıköy Anatolian High School in 1995, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 2000. He worked as a visiting lecturer at Klinikum Osnabrück GmbH – Klinik für Mund-, Kiefer-, Gesichtschirurgie in 2006 and 2007. He acquired his PhD in 2007 and became Associate Professor in 2012. His professional areas of interest include impacted tooth surgery, dental traumatology, dental implants, and bone regeneration. He is a member of the Turkish Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Demirel, Korkud Angaben zur Person: Professor Korkud Demirel, DDS, graduated from Tarsus American School in 1980, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 1985. He worked as a visiting lecturer at New York University, Stony Brook School of Dentistry, Department of Periodontology in 1989 and 1990. He attained his PhD in 1992 and became Professor in 2002. He was awarded the title of Honorary Professor by the Ukrainian Academy of Postgraduate Education in 2018. His professional areas of interest include esthetic periodontal treatment, dental implants, bone regeneration, and smoking and gingival diseases. He was Past President of the Turkish Society of Periodontology, and was Past President of the European Federation of Periodontology.

A comprehensive collection of oral and maxillofacial cases using cone beam CT imaging Atlas of Cone Beam Computed Tomography delivers a robust collection of cases using this advanced method of imaging for oral and maxillofacial radiology. The book features over 1,500 high-quality CBCT scans with succinct descriptions covering a wide range of maxillofacial region conditions, including normal anatomy, anomalies, inflammatory diseases, and degenerative diseases. Easy to navigate and featuring multiple images of normal variation and pathologies, the book offers readers guidance on the diagnostic values of CBCT, as well as CBCT images of the inferior alveolar nerve canal, dental implants, temporomandibular joint evaluations, and surgical interventions. The book also includes: A thorough introduction to cone beam computed tomography, including in vivo and in vitro preparation and evaluation, indications in dentistry, and indications in medicine Comprehensive explorations of cone beam computed tomography artefacts and anatomic landmarks Practical discussions of cone beam computed tomography of dental structure, including normal anatomy, anomalies, and the difficulties of eruption In-depth examinations of cone beam computed tomography of pathological growth and development, including maxillofacial congenital and developmental anomalies Perfect for graduate dental students and postgraduate dental students in oral and maxillofacial radiology, Atlas of Cone Beam Computed Tomography is also useful to general dentists, oral and maxillofacial radiologists, head and neck maxillofacial surgeons, head and neck radiologists, general radiologists, and ENT surgeons.

This atlas, in which a wealth of illustrations are supported by clear explanatory text, offers an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the immediate restoration of teeth and immediate functional loading when using different implant systems and surfaces in patients with single tooth loss or partial or complete edentulism. It provides guidance on all aspects of technique, including procedures for impression and measurement taking, and describes the surgical and prosthetic protocols applicable in various settings. The coverage encompasses the more advanced techniques used for immediate loading of implants placed in conjunction with grafting/augmentation procedures or in fresh extraction sockets, as well as immediate implant loading for mandibular and maxillary full-arch rehabilitation. This atlas will help dental students and practitioners to gain a sound understanding of immediate loading techniques, including their indications and limitations, and to apply them optimally in their practice. The atlas also shows and explains how to integrate a full digital workflow from the intraoral scanner to solve complex cases in a simple way.

This atlas deals with the standard technique used for reconstructing the mandible and the maxilla - the fibula flap. The reader will find useful information on all issues that are important in the surgical procedure, including the use of CAD-CAM technology (Computer Assisted Technology), bone synthesis and flap modelling. The editors draw on their 30 years of experience to provide a step-by-step description of this surgical procedure. With the help of numerous illustrations, the reader will learn the technical, functional and aesthetic developments since 1989 when this technique was first described. Plastic surgeons, otorhinolaryngologists and oral- and maxillofacial surgeons will find this book a valuable guide to the sophisticated principles of jaw reconstruction and how to apply them in their everyday practice.

ATLAS OF OPERATIVE ORAL AND MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY Comprehensive Learning Resource Covering All Aspects of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery This textbook marks the second edition of the highly successful Atlas of Operative Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. The first edition quicky became a staple with surgeons on rounds, in training programs and in preparation for board examinations. This atlas is comprised of concise text and detailed vignettes focusing on surgical indications, contraindications, pertinent anatomy, virtual surgical planning, operative techniques, postoperative management, complications and key points with over 2,000 high-quality images. The Atlas of Operative Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery serves as an innovative, multidisciplinary, surgical atlas covering core aspects of oral and maxillofacial surgery, head and neck reconstructive surgery, and facial cosmetic surgery. Chapters are written by experts in their fields and are designed to provide high-yield information utilizing a case report format. New to this second edition: Contemporary coverage of dental implants, including digital implant planning, grafting techniques, implant supported restorations of the edentulous arch, immediate implant placement and provisionalization. Management of facial infections including odontogenic head and neck infections, osteomyelitis and medication related osteonecrosis of the jaws (MRONJ). Recent advances in facial trauma surgery, orthognathic surgery and facial reconstructive surgery utilizing virtual surgical planning, custom plate fabrication and the latest surgical techniques with case reports. Expansion of the orthognathic and craniofacial section to include new case reports and chapters on orthognathic surgery in cleft patients, cranial vault surgery and the evaluation and planning of concomitant TMJ and orthognathic surgeries. Advances in the field of facial cosmetic surgery including cryolipolysis, fat transfer, soft tissue fillers and the latest technique updates. Elaboration of the facial ablative and reconstructive surgery sections to include virtual surgical planning, custom plate fabrication, osteotomy cuts guides and the latest hard and soft tissue harvest techniques.

2nd edition

This atlas as a guidebook with twenty chapters covers the latest surgical techniques and clinical cases based on procedure-based approach. Each chapter consists of two to five sections providing detailed descriptions of the basic techniques of evaluation, diagnosis and treatment to allow immediate clinical application. Impacted wisdom teeth are divided into 5 major categories in three-dimensional structure detected by CBCT on the position and growth status of impacted teeth, which helps the classification of 6 degree of difficulty determination for the treatment and the time and surgery procedure needed for each degree. About 1800 colour clinical photos and line drawings with case reports provided by dental expert surgeons and educators in this atlas offer detailed, procedure-based instructions, illustrations and approach that demonstrate how to plan for and perform wisdom teeth surgical procedures safely and efficiently for dentists and students  to manage the patients with wisdom teeth disorders.

Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology Comprehensive overview of digital dentistry describing available technologies and when/how to use digital dentistry in practice Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology provides comprehensive yet practical references to a wide range of potential uses for digital technology in dental practice, discussing a wide range of digital technologies including their indications, contraindications, advantages, disadvantages, limitations, and applications. Overall, the book emphasizes how to use digital dentistry in daily practice across all specialties. With broad coverage of the subject, Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology discusses digital imaging, digital impressions, digital prosthodontics, digital implant planning and placement, and digital applications in endodontics, orthodontics, and oral surgery. Each chapter is written by experts in each topic and covers applications for prosthodontics, implant dentistry, oral surgery, endodontics, orthodontics, and other specialty areas. Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology also includes information on: Software, scanning, and manufacturing capabilities which have led to an unparalleled revolution leading to a major paradigm shift in all aspects of dentistry Digital radiography, virtual planning, computer-aided design and manufacturing, digital impressions, digitally fabricated dentures, and the "virtual patient" Available technologies, plus a critical evaluation of each one to detail how they are incorporated in daily practice across all specialties Developing technologies in the field with special attention paid to those expected to be on the market sometime in the near future Clinical Applications of Digital Dental Technology is an essential resource for general dentists, specialists, and students who wish to understand digital dentistry and efficiently and intelligently incorporate it into their practices. The text is also useful for laboratory technicians interested in recent digital advances in the dental field.

Computer-Aided Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery: Developments, Applications, and Future Perspectives is an ideal resource for biomedical engineers and computer scientists, clinicians and clinical researchers looking for an understanding on the latest technologies applied to oral and maxillofacial surgery. In facial surgery, computer-aided decisions supplement all kind of treatment stages, from a diagnosis to follow-up examinations. This book gives an in-depth overview of state-of-the-art technologies, such as deep learning, augmented reality, virtual reality and intraoperative navigation, as applied to oral and maxillofacial surgery. It covers applications of facial surgery that are at the interface between medicine and computer science. Examples include the automatic segmentation and registration of anatomical and pathological structures, like tumors in the facial area, intraoperative navigation in facial surgery and its recent developments and challenges for treatments like zygomatic implant placement. Provides comprehensive, state-of-the-art knowledge of interdisciplinary applications in facial surgery Presents recent algorithmic developments like Deep Learning, along with recent devices in augmented reality and virtual reality Includes clinical knowledge of two facials surgeons who give insights into the current clinical practice and challenges of facial surgeons in university hospitals in Austria and China

This book covers the application of advanced technologies (after the 4th industrial revolution) in oral and maxillofacial surgery and introduces a new era of personalized medicine in this discipline. It describes the manufacturing and data acquisition methods in detail including the pros and cons of each process. The workflow of using the advanced technologies in reconstructive treatments, orthognathic surgery, implant dentistry, robotic surgery and bio‑fabrication have been covered in separate chapters. Several related cases in conjunction with the workflow are visually discussed, to show the clinical example of each process to help the readers comprehend the procedure in detail. Chapters given in this book provides the advantages and disadvantages of using recently developed technologies in each field mentioned above. In some cases, several possible materials and fabrication techniques can be used for a specific purpose. Different aspects of each have been critically explained to help surgeons opt for the most proper approach. Finally, the importance of fabricating living tissues, the most recent progress in this field, the gap between research and their clinical application, and their remarkable positive impact on oral and maxillofacial surgical procedures are discussed. This book is meant for oral and maxillofacial surgoens, plastic surgeons and fellows in training in the associated fields.

The multi-authored, multi-institutional, and multi-specialty-based text is designed as a valuable resource for surgeons working on the maxillofacial region. Meant to be a clinically based history of the past, the present, and the future of the field, this is a one-of-a-kind text that will cater to a variety of professions: from oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic and reconstructive surgeons, otolaryngologists – head and neck surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and the general dental practitioner. The History of Maxillofacial Surgery: An Evidence-Based Journey is divided into three sections for ease of understanding: The first section gives an overview of the early history; the second section provides a discussion of conventional procedures; and the third section gives a history of advanced procedures and techniques. By understanding the fundamental procedures and techniques of the field, practitioners can continue to further the field by building upon the past. Including historic case studies paired with real patient photos, this text details why professionals do what they do today with insight directly from the clinic. To provide a unique perspective the book is edited by three individuals at different stages of their careers. Each chapter is authored by a young surgeon paired with a seasoned surgeon.

This first volume in a multi-volume series considers the gains in information and knowledge that have resulted from preoperative and postoperative 3D imaging using new radiologic protocols in maxillofacial surgery, with the corresponding consequences for the surgeon. It contrasts the established standard techniques of orthognathic oral and maxillofacial surgery with new considerations and insights based on years of experience and analysis of clinical activity in this subspecialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The book is deliberately structured so that the clinical situation is juxtaposed with a graphic representation for better understanding, which is intended to point out special situations that can in turn positively influence the surgical planning and execution of the procedure in order to avoid undesirable results in individual cases. Graphic representations illustrate the three-dimensionality of the complex splitting technique of the mandible where text or radiographs are insufficient. A corresponding book that combines clinical anatomical situations with pre- and postoperative preparation and clear explanation does not yet exist. It is aimed at a wide readership of students and professionals in oral and maxillofacial surgery, orthodontics, plastic and craniofacial surgery, and otolaryngology.

This book provides surgeons with important insights into laser technologies as well as a sound understanding of their current and potential applications within oral and maxillofacial surgery and related disciplines. The opening chapters focus on the relevant physical background, the technology of the typically used lasers, laser-tissue interactions, and the treatment systems. Detailed information is then provided on the various established applications of laser treatments, including in relation to skin and mucosa and the dental hard tissues and bone. Special applications are also described, for example with respect to periodontal surgery, peri-implantitis therapy, photodynamic treatment, holography and additive manufacturing. The book closes by examining technologies that will soon be available for application in hospitals, topics which are currently the subject of research, and laser safety. Beyond surgeons, the book will be of value for engineers and scientists working in the field of medical engineering using lasers. 

Management of Complications in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, 2nd Edition, presents clear and consistent guidance on all aspects of both common and less common, minor and major complications encountered in oral and maxillofacial surgery (OMS) practice. In-depth chapters provide thorough descriptions of each complication and recommend treatment strategies for associated complications of anesthesia, implant surgery, maxillofacial trauma, and more, using easy to read algorithms.  Fully revised and expanded, the Second Edition incorporates the most current evidence and advances in the specialty, including implementation of virtual surgical planning for orthognathic and reconstructive surgery. Nine entirely new chapters address complications in minimally invasive cosmetic surgery, lip cancer, dermatopathology and skin cancer, microneurosurgery for trigeminal nerve injuries, transoral robotic surgery (TORS), sialoendoscopy complications, perioperative navigation for dental implants, head and neck radiotherapy, and ambulatory anesthesia in pediatric and geriatric patients.  Highlights include:  Provides a systematic, easy-to-read approach to complication prevention, recognition, and management Covers most potential complications, ranging from the routine to the complex Features more than 500 high-quality clinical images demonstrating all concepts discussed in the text Includes keywords, tables, learning objectives, and further readings in each chapter Includes treatment algorithms to guide clinical decision-making Edited by prominent oral and maxillofacial surgeons with contributions by leading experts in their respective areas  Management of Complications in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Second Edition is a must-have for all oral and maxillofacial surgeons, residents, and trainees, and a valuable resource for dental students and dental practitioners, for clinical practice, and for examination preparation.

The book provides a comprehensive overview of the challenges and debates on the diagnosis and treatment of midline neck swellings to clarify some uncertainties, make suggestions for resolving others, and establish strategies for achieving therapeutic success. In addition to information on the surgical anatomy of the neck with particular emphasis on midline cervical regions, and the classification and clinical approach for diagnosis and management of neck swellings, the chapters explore cervical lymphadenopathy, swellings of the submental region, swellings of the hyoid bone region, swellings of the laryngeal/pharyngeal region, swellings of the tracheal region, and swellings of the supra-space of Burns. The last chapter emphasizes the importance of scheduling regular follow-ups as well as patient counselling and education. The volume, enriched with color images and flowcharts, will be a key resource for head and neck surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, orthopedic surgeons, endocrinologists, oncologists, pediatricians, and clinicians of other specialties as they face the most challenging midline neck swellings and work towards providing each patient with the best possible outcome.

This book offers a comprehensive overview of the fundamentals of navigation surgery in the head and neck region. Navigation is particularly important in difficult and limited exposure areas, such as the orbit and deep spaces of the head and neck. With the aid of navigation systems, an expert can palpably and accurately measure the amount of bone removed during fracture reductions or resections of bony masses procedures. In addition to reducing surgery time for soft tissue lesions, navigation technique also allows for minimally invasive access to lesions without extensive dissection that is often required for traditional open approaches. Navigation can also be extremely helpful in locating and retrieving foreign bodies. Chapters cover navigation in a variety of different surgical specialties including, but not limited to, trauma surgery, implant surgery, and orthogenetic surgery.  Chapters also discuss surgical pathology as well as guided surgeries. The book features detailed case presentations for each surgery sub-topic and discusses future advances in the field that are currently in development.  Navigation in Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery is a must-have resource for clinicians, professionals, and practitioners in the fields of oral & maxillofacial surgery, otorhinolaryngology-head & neck surgery, trauma surgery, and plastic surgery, as well as researchers and postgraduate students in related fields.

A unique book that collects similar disease manifestations, related histopathological features, similar confusable cell names, phenomena, radiographic pictures, and important syndromes. The book is indispensable for the last-minute review of the pathology before you are subjected to written, oral, practical, chair-side exams or board certification.

Oral and Maxillofacial Radiology: A Diagnostic Approach, Second Edition is a fully updated and revised edition of this richly illustrated reference to the wide range of diagnostic imaging modalities available for investigating lesions affecting the face and jaws.   Provides extensive flowcharts detailing the steps of diagnosis and decisions Features more than 450 clinical images, including many multi-part figures, demonstrating the concepts discussed, with more images covering cone beam computed tomography, positron emission tomography, and interventional procedures Discusses differences in the demographic, clinical and radiological presentations, and outcomes of treatment due to ethnicity Presents practical approaches firmly grounded in the scientific literature, focusing on the most common and important lesions Includes perspectives from experts in various specialty areas, including medical radiologists, oral and maxillofacial radiologists, functional imaging specialists, and radiation oncologists

Oral and maxillofacial surgery is a specialized branch of dentistry that deals with the surgical management of various head and neck pathologies. The specialty focuses on reconstructive surgery of the oro-facial region, surgery of facial trauma, the oral cavity and jaws, dental implants as well as cosmetic surgery. As such, surgeons in this field require extensive knowledge of not only these various surgical procedures but also head and neck anatomy. This book provides comprehensive information on both. Its goal is to educate oral and maxillofacial surgeons to enable them to treat a wide range of conditions and diseases using the most current surgical trends.

This is an open access book with CC BY 4.0 license. This comprehensive open access textbook provides a comprehensive coverage of principles and practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery. With a range of topics starting from routine dentoalveolar surgery to advanced and complex surgical procedures, this volume is a meaningful combination of text and illustrations including clinical photos, radiographs, and videos. It provides guidance on evidence-based practices in context to existing protocols, guidelines and recommendations to help readers deal with most clinical scenarios in their daily surgical work. This multidisciplinary textbook is meant for postgraduate trainees, young practicing oral surgeons and experienced clinicians, as well as those preparing for university and board certification exams. It also aids in decision-making, the implementation of treatment plans and the management of complications that may arise. This book is an initiative of Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons of India (AOMSI) to its commitment to academic medicine. As part of this commitment, this textbook is in open access to help ensure widest possible dissemination to readers across the world. 

This book is a detailed guide to the identification and appropriate management of patients who represent a high risk when performing oral and maxillofacial surgery or the complex procedures that are increasingly attempted by general dental practitioners. Emphasis is also placed on evaluation of the medically compromised patient for outpatient anesthesia. The book is systematically divided into a series of chapters focusing on the medical conditions most commonly encountered in practice and on current treatment standards. Each chapter outlines evidence-based guidelines for evaluation of patients to establish whether they are suitable candidates for oral surgery. In addition, commonly encountered clinical management dilemmas are thoroughly explored. Lastly, this book will enable the provider to understand whether there is a need to seek medical clearance before proceeding. It will be an invaluable guide for both oral and maxillofacial surgeons and general dentists.

The oral board exam for the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery (ABOMS) can be intimidating to many surgeons due to the broad range of information one must know for the exam. However, while the examination guidelines provide a general outline of topics that may be covered, there is no true direction on how to prepare for it. Traditionally, candidates do so by using what are considered "underground" databanks, previous test questions, and power point presentations that run the gamut of commonly covered material. Until now, there have been no current comprehensive oral board review books available for the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery boards. Oral Board Review for Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery fills that gap as the go-to resource for those attempting to successfully challenge the oral boards and for residents to polish up on their training.   Edited and authored by top physicians in the field, this book is concise and easy to read, yet thorough with high yield information. An outline of the pertinent material is reviewed, and a patient work up is presented. Important questions to ask, signs to look for, and labs/images to order are included. It also includes tables and keywords that are typically mentioned on the exam and also offers explanations to some key points. Next are cases, which are presented in a question and answer format. As the case progresses, more complicated scenarios requiring management are presented. Lastly, complications are covered, which is the final section of each board scenario. Included are basic topics the surgeon needs to know, followed by topics that are nice to know, and numerous highly debated/complex questions that are discussed among candidates preparing for the exam. It should be noted that the authors are not privy to any inside information about the exam. What is presented is material candidates that have successfully passed the exam feel is important to know. This book is not endorsed by American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons or the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.

The new edition of this outstanding reference textbook, in two volumes, offers comprehensive and authoritative coverage of the contemporary specialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The aim is to provide an all-encompassing, user-friendly source of information that will meet the needs of residents and experienced surgeons in clinical practice and will also serve as an ideal companion during preparation for board certification or recertification examinations. All of the authors, numbering some 100, are distinguished experts in the areas that they address. The new edition takes full account of the significant changes in clinical practice and guidelines that have occurred during recent years. Readers will find clear explanations of the practical application of surgical principles, with a wealth of supporting illustrative material, including atlas-type illustrations to complement the descriptions of specific procedures. The fourth edition of Peterson's Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is a truly exceptional resource for clinicians and students alike. 

An ideal introduction to the theory and practical aspects of conservative dentistry, the tenth edition of Pickards' Guide to Minimally Invasive Operative Dentistry is a must-have text for all dental students, new graduates and oral healthcare professionals alike. Written in an easy tounderstand and concise style, the authors introduce the essentials of dental disease before outlining how to collect patient information clinically in order to detect, diagnose, plan and deliver care.Exploring key topics such as disease prevention and control, the principles of minimally invasive operative dentistry, contemporary restorative materials and procedures, this completely up-to-date revised edition integrates a thorough academic grounding for degree examination with an essentialpreparation for clinical practice for the whole oral healthcare team. Illustrated with step-by-step colour photos, common clinical procedures are clearly set out and labelled for beginners to learn. The tenth edition has been updated to reflect the latest evidence based guidelines for preventitativemanagement and there is a focus on maintaining existing restorations and follow up/long term care.

This book provides a comprehensive update on the latest information and knowledge which emerged from translational and basic science research endeavors, targeting the regeneration of salivary glands. The coverage includes salivary gland growth and development, stem cell therapy, bioengineering of salivary glands, and perspectives on and practical approaches to restoration of secretory function. More specifically, among the individual topics addressed are the various types of stem cell of value for cell replacement therapy, technological advances with respect to 3D printing, gene therapy, organ culture of salivary glands, and surgical aspects of the feasibility and practicality of transplantation. Readers will find helpful practical guidance on functional restorations of damaged salivary glands and stimulating insights into potential future directions in salivary gland regeneration research. The authors are all acknowledged experts from a range of academic and clinical backgrounds. Accordingly, the book will be of interest not only to clinicians, such as general dental practitioners, oral medicine specialists, and surgeons who manage dry mouth patients, but also to biomedical engineers, stem cell researchers, and transplant surgeons.

This comprehensive guide to short implants will take the reader through their research and development, explain the clinical indications, evaluate the outcomes achieved with various implants, and explore restorative and laboratory considerations.  Short implants have steadily gained greater market share in the last decade as practitioners sought alternatives to traditional length implants in order to avoid grafting procedures. Current manufacturers offer a variety of implant lengths and widths, allowing surgeons and restorative dentists the ability to select the best implant for each clinical circumstance. Cutting edge information is provided on the research and clinical results achieved utilizing a range of implants, specifically those developed by Nobel Biocare, Straumann, Jack Hahn, and Bicon.  Readers will also find an extensive description of the role of ultra-short implants involving reconstruction in both cleft patients and cancer patients who have lost portions of their mandible and/or maxilla. This book is a must-have for those interested in learning how the use of short and ultra-short implants offers both surgeons and restorative dentists an opportunity to stand out from those that use only the traditional length implants.  

Placement of endosseous implants in the posterior maxilla is often difficult because of a lack of supporting bone. Sinus augmentation procedures have therefore been extensively used for the treatment of the edentulous atrophic posterior maxilla prior to implant placement. This book describes in detail the most widely used sinus grafting techniques as well as some innovative variations, with full coverage of both lateral and crestal approaches. A key aim is to assist the practitioner in selecting the appropriate sinus grafting technique based on the evaluation of a number of parameters that are described in detail and codified in a simple and practical way. Up-to-date information is also provided on grafting materials and on potential complications of sinus augmentation procedures and their treatment.

This book provides a thorough, up-to-date description of the scientific basis and concepts of tissue engineering in the oral and maxillofacial region. The opening chapters present an introduction to tissue engineering, describe the roles of biomaterials and stem cells, discuss the use of growth factors, and examine potential adverse reactions. The challenges of soft and hard tissue engineering for oral and maxillofacial reconstruction are then considered in detail. It is explained what has been achieved to date, and potential future perspectives are explored. The importance and the verification of adequate vascularization are discussed, and a further focus is the use of 3D printing, both in the planning and production of scaffolds and in the bioprinting of cells and biomaterials. Information is also included on safety, efficacy, and regulatory aspects. Tissue Engineering in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery will be of interest to all researchers and practitioners who wish to learn more about the potential of tissue engineering to revolutionize practice in oral and maxillofacial surgery.

This updated second edition of a successful book provides essential, internationally applicable information in the area of bone and joint pathology with emphasis on practical diagnostic aspects, including many illustrations: roentgenograms, CT-scans, MRI, scintigraphies, as well as pictures of gross surgical specimens and microphotographs, immunohistochemical reactions and genomics. Information on histopathological and molecular diagnosis, and basic therapeutic guidelines are provided.  This book offers generous coverage of epidemiology, clinical features, radiology, pathology, differential diagnosis, prognosis and treatment, not only for common lesions, but also for those less frequently encountered, including lesions of joints. The content is arranged based on the World Health Organization's Consensus Classification, with the addition of other lesions not included therein.  Tumors and Tumor-Like Lesions of Bone provides day-to-day assistance to general and specialized surgical pathologists, radiologists, orthopedic, head and neck and dental surgeons, oncologists and rheumatologists.

This book describes the reconstructive procedures currently used by the authors for the treatment of oral and maxillofacial defects, based on twenty-five years of experience at a major European University Hospital. The coverage encompasses mandibular, maxillary, orbitocranial, intraoral soft tissue and cutaneous defect reconstruction. Controversies in defect reconstruction are discussed, and clear guidance is given on the optimal choice of reconstructive technique according to the location and size of the defect. Full descriptions are provided of both aesthetic and functional procedures, with use of implants and dental prostheses. The resultant functional and aesthetic reconstruction will enable the patient quickly to resume a normal social, family and professional life. All of the chapters include representative images depicting each stage of treatment, from preoperative study, through intraoperative and postoperative appearances, to ultimate outcome upon rehabilitation.

The new edition of this outstanding reference textbook, in two volumes, offers comprehensive and authoritative coverage of the contemporary specialty of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The aim is to provide an all-encompassing, user-friendly source of information that will meet the needs of residents and experienced surgeons in clinical practice and will also serve as an ideal companion during preparation for board certification or recertification examinations. All of the authors, numbering some 100, are distinguished experts in the areas that they address. The new edition takes full account of the significant changes in clinical practice and guidelines that have occurred during recent years. Readers will find clear explanations of the practical application of surgical principles, with a wealth of supporting illustrative material, including atlas-type illustrations to complement the descriptions of specific procedures. The fourth edition of Petersons Principles of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery is a truly exceptional resource for clinicians and students alike.

This richly illustrated book is a wide-ranging guide to modern diagnostics and treatment planning in orthodontics, which are mandatory prior to the initiation of any type of comprehensive treatment. The importance of three-dimensional (3D) imaging techniques has been increasingly recognized owing to the shortcomings of conventional two-dimensional imaging in some patients, such as those requiring complex adult treatment and those with temporomandibular joint dysfunctions or sleep disturbances. In the first part of this book, readers will find clear description and illustration of the diagnostic role of the latest 3D imaging techniques, including cone beam computed tomography, intra-oral scanning, and magnetic resonance imaging. The second part explains in detail the application of 3D techniques in treatment planning for orthodontic and orthognathic surgery. Guidance is also provided on the use of image fusion software for the purposes of accurate diagnosis and precise design of the most appropriate biomechanical approach in patients with malocclusions.

The complete reference work covering the increasingly prominent area of adult orthodontics Written by renowned contributors from the orthodontic community and compiled by world-class editors, Adult Orthodontics, 2nd Edition is an authoritative resource on the subject of adult orthodontics, marrying together clinical guidance with a thorough evaluation of the evidence base. Sample topics discussed within the book include: Context for adult orthodontics, including patient demographics and aetiology Treatment planning considerations, including patient case profiles, initial outcomes and longer-term expectations Interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary approaches, including the links between adult orthodontics and periodontics, prosthetics, and temporomandibular disorders This book is an invaluable resource for professionals providing orthodontic treatment to adults and those dealing with orthodontics as part of the interdisciplinary management of the adult dentition. Dedications To all of those who dedicated their spare time to finish this book --Birte Melsen To Emese, my equilibrium To Birte, my inspiration To my grandparents Liliana and Cesare, they know why --Cesare Luzi

This richly illustrated book describes the processes, techniques and biomechanics involved in providing aligner treatment for different types of malocclusions. It opens with an overview of the material characteristics and the basic concepts of aligner therapy including topics like biocompatibility and intraoral deterioration. The main part of the book is dedicated to the various types of aligners, the methods used in their application and the practical aspects of delivery. It is structured based on the type of malocclusion being managed giving the reader a systematic pattern and a practical way of progressing through the book. The book closes with a discussion of the scientific data available. This comprehensive step-by-step guide on aligner systems is a must have for both dental undergraduate and postgraduate dental students as well as for fully practising clinicians who want to deepen their knowledge in this innovative technique.

An essential guide to the theoretical and practical clinical information on different aligner techniques in orthodontics Aligner Techniques in Orthodontics is filled with the theoretical and practical clinical information on the popular aligner techniques with a focus on Invisalign. Written by practicing orthodontists and noted experts on the topic, the book is designed to help practitioners develop their skills in using aligners in orthodontics. The authors describe in detail the clear and simple methods for treating patients using different aligner techniques, as well as material on treating any given malocclusion. The book is filled with descriptive illustrations and includes helpful suggestions and ideas for implementing the various aligner techniques. This important guide: Provides theoretical and practical clinical information on different aligner techniques including Invisalign Offers clear and simple methods to treat patients using different aligner techniques Explains how to use clear aligners to treat a given malocclusion Written by two renowned experts in Align and Invisalign technology Written for practicing orthodontists and general dentists, Aligner Techniques in Orthodontics provides an invaluable resource for practicing orthodontists.

An updated second edition of the essential reference for any dental nurse undertaking the NEBDN qualification in Orthodontic Dental Nursing The revised second edition of Basic Guide to Orthodontic Dental Nursing is a comprehensive guide that offers an introduction for students seeking to develop their knowledge and understanding of this core area of clinical practice. Written in a clear and accessible format, it covers key subjects such as tooth eruption patterns, removable and fixed appliances, de-bonding and retention. It also contains information on care prior to treatment including the requirements for a first appointment and a helpful guide on maintaining motivation particularly for young patients and their parents. Presents essential information on orthodontic dental nursing Is written for trainee dental nurses undertaking the National Examining Board for Dental Nurses (NEBDN) qualification in Orthodontic Dental Nursing Covers key topics such as tooth eruption patterns, removable and fixed appliances, de-bonding and retention Includes colour illustrations and updated photographs throughout Designed to reflect sections of the syllabus of the NEBDN Certificate in Orthodontic Dental Nursing, the second edition of Basic Guide to Orthodontic Dental Nursing is an invaluable resource for all dental nurses with an interest in orthodontics.

Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement This new edition continues to be an authoritative reference to the scientific foundations underpinning clinical orthodontics The newly and thoroughly revised Third Edition of Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement delivers a comprehensive reference for orthodontic trainees and specialists. It is fully updated to include new chapters on personalized orthodontics as well as the inflammatory process occurring in the dental and paradental tissues. It is heavily illustrated throughout, making it easier for readers to understand and retain the information discussed within. The topics covered range from bone biology, the effects of mechanical loading on tissues and cells, genetics, tissue remodeling, and the effects of diet, drugs, and systemic diseases. The Third Edition of Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement features seven sections that cover subjects such as: The development of biological concepts in orthodontics, including the cellular and molecular biology behind orthodontic tooth movement Mechanics meets biology, including the effects of mechanical loading on hard and soft tissues and cells, and biological reactions to temporary anchorage devices Inflammation and orthodontics, including markers for tissue remodeling in the gingival crevicular fluid and saliva Personalized diagnosis and treatment based on genomic criteria, including the genetic influences on orthodontic tooth movement Rapid orthodontics, including methods to accelerate or decelerate orthodontic tooth movement Perfect for residents and PhD students of orthodontic and periodontal programs, Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement is also useful to academics, clinicians, bone biologists, and researchers with an interest in the mechanics and biology of tooth movement.

This 2nd Edition includes new, updated chapters that deal with important issues and were written by orthodontists known worldwide.  Dr Dr Bernd Lapatki presents an outstanding chapter about Early treatment of Class II Div. 2 and Coverbite, that provides a step-by-step description on how to treat these malocclusions using different alternatives. In addition to this topic, Dr Amit Bhardwaj shares the following question, is early Class II treatment worth the effort? Dr Somchai Satravaha added a new chapter about the benefits of early treatment in cleft lip palate patients and long-term controls, where she discusses all the benefits. Digital technology is here to stay forever. Dr Bryce Lee explains how this technology can help us to achieve a better diagnosis and treatment plan. Dr Julia Harfin add new chapters including relevant topics as mandibular incisor agenesis ,impacted central incisors and, how to avoid long term relapse in early orthodontic treatment. She also updates other chapters. The most important controversies are discussed in detail and which will allow doctors to expand their knowledge in order to achieve better orthodontic treatment results. New topics such as orthodontic treatment in patients with hemophilia and diabetes are also discussed by Dr Eduardo Rey and Olga Ramos. The book, which is the result of many years of clinical practice, includes numerous clinical photographs that clearly exemplify how to diagnose and to treat all these patients. It is written by the most experienced team of doctors in the field and will be a valuable asset for all who specialize in odonto pediatrics and orthopedic-orthodontic treatments. 

This book is exceptional in being dedicated solely to root resorption caused by orthodontic tooth movement. While the core content is based on scientific evidence, the book is intended as a practical aid for the clinician who performs orthodontics. After explanation of the different types of root resorption, a series of clinically oriented chapters focus particularly on external apical root resorption. Readers will find clear guidance on etiology, risk factors, diagnosis, imaging, patient management and education, and treatment options. The long-term prognosis of teeth with resorbed roots is thoroughly discussed, and advice is provided on the measures that should be adopted if severe root resorption is encountered during or at the end of treatment. Valuable information is also presented on the practice management side of the problem, covering informed consent, record keeping, and documentation of risk. The closing chapter examines likely future directions in root resorption management. The principal author has lectured and published on the subject for more than 25 years and is internationally recognized as a leading authority. This is the FIRST book solely dedicated to orthodontic root resorption!

This book explores current trends in orthodontics. It covers a broad range of topics over four sections: “Current Evidence on Tooth Movement,” “Digitization and Workflow,” “Orthodontics Techniques and Trends,” and “Early Treatment.”

"This book teaches you how to evaluate each patient who walks through your door from the macro to the micro, focusing first on the big picture and then working your way to the minute details in order to treatment plan for the best possible outcome, taking into consideration concepts like esthetic balance and smile projection. The author shows that orthodontics is about more than occlusal function; its about creating smiles that are functional and beautiful"--

"Clinical manual for the diagnosis and treatment of different dentofacial deformities with orthognathic surgery, including patient assessment with cephalometric analysis ans surgical techniques such as Le Fort I osteotomy, bilateral sagittal split osteotomy, and genioplasty"--

This book reviews different treatment options for Cleft Lip and Palate problems emphasizing the cooperation between the areas of Orthodontics and Surgery. After an introduction to variations in cleft types, different CLP treatment plans are introduced and reviewed. The book represents some of the oldest and most thorough longitudinal documentation of cleft lip palate treatment. It is comprised of objective serial records using photos, dental casts, cephalographs and measurements. The last part of the book identifies pitfalls and complications in facial palate treatment. It discusses future directions and the importance of longitudinal facial and dental cast records. This book is intended to aid in the teaching of aspiring and practicing Orthodontists and Surgeons dealing with Cleft Lip and Palate problems.

This multi-author clinical guide provides an evidence-based account of the orthodontic management of class II malocclusion. It begins with an overview of class II malocclusion including clinical examples and epidemiological data. This is followed by a chapter discussing timing of treatment, both early and late, and pre- and post-pubertal interventions. Information is given on the evidence base underlying outcomes of treatment, and on clinical management of class II malocclusion, beginning with techniques aimed at growth modification including removable functional appliances, fixed functional appliances and molar distalisation. The book includes a stand-alone chapter on class II division 2 malocclusion and explains conventional camouflage-based orthodontic treatment, treatment of class II malocclusion with lingual appliances and orthodontic-surgical management of class II cases. The last chapters are dedicated to management of class II cases with aligners and retention. In this book, there is an emphasis on evidence-based management of these developing problems and each chapter is richly illustrated with clinical examples. The chapters have been written by an international field of expert clinicians and academics, and will appeal to a wide range of clinicians, including undergraduate dental students, orthodontic specialist trainees and established specialist orthodontists.

Offers the very latest on the theory and practice of integrating mini-implant techniques into clinical practice This all-new second edition of The Orthodontic Mini-implant Clinical Handbook provides a thoroughly revised and expanded update to the theoretical and practical aspects of using mini-implants in orthodontic practice. Taking a practical step-by-step approach with hundreds of clinical images, it presents updated clinical techniques and new clinical cases, covering all topics of importance for utilising mini-implants. It also includes a new chapter on mini-implant anchored maxillary expansion appliances. It begins with a chapter that looks at mini-implant principles and potential complications, before moving onto clinical and design factors for maximising mini-implant success. Other chapters cover incisor retraction; molar distalisation and protraction; intrusion and anterior openbite treatments; bone anchored rapid maxillary expansion; orthognathic surgical uses; and ectopic teeth. Provides a comprehensive guide to both theoretical and practical advice for the use of mini-implants in orthodontic practice Covers updated clinical techniques and new clinical cases Presents a new chapter on mini-implant anchored maxillary expansion appliances Takes a highly illustrated step-by-step approach ideal for clinical practice The Orthodontic Mini-Implant Clinical Handbook is an essential resource to orthodontists, maxillofacial surgeons, practicing dentists, and anyone with an interest in mini-implant skeletal anchorage.

This well-illustrated book is an up-to-date guide to orthodontic diagnosis, treatment planning, and treatment delivery in patients with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). The aim is to present the latest knowledge on the important contribution that orthodontic modalities can now make in the management of a disorder that has generally been the preserve of sleep doctors. This book comprises three parts of general understanding of OSA and medical approaches, orthodontic diagnostic process, and orthodontic treatment application. In particular, the treatment parts are subdivided into six chapters depending on the patient's phenotype and age groups. The readers will come to realize how many modalities are available beyond the previously well-known options, and how important orthodontic contributions are for the treatment of OSA patients. The book will be an excellent resource providing well-organized diagnostic and therapeutic protocols from orthodontic point of view and will also be of value to other practitioners with an interest in OSA.

The new edition of the gold-standard clinical reference on addressing common, complex, and multifactorial clinical scenarios Orthodontic Treatment of Impacted Teeth integrates the latest developments and scientific evidence to provide authoritative coverage of orthodontic diagnosis and treatment, radiographic methods, surgical access, treatment strategies, and more. This new edition incorporates recent advances in research and presents up-to-date treatment recommendations for clinical practice. New and expanded chapters address topics such as abnormal root growth associated with tooth Impaction, improvements in the diagnosis of pathologic entities using cone-beam computed tomography (CBCT), root and crown resorption, and treating abnormal incisor root development caused by past trauma. Throughout the text, readers gain valuable insight into the management of impacted teeth in real-world practice, illustrated by updated cases from the author's own clinic. Provides protocols for common cases as well as complex and rare presentations Contains individual chapters on the specific aspects of the diagnosis and treatment of impaction in each of the different types of teeth Covers prevalence, etiology, diagnosis, attitudes to treatment, treatment timing, treatment methods, and prognosis Features more than 1,000 high-quality color images and illustrations Orthodontic Treatment of Impacted Teeth, Fourth Edition, remains essential reading for all specialist orthodontists, academic researchers and instructors, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, and advanced students in orthodontics.

Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances Explore the possibilities of preadjusted edgewise appliances in orthodontics with this essential resource Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances: Principles and Practice comprehensively covers the increasingly popular preadjusted edgewise technique in orthodontics. The book integrates clinical practice and research findings, focusing on the biomechanics and clinical management of patients with preadjusted edgewise appliances. A unique learning resource for specialists and trainees in orthodontics, the book is highly illustrated and broad in scope, covering everything from informed patient consent to clinical techniques to information about how to manage patient malocclusions. Core topics include: A thorough introduction to the principles of treatment planning, orthodontic biomechanics, anchorage, informed patient consent, and the dentolegal aspects of orthodontic treatment An exploration of the preadjusted edgewise appliance, including bracket design, bracket placement, orthodontic bonding and debonding, archwires, mini-implants (TADs) and auxiliaries Comprehensive description of the stages of treatment with preadjusted edgewise appliances, including alignment and levelling, controlled space closure, finishing and retention Information on the management of the major malocclusions (Class II, Class III, anterior open bite, deep overbite and transverse problems) with preadjusted edgewise appliances Perfect for postgraduate dentists undergoing specialist training in orthodontics, specialist practitioners, and hospital consultant orthodontists, Preadjusted Edgewise Fixed Orthodontic Appliances: Principles and Practice will also be useful to dentists with a special interest in orthodontics, orthodontic therapists, and orthodontic nurses who seek a comprehensive manual of the most popular fixed orthodontic appliance technique.

A structured training programme is presented here, which is intended for any four-year postgraduate degree/ diploma in Orthodontics. A total of VIII modules have been developed, each of six months duration and the whole course is divided in these VIII modules. Its first four modules are structured in a way that they can be used for any two-years training programme.The programme has been devised in a structured format, whereby, the whole training is patient-centered and follows the actual treatment sequence. Module-I is about activation of prior knowledge of basic medical and dental sciences and attainment of basic clinical knowledge and skills to prepare the residents for empathetic patient care. Real patient encounter starts in Module-II and, from here onwards, all areas of respective modules are according to treatment requirements at different stages. Each module has six distinct areas, i.e., Learning Objectives, Topics to be Covered, Reading List, Table of Specifications, Assessment Methods and Check List. After successful adoption of this modular form of teaching, residents should attain the appropriate knowledge, proper attitudes and basic skills of orthodontics. This programme also enables the resident to develop a sense of professionalism, knowledge about medical ethics, scientific attitude, an inquisitive mind and a quest for research and Continuing Professional Development. A modular form of postgraduate training in orthodontics is suggested with an intention to standardize Orthodontic training across the country.

Achieve excellent patient outcomes with minimally invasive, cost-effective procedures! Temporary Anchorage Devices in Orthodontics, 2nd Edition covers everything you need to know to begin offering TADs in your practice. More than 1,500 full-color photos and illustrations guide you through the entire treatment process, from diagnosis and planning to biomechanics, implants and anchorage devices, and management of problems. Detailed case reports provide insight into the treatment of specific conditions. From a team of expert contributors led by Ravindra Nanda, this book shows the temporary anchorage techniques that will take your orthodontic skills to the next level. Over 1,500 full-color clinical photographs?and line drawings depict important concepts and techniques, and show treatment progress from beginning to end. Case Report boxes walk you through the treatment of specific conditions, from initial patient visit to final outcome, with clinical photos showing the changes that occur at each stage of treatment. Unique coverage of temporary anchorage devices is provided by this complete, comprehensive, one-of-a-kind reference, as the use of TADs is becoming more and more popular within the field of orthodontics. Expert contributors from all over the world share their experience and current knowledge of each topic, ensuring that you have accurate, up-to-date, and clinically relevant information. Logical organization begins with a discussion of basic orthodontic principles and moves on to diagnosis and treatment planning, implants and anchorage devices, and management of problems. NEW Anchorage of TADs Using Aligner Orthodontics Treatment for Lower Molars Distalization chapter helps you incorporate TADs to clear aligner therapy. NEW Expert Consult website provides an online version of the book, allowing you to search the entire book electronically. NEW! Updated clinical photos illustrate the advances that have been made since publication of the first edition. NEW! Updated content reflects the latest research and advances in this evolving area.

Textbook for Orthodontic Therapists is a comprehensive text specifically designed for orthodontic therapists. Written in an accessible and digestible format, it provides the essential clinical and theoretical knowledge needed for daily clinical practice. Covering learning outcomes required by the examining bodies and the General Dental Council (GDC), it includes topics such as common types of orthodontic appliances, frequently found orthodontic problems, skeletal assessment and classification of malocclusion. It also contains information on subjects relevant to the dental profession for example medical emergencies, clinical governance and more. Written to help the reader understand the role and function of an orthodontic therapist, Textbook for Orthodontic Therapists offers support to those undertaking the Diploma in Orthodontic Therapy and to assist those who already work as orthodontic therapists, helping them in their quest to enhance safe and effective care.

This book, now in an extensively revised third edition, is a superbly illustrated and authoritative reference on tooth wear and its management. Tooth wear is becoming an increasing problem as people are living longer and keeping their teeth for longer, with recent UK surveys showing that at least 75% of adults and more than 50% of children now have some form of identifiable tooth wear. This latest edition addresses this growing challenge by describing practical clinical techniques that will aid identification of the aetiological factors responsible for erosion, attrition and abrasion and by offering guidance in the planning and delivery of appropriate patient care. Readers will find helpful information on difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and prevention of tooth wear, problems associated with controlling the process and strategies for providing management solutions. Alongside thorough updates of the original chapters, this new expanded edition includes several entirely new chapters from highly regarded clinicians and researchers from the UK and Europe. This essential clinical guide will meet the needs of dental professionals and dental students alike.

This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of oral maxillofacial pathology and the clinical management of oral lesions and oral biopsies. Readers will learn about the scientific basis of oral maxillofacial pathology, different types of biopsies, when to perfom a biopsy and how to handle it in the dental practice. The book focuses on clinical and radiographical features of oral diseases and guides the practitioner to differential diagnosis using an algorithm that leads to the best treatment for the patient. Emphasis is placed on the successful interdisciplinary work with oral maxillofacial pathologists, the importance of histological descriptions, and explanation on how to read pathological reports is provided. Differential diagnosis of a unilocular radiolucent, multilocular radiolucent lesion and radiopaque lesion in the jaws are discussed for vital teeth, non-vital teeth and the edentulous area. This book will help dentists to deepen their knowledge in oral maxillofacial pathology and guide them through the clinical application of diagnosis algorithms and biopsies in the dental care setting.

This pathology atlas includes information on all the body systems in one book with high quality photos of some of the rarest cases in pathology, e.g. dermatofibrosarcoma of toes, APKD in horseshoe kidney, extensive bilharzial polyposis of colon, and many other cases. The book is structured systematically to cover all body systems. Each system is organized to cover inflammatory and medical conditions, benign tumours, and ends with malignant tumours. Each photo is accompanied by a concise legend outlining the gross features important to notice during grossing. Emphasis is placed on how such patterns may aid in the correct diagnosis of the gross pathology. Gross pathology is an important part of studying pathology for medical and dental students. Any studied disease process must demonstrate the effects of this disease on the organ as observed by the naked-eye examination. So; this book will aid in the medical study of diseases. As for specialized surgical pathologists, the book will be a reference for them to describe or to aid in the diagnosis of some difficult cases, which may be faced during their work in the lab.

This book is designed to serve as a companion to the available textbooks in oral pathology and oral medicine and is meant to serve as a revision tool for dental students and graduates preparing for examinations. The book is structured to complement student lecture notes, recommended textbooks and past exam papers. Globally, the current trend is to use a combination of multiple-choice questions (MCQs), short answer questions (SAQs), extended matching questions (EMQs) and objective structured clinical examination (OSCE) stations in the examination process. Available textbooks in oral pathology and oral medicine are not of much value to students preparing for exams using these assessment formats. The aim of this book therefore is to offer students with a single source that would assist them to prepare for exams. Target audience for this book includes dental students, oral health therapy and dental hygiene students, overseas-trained dental graduates preparing for board or licensing examinations and those preparing for membership or fellowship examinations of the Royal Surgical Colleges.

The relationship of oral disease to overall disease is certainly not a new concept. For centuries, the role of oral infection and inflammation in contributing to diseases elsewhere in the body has been studied and reported. During the last few decades, a series of intriguing reports from many countries have increased the current interest in the role of oral health and disease in contributing to general health and systemic conditions. Is it possible that oral and periodontal disease is a risk factor for cardiovascular and other systemic diseases? Since this question was first posed, a phenomenal body of work has been directed at understanding how oral periodontal disease might affect distant sites and organs and, thus, have an effect on overall health. Recent studies of the human microbiome using DNA sequencing technologies have revealed new insights into the possible mechanisms that help to explain how oral infections can occur in distinct sites such as atheromas, the colon, and reproductive tissues.

Readable, well-illustrated, and concise, Robbins and Kumar's Basic Pathology, 11th Edition, offers today's busy students a rich understanding of all essential pathology concepts from trusted names in the field. This updated edition thoroughly covers key pathologic processes and the time-honored tools of gross and microscopic analysis, while also retaining a strong emphasis on clinicopathologic correlations and the impact of molecular pathology on the practice of medicine. Outstanding artwork and schematic drawings, as well as a robust eBook experience with extensive additional features, make complex concepts easier to learn and retain. Includes fully updated clinical topics throughout. Features high-quality photomicrographs, gross photos, and radiologic images, as well as new artwork and over 150 new schematic diagrams that help summarize key or complex disease mechanisms. Contains a new Rapid Review section that uses bulleted summary boxes to deliver essential take-home messages and help you focus on the fundamentals. Includes tables of relevant laboratory tests for each chapter that link pathophysiology of disease and diagnostic testing. Highlights pathogenesis, morphology, and pathophysiologic content throughout. Features increased representation of diverse populations throughout the text, including clinical photographs of skin lesions in multiple skin types and a new section on the role of socially defined race in health disparities. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud-as well as access bonus content, including case studies, additional gross and microscopic figures, and more.

Saliva as a unique sample for health assessment is gaining attention among researchers of different fields in the last 20 years; being reflected in an impressive increase in the number of papers published studying saliva from different biological aspects in human and veterinary species. Once deemed merely a digestive juice is now considered a biological fluid capable of communicating information about physiopathological processes occurring in organisms, since saliva has been shown to contain molecular and bacterial compounds that can change in response to local and systemic pathologies. Furthermore, the interest of saliva as a diagnostic, prognostic and monitoring biofluid is forced by its non-invasive nature being of easy and inexpensive sampling, involving only minimal discomfort and allowing the collection of multiple/repeated specimens at anytime, anywhere and without need for specialized staff. In this contributed volume, the authors bring together, summarize and reflect the generated knowledge about saliva as a source of biomarkers for health and welfare evaluation in humans and animal models. This volume also highlights the importance of confounding factors, such as sampling methods, flow, total protein content, contamination, or storage. This book will serve as a manual for graduates, practitioners and researchers by providing general ideas about the possibilities and utilities of saliva in clinical practice or investigation, and indicating the main cautions each should have in mind before saliva usage.

This updated second edition of a successful book provides essential, internationally applicable information in the area of bone and joint pathology with emphasis on practical diagnostic aspects, including many illustrations: roentgenograms, CT-scans, MRI, scintigraphies, as well as pictures of gross surgical specimens and microphotographs, immunohistochemical reactions and genomics. Information on histopathological and molecular diagnosis, and basic therapeutic guidelines are provided.  This book offers generous coverage of epidemiology, clinical features, radiology, pathology, differential diagnosis, prognosis and treatment, not only for common lesions, but also for those less frequently encountered, including lesions of joints. The content is arranged based on the World Health Organization's Consensus Classification, with the addition of other lesions not included therein.  Tumors and Tumor-Like Lesions of Bone provides day-to-day assistance to general and specialized surgical pathologists, radiologists, orthopedic, head and neck and dental surgeons, oncologists and rheumatologists.

The first of a multi-volume set, this textbook covers sinonasal and nasopharyngeal pathology. An ideal sign-out resource for head and neck pathology, it includes anatomy, staging, diagnostic, and prognostic information. Richly illustrated and well-structured, the easily accessible format includes glossaries, boxes of key points, and self-assessment questions at the end of each chapter.  Nose, Paranasal Sinuses, and Nasopharynx: Textbook of Head and Neck Pathology: Volume 1 is aimed at trainees and practicing pathologists worldwide, and will also be of interest to oral pathologists and oral pathology trainees.

The second of a four-volume set, this book covers oral cavity and oropharynx pathology. It's goal is to become a "go-to" sign-out resource for head and neck pathology, incorporating anatomy, staging, diagnostic, and prognostic information. This richly illustrated volume has a bullet point format, where appropriate, allowing information to be easily located. This book is aimed at trainee and practicing pathologists in the USA and worldwide, and is also of interest to oral pathologists and oral pathology trainees.

The 26th edition provides practical, evidence-based recommendations from the experts in antimicrobial therapy for treatment of infectious diseases in children. For each disease, the authors provide a commentary to help health care providers select the best of all antimicrobial choices. Drug descriptions cover pediatric-appropriate antimicrobial agents available today and include complete information about dosing regimens. New in the 26th edition: First pediatric approval of beta-lactam/beta-lactamase inhibitor for CRE (carbapenem-resistant enteric bacilli), ceftazidime-avibactam Replacement antibiotics for cefotaxime (lack of availability in the US), including ceftriaxone and cefepime (for neonates) Situations in which ceftaroline is preferred over vancomycin by the Editors for MRSA infections Updates on management of influenza, including baloxavir (now approved for children >12 years) New approaches to treatment of mucomycosis New recommendations for malaria More than 150 new references!  

This book is an up-to-date, succinct, and easily accessible reference on the diverse anomalies that may arise in the developing dentition, including those relating to crown size and shape, tooth formation, tooth eruption, tooth number, and enamel and dentin formation. For each anomaly, information is provided on clinical and radiographic features, etiology, and management. Attention is also drawn to clinically relevant associations among anomalies. The inclusion of numerous high-quality photographs and images will assist the practitioner in establishing the correct diagnosis in each patient and in understanding the rationale for specific interventions. The book will also facilitate discussion of the anomaly with the caregiver or patient, including with respect to genetic and other implications and the appropriate treatment path. Anomalies of the Developing Dentition is an excellent clinical guide to the subject that will aid in timely identification and appropriate management. It will meet the needs of students and practitioners in multiple disciplines of both medicine and dentistry. 

From the time of conception, through the gestation of pregnancy, to the birth of a newborn child exists an extraordinary, emergent ethics. How does this ethics come into being when a child is conceived? How does the appearance of ethics in pregnancy differ from its emergence after birth? How does the original meaning of ethics relate to modern morality in decision making? In this book, Michael van Manen explores these ethical moral complexities and conceptualizations of life's beginnings. He delves into perennial and contemporary aspects of conception, pregnancy, and birth to present ethics as a fundamental phenomenon in the experiential encounter between parent and child. Even in the context of neonatal-perinatal medicine, where all manner of medical technologies and illnesses may potentially complicate the developing relation of parent and child, ethics is always already present yet also enigmatic in its origin. And yet, to approach ethical moral questions, we need to understand the inception of ethics. The Birth of Ethics: Phenomenological Reflections on Life's Beginnings is an essential text not only for health professionals and researchers but also for parents, family members, and others who care and take responsibility for newborns in need of medical care.

Maintaining the original popular format enjoyed by so many readers, this Second Edition features comprehensive updates to all 66 cases to include the latest diagnostic and treatment techniques.  Each chapter also includes brand-new cases, for a total of 13 entirely new cases.  The most current references to the literature, best practices, and evidence based clinical guidelines, plus new and updated self‐assessment questions with detailed answers and explanations, have been added to all the cases.  This second edition maintains the same aim of presenting actual clinical cases to question and educate the reader on pediatric dentistry, using a clear, concise, and consistent format to offer a case history, diagnostics and treatment plans for each case.   Clinical Cases in Pediatric Dentistry, Second Edition is based on the most current evidence, with standards of care and policies as adopted by relevant associations and societies.  This important resource:  Presents updated content, clinical guidelines, and references in existing cases, with thirteen brand new case scenarios Takes an easy-to-follow format, with patient history and diagnostics, questions, and answers, and explanations for each case Part of the "Clinical Cases" series applying both theory and practice to actual clinical cases Includes access to a companion website featuring additional case studies, charts, tables, web links, and the figures from the book in PowerPoint Presenting real-world cases that encompass all-important areas of pediatric dentistry, Clinical Cases in Pediatric Dentistry, Second Edition is an essential resource for pre-doctoral dental students, post-graduate residents, and pediatric dentists preparing for board examinations and recertification. It's also an excellent guide for students and faculty in pediatric dentistry departments, as well as practicing pediatric dentists and family dentists.

The 26th edition of Current Diagnosis & Treatment: Pediatrics (CDTP) features practical, up-to-date, well-referenced information on the care of children from birth through infancy and adolescence.

"This book offers professional and practical tips on communicating with parents and sets out to illustrate the responsibility involved in treating children"--

Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry The Second Edition of the Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry features updated and expanded information on pediatric clinical dentistry, including eight new chapters written by educators with special interest in each topic. Since publication of the first edition, non-invasive treatment is at the forefront of pediatric dental care, and the new edition reflects this, with multiple options and techniques for non-invasive treatment. The book is filled with photographs for improved understanding and guidance through the procedures described. The book is an easy-to-read guide to clinical pediatric dentistry with practical evidence-based information for dental students, assistants, hygienists, residents in both general dentistry and specialty training, and general and pediatric dentists. Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry is a valuable resource for assuring excellence in care for our youngest patients. Key Features Presents step-by-step clinical instruction for pediatric procedures Features eight new chapters, including non-invasive clinical techniques, trauma to primary incisors, caries-risk assessment, oral pathology, interceptive orthodontics, esthetics, sleep disordered breathing, infant examination, and treating the special needs patient Offers more than 600 clinical and radiographic photographs Provides practical information and guidance for clinical practice in pediatrics

Get the expert knowledge you need to provide quality oral care to pediatric patients! Trusted for more than 50 years, McDonald and Avery's Dentistry for the Child and Adolescent, 11th Edition provides the latest diagnostic and treatment recommendations for infants, children, and adolescents. It covers topics ranging from pediatric examination and radiographic techniques to development and morphology of the primary teeth, dental caries, dental materials, and local anesthesia. Another point of emphasis is the management of patients with special medical issues. On the Expert Consult website, you'll find a fully searchable version of the entire text along with case studies and step-by-step procedure videos. From internationally known educator Jeffrey A. Dean, this resource provides everything you need to prepare for board certification and succeed in clinical practice. Comprehensive coverage of pediatric dentistry includes the treatment of deep caries, prosthodontics, occlusion, trauma, gingivitis and periodontal disease, cleft lip and palate, facial esthetics, and medically compromised patients. More than 1,000 illustrations show oral structures and conditions along with dental procedures. Five major areas of focus help you organize your thinking and practice around key clinical concepts: diagnoses, caries and periodontology, pain control, oral growth and development, and management of special medical issues. Expert Consult website includes fully searchable access to the text, plus videos and case studies. Diverse and respected team of authors contribute chapters on their areas of expertise. Global readership includes translations of the text into seven different languages. NEW! Updated content includes a new section on sleep apnea, plus COVID-19 in children, pain management, dental bleaching, a minimalist approach to restorative dentistry, the latest dental materials, new pulp recommendations, community dentistry, patient-centered care, preventive orthodontic treatment, the use of silver diamine fluoride, and vaping with its oral implications.  NEW! Additional patient cases and questions are included in the book and website. NEW! Procedure videos plus updates of existing videos are added to the Expert Consult website.  NEW authors contribute updated and unique chapters throughout the book.

This book is a comprehensive guide for dentists on the practical use of midazolam in Pediatric Dentistry. It discusses predictable ways to achieve minimal/moderate sedation with midazolam. Midazolam is one of the most effective anxiolytic drugs and the sedative of choice in pediatric patients, especially for those of a certain age, extreme anxiety, and an inability to comprehend instructions. This book covers various aspects of midazolam sedation including pre-operative assessment, case selection, different routes of administration, intraoperative protocol, emergency management and meticulous documentation. It explains the importance of its conjunction with sound fundamentals of non-pharmacological behavior guidance and good local anesthetic techniques. Readers will learn how the rapid absorption, onset of action and fast metabolism makes midazolam an ideal short acting agent for dental procedures in children and a valuable asset in the child management armamentarium of dentists treating children.

This clinical handbook is a complete guide to the use of nitrous oxide when performing dental procedures in children. Nitrous oxide offers the easiest and safest form of pharmacological behavior management in this age group and can help greatly in reducing fear and anxiety toward dentists and dental treatment.  Importantly, its use in children differs from that in adults, owing in part to the need for appropriate behavior management skills. In considering a range of clinical scenarios in which nitrous oxide is of value, this book will support clinicians in their daily practice. All aspects are covered, including rationale, basic science, mechanism of action, equipment, scavenging systems, technique, monitoring, safety, toxicity, documentation, and team building. Guidance is also provided on the use of nitrous oxide in special pediatric populations requiring oral health care. The book is supplemented by videos that will help readers to comprehend the text easily and to perform the technique efficiently and effectively.

This book is a practical, comprehensive guide to the management of children and adolescents in general dental practice. A logical, evidence-based approach to oral health is adopted throughout. The commonly encountered oral and dental problems and their diagnosis and treatment are covered in detail, with particular attention to dental caries, dental trauma, developmental anomalies, periodontal problems, and soft tissue conditions. Up-to-date guidance is provided on history taking, dental examination, preventive strategies and advanced behaviour management. In addition the relevance of common medical conditions to dental management is discussed. The book is divided into four sections, each of which focusses on a specific age group, helping the reader to relate clinical issues to the different dental developmental stages. The readily understandable text is supported by many informative colour illustrations and diagrams.

This textbook provides dental practitioners and students with all the knowledge required in order to treat optimally the oral conditions encountered in children and adolescents and to offer appropriate guidance on subsequent oral health self-care. The opening chapters are designed to assist readers in providing empathic care on the basis of a sound understanding of the processes of physical and psychological maturation. The use of sedation and anesthesia is then discussed, followed by detailed information on such key topics as tooth eruption and shedding, preventive and interceptive orthodontics, and control of dental caries. Restoration procedures and pulp treatment necessitated by dental caries, trauma and/or developmental anomalies are clearly described, with reference to relevant advances in dental technology and materials. Subsequent chapters focus on conditions compromising dental or general oral health in the pediatric age group, such as periodontal diseases, dental wear, dental anomalies, TMJ disorders, and soft tissue lesions. The book concludes by examining treatment approaches in children and adolescents with disabilities, syndromes, chronic diseases, craniofacial abnormalities, and generally advocating children centered dentistry as it affects their quality of life.            

This book is a clinical guide to the prevention and management of traumatic dental injuries, including crown and root fractures and luxation injuries, in children of all ages.  Readers will find clear descriptions of the challenges posed by the pediatric population, the evaluation of injuries, diagnosis, management, and follow-up. Whenever available, evidence-based guidelines are used to inform clinicians of the most appropriate care for each type of injury. A holistic approach is adopted, taking into account the child's developmental stage and ability to tolerate the proposed treatment. When indicated, more advanced forms of behavior guidance are discussed to enable the delivery of safe and effective care that will allow the best outcome to be achieved. Often, traumatic dental injuries result in sequelae that compromise the health of the developing permanent teeth. These sequelae and appropriate treatment options are described along with innovative approaches designed to preserve bone and maximize future treatment possibilities. The book will be a valuable asset for both pediatric and general dentists.

Guiding patient behavior is as important as ever for the practicing dentist, and the behavior of pediatric patients is perhaps the most challenging to manage, especially in today’s modern society characterized by its diversity and unlimited access to information. The Third Edition of Wright’s Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children delivers an up-to-date discussion of modern techniques for managing the behavior of pediatric dental patients.  The book addresses the influence of family and parenting styles on children’s behavior and the factors that determine how children behave in the dental office. Pharmacological and non-pharmacological management techniques are described in depth, as are techniques for dealing with special needs patients. Clinical case scenarios are described throughout the book, with practical application of the taught principles. The final part of the book covers the dental environment¯training office personnel to manage children’s behavior, practical considerations for behavior guidance, and the effects of the physical dental office environment.  The new edition adds brand-new information on parent management, discussing the unique characteristics of modern parents and millennials and cultural competence utilizing techniques such as motivational interviewing and empathetic listening, amongst other methods. New sections include the use of hypnosis and magic to guide children through their dental treatment.  Wright’s Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children remains the leading book on the management of children’s behavior in the dental context. Readers will also benefit from the inclusion of:  A thorough introduction to understanding key moments in child development as well as their behavior in the dental office An examination of establishing a dental home and non-pharmacologic approaches to behavior management Treatment of children with disabilities in the dental setting and tips to parents for proper homecare Understanding the rapidly evolving societal influence on the contemporary family and its impact on treating the pediatric patient How to deal with the Internet: information, misinformation, and negative online reviews Wright’s Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children is an essential reference for pediatric dentists, general dentists, dental students, and dental hygienists who frequently encounter child patients in their dental offices.

This book describes practical, contemporary, and evidence-based surgical approaches for the treatment of diseases and conditions affecting the periodontium, including advanced forms of periodontal disease, gingival recession, and complex cases requiring interdisciplinary management. The book opens by identifying key considerations in periodontal surgery, for example with regard to diagnosis and prognosis, and by presenting decision trees that will be useful in daily practice. Cutting-edge resection and regeneration techniques for the treatment of periodontitis and mucogingival surgical procedures for the management of soft tissue deficiencies are then described and illustrated in detail, highlighting important tips and tricks as well as potential difficulties and complications. The final part of the book is devoted to interdisciplinary care, which is of key importance when periodontal surgery is indicated in the management of cases requiring orthodontic, endodontic, and restorative therapy. Advances in Periodontal Surgery will be of value for practitioners at all levels of experience as well as for students entering the field.

This book is an up-to-date, succinct, and easily accessible reference on the diverse anomalies that may arise in the developing dentition, including those relating to crown size and shape, tooth formation, tooth eruption, tooth number, and enamel and dentin formation. For each anomaly, information is provided on clinical and radiographic features, etiology, and management. Attention is also drawn to clinically relevant associations among anomalies. The inclusion of numerous high-quality photographs and images will assist the practitioner in establishing the correct diagnosis in each patient and in understanding the rationale for specific interventions. The book will also facilitate discussion of the anomaly with the caregiver or patient, including with respect to genetic and other implications and the appropriate treatment path. Anomalies of the Developing Dentition is an excellent clinical guide to the subject that will aid in timely identification and appropriate management. It will meet the needs of students and practitioners in multiple disciplines of both medicine and dentistry. 

This book examines all aspects of the progress being made towards the development of highly specific and sensitive biomarkers that will overcome the shortcomings of clinical assessments in periodontics. The opening chapters present the basic anatomic features of periodontal tissues, outline the nature and pathogenic mechanisms of periodontal diseases, and discuss both conventional and novel methods of diagnosis with reference to their specificity and sensitivity. The potential role of biomarkers in periodontal diagnosis is then presented in the light of the published data. The biological samples in which potential biomarkers are sought are evaluated comparatively, drawing attention to their strengths and weaknesses, and the available technologies for biomarker studies are reviewed. The potential benefits of biomarkers are also discussed with regard to the possible bidirectional interactions between periodontal diseases and systemic health. Finally, the past, present, and future of periodontics are examined from a broader perspective. Readers will find the book to be an ideal summary of the state of the art in the field as biomarkers emerge that promise to facilitate periodontal diagnostics and permit timely, personally tailored interventions.

Dental implant surgery is an artform. To help you advance your skills and become a master of implant prosthetics, Misch's Contemporary Implant Dentistry, 4th Edition uses a multidisciplinary approach to cover the industry's most current processes and surgical procedures. The new edition of this text continues to provide comprehensive, state-of-the-art information on the science and discipline of contemporary implant dentistry. Covering the breadth of dental implant surgery, it includes full-color, in-depth coverage of both simple and complicated clinical cases, with practical guidance on how to apply the latest research, diagnostic tools, treatment planning, implant designs, and materials. New author Randolph R. Resnik, is an internationally known educator, clinician, and researcher in the field of Oral Implantology and Prosthodontics who will continue Dr. Misch's legacy and teachings. Content reflects original author's philosophy and surgical protocols for dental implants giving you a system for achieving predictable outcomes. Evidence-based approach to dental implant procedures features state-of-the-art guidance supported by the best available research evidence. Rich art program throughout text highlights and clarifies key clinical concepts and techniques with over 2,500 images, radiographs, full-color clinical photographs, line art, and diagrams. Definitive resource in implant dentistry provides you with authoritative state-of-the art guidance by recognized leader in the field. Internationally known author, Randolph R. Resnik, DMD, MDS is a leading educator, clinician, author and researcher in the field of Oral Implantology and Prosthodontics. Surgical protocols provide the latest, most up-to-date literature and techniques that provide a proven system for comprehensive surgical treatment of dental implant patients. Thoroughly revised content includes current diagnostic pharmacologic and medical evaluation recommendations to furnish the reader with the latest literature-based information. Proven strategies and fundamentals for predictable implant outcomes Latest implant surgical techniques for socket grafting and ridge augmentation procedures Proven, evidence-based solutions for the treatment of peri-implant disease Includes the use of dermal fillers and botox in oral implantology Up-to-date information on advances in the field reflects the state-of-the-art dental implantology. Addition of an ExpertConsult site allows you to search the entire book electronically.

This book presents up-to-date information on promising indications for ultrasound in contemporary periodontics and implant therapy with the aim of assisting researchers and dental practitioners to use this novel imaging modality to advance research and patient care. Readers will find clear guidance on the application of ultrasound for evaluation of periodontal and peri-implant tissues. The mechanism of ultrasound imaging is explained in detail and compared to other imaging modalities. Furthermore, the role of ultrasound in the planning and execution of implant surgery and the assessment of implant stability is discussed. The book closes by considering the potential dental applications of functional ultrasound and volumetric ultrasound. This book will potentially be of high values for dental surgeons, periodontists, general dentists, orthodontists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, dental researchers and other practitioners, etc.

"This book offers professional and practical tips on communicating with parents and sets out to illustrate the responsibility involved in treating children"--

This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the emerging therapies that promise to revolutionize the clinical management of periodontal diseases. Existing therapies targeted to the oral microbiome alone often fail to provide favorable clinical outcomes. Local inflammation and tissue destruction may persist and periodontal tissue regeneration is not predictably achieved. In recognition of these shortcomings, current research efforts are focused on understanding the biological interactions between the host and the resident microbiome and identifying key molecules and molecular pathways that can be used for more targeted, individualized therapies that will restrain oral inflammation and restore periodontal tissue homeostasis. This book introduces novel concepts and molecules that are currently being tested in preclinical and clinical models. Readers will find detailed information from leading experts on specific therapeutic strategies targeting the host immune and inflammatory system, the oral microbiome, and regeneration.  

Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry The Second Edition of the Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry features updated and expanded information on pediatric clinical dentistry, including eight new chapters written by educators with special interest in each topic. Since publication of the first edition, non-invasive treatment is at the forefront of pediatric dental care, and the new edition reflects this, with multiple options and techniques for non-invasive treatment. The book is filled with photographs for improved understanding and guidance through the procedures described. The book is an easy-to-read guide to clinical pediatric dentistry with practical evidence-based information for dental students, assistants, hygienists, residents in both general dentistry and specialty training, and general and pediatric dentists. Handbook of Clinical Techniques in Pediatric Dentistry is a valuable resource for assuring excellence in care for our youngest patients. Key Features Presents step-by-step clinical instruction for pediatric procedures Features eight new chapters, including non-invasive clinical techniques, trauma to primary incisors, caries-risk assessment, oral pathology, interceptive orthodontics, esthetics, sleep disordered breathing, infant examination, and treating the special needs patient Offers more than 600 clinical and radiographic photographs Provides practical information and guidance for clinical practice in pediatrics

This book is intended for periodontal residents and practicing periodontists who wish to incorporate the principles of moderate sedation into daily practice. A history of the development of sedation in dental practice sets the stage for understanding the need for a comprehensive preanesthetic evaluation to identify potentially reactive patients prior to treatment. Useful drugs for moderate sedation and reversal agents in the office setting are reviewed to ensure proper perioperative usage. Comprehensive airway management and rescue skills are then documented in detail so that the patient may be properly managed in the event that the sedation progresses beyond the intended level. A key aim is to equip the reader with sufficient knowledge and preparedness to overcome the patient management challenges associated with common and uncommon deviations from intraoperative norms. Finally, for those academicians interested in teaching the principles of sedation to periodontal residents, a curriculum development tool is provided to ensure comprehensive training leading to competency.

"Demonstrates the microsurgical principles and procedures underpinning periodontal and peri-implant plastic microsurgery, including how to practice these procedures on training models and then execute them with maximum precision in the clinic"--

"Study guide review of periodontal literature on topics such as periodontal anatomy, diagnosis and treatment planning, nonsurgical and surgical therapy, regeneration, and implants, presented in a question and answer format"--

This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the Periodontic-Endodontic Interface. It discusses embryonic development of the tooth, oral health and pathology, as well as the diagnosis and management of periodontal disease and endodontic disease, occurring both separately and together. Evidence-based information is given on Periodontal and Endodontic pathogens, lesions and infections with various forms of manifestation. The clear and easy-to-read text is complemented by numerous high-quality photographs and tables that assist understanding and helps with the identification of management solutions. The book is valuable resource for all dental practitioners with an interest in endodontics, periodontics, restorative dentistry, and for higher-level students. USPs Discusses periodontal and endodontic disease, occurring both separately and together Includes clinical cases to illustrate practical tips Gives evidence-based information on lesions, infections and oral health SEO MetaData This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the Periodontic-Endodontic Interface .

"Textbook covers a broad range of topics to prepare aspiring periodontists for exams as well as dental practice, including vocab words, tables, diagrams, and illustrations for additional context"--

The association between periodontitis and systemic diseases has become a hot topic in recent years. This comprehensive book reviews the clinical evidence and biological plausibility of the many systemic diseases that have been linked to periodontitis. Edited by Dr Josefine Hirschfeld and Prof Iain L.C. Chapple, experts in each field discuss the mechanisms at work, citing the available key literature and clearly summarising current knowledge and understanding of the associations between periodontitis and diabetes mellitus, cardiovascular diseases, chronic kidney disease, inflammatory bowel diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, respiratory diseases, pregnancy and fertility, malignancy, neurodegenerative diseases, stress and depression, and autoimmunity. Each chapter critically appraises the existing evidence, providing comprehensive, contemporary and well-considered insights into the clinical evidence and biological plausibility of each condition, as well as the limitations of existing studies and how these can be overcome in the future. Periodontitis and Systemic Diseases: Clinical Evidence and Biological Plausibility is an indispensable reference for both clinicians and researchers. Inhaltsverzeichnis

A fully updated second edition of this well-illustrated guide to advanced surgical procedures in periodontology  Practical Advanced Periodontal Surgery, Second Edition is a step-by-step guide to cutting-edge surgical techniques and interdisciplinary treatment approaches in periodontology.  Written by leading experts in the field, the book provides solutions to complex daily dental challenges with innovative approaches to each treatment modality. Procedures are described in a practical and accessible style, highlighting complex and advanced procedures using a highly illustrated visual format. This expanded edition includes three new chapters that cover IV sedation, digital technologies in clinical restorative dentistry, and advanced implant therapies in the esthetic zone post extraction. Well balanced and solidly grounded in the science, this reference work is an indispensable resource for the practitioner of advanced dentistry. This important guide:  *    Offers an easy-to-use, practical step-by-step format *    Contains clinical photographs that detail the surgical procedures presented *    Reviews the most advanced techniques in periodontal surgery and their integration with digital treatment planning and workflow *    Discusses the pros and cons for each procedure, as well as limitations and potential complications *    Features video clips illustrating key points in the procedures described on a companion website Written for periodontists, periodontal residents and general or restorative dentists, this revised edition of Practical Advanced Periodontal Surgery is a practical and complete clinical manual filled with illustrations for easy reference.

"Atlas presenting surgical and nonsurgical methods to treat intraosseous defects, with a focus on the single-flap approach, including indications and contraindications for treating defects with each method and detailed descriptions of the steps required for each procedure"--

Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry A quick reference to essential techniques in periodontics and implant dentistry designed for clinical use In Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry, distinguished periodontist Dr. Edgard El Chaar delivers a comprehensive quick reference to key information on periodontics and implant dentistry. The book takes a concise and technique-based approach to the subject, a design that allows clinicians to rapidly find and apply important information in seeing cases. It provides brief chapters with plentiful and instructive images. This manual is precise, offers quick access to the fundamentals of each of the pertinent topics in the field, and provides practitioners the ability to refer to an authoritative and straightforward resource in their daily clinical practice. It includes radiographs, histological images, clinical photographs, and line drawings. Readers will also find: A thorough introduction to the anatomy and physiology of the periodontium, including an overview of gingival tissue, embryonic development, and soft tissue physiology Comprehensive explorations of wound healing, pathology of periodontal disease, and oral medicine and pathology In-depth discussions of patient examination and initial therapy, surgical anatomy and local anesthesia, and suturing techniques Fulsome presentations of osseous surgery, clinical crown lengthening, and the principles of implant dentistry Perfect for general practitioners, periodontists, and implant dentists, Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry will also earn a place in the libraries of dental students with an interest in periodontics.

This book describes applications of acridines for the treatment of various neurodegenerative diseases, such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and various prion diseases, and discusses the potential of acridines in neuro-regenerative medicine. Using modern data-mining software, it presents structures of acridines with nucleic acids and proteins and compares them with the native structures. Furthermore, the book presents modern methods of acridine synthesis, comparing them with the most useful conventional methods. Acridines interact with both nucleic acids and proteins, and due to their direct interactions with various enzymes, they can be suitable for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, inflammation, immunological disorders, and protozoal diseases. The characteristic spectral properties of acridines can be employed in labeling proteins, nucleic acids, lipids, and even cells and their compartments. Moreover, they can be applied in photodynamic therapy.

Covering the essential basic science and principles of pharmacology using concise text and diagrams, Dale's Pharmacology Condensed, 3rd Edition, presents the key facts and concepts that are key to understanding how drugs work and their underlying pathophysiological processes. Each chapter provides an organized, consistent approach to efficient learning and retention of complex information. This concise text is an ideal companion volume to Rang and Dale's Pharmacology, as well as a stand-alone condensed textbook or review book for exams. Access to this product, which may be at the discretion of your institution, is up to 3 years of online and perpetual offline access. Elsevier reserves the right to restrict or remove access due to changes in product portfolio or other market conditions. All content has been thoroughly revised and updated, with new coverage of fast-moving therapeutic areas such as the development of biologics, new therapeutics for cancer treatments, dermatology and immune mediated diseases, and new advances in pharmacological principles such as biased agonism. Each chapter condenses key information to provide the necessary core knowledge, as well as essential therapeutic information. Written by experienced teachers who provide a clear focus on what today's students need to know. Ideal for exam preparation with explanatory diagrams throughout, important drugs identified with bold type, and multiple choice questions for self-assessment and review. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

In recent years there have been a number of significant developments of natural products for the treatment of rheumatic diseases, pain and gastro-intestinal ulcers and inflammation. The volume covers some of these novel developments of natural products which are of current and future interest as therapies for the above-mentioned conditions. Most available volumes cover a wide range of biological and technicological aspects of natural products and their discovery, some involving synthesis and properties of chemical compounds. The difference in this volume is that the natural products have a focus on their therapeutic effects on pain, arthritic and gastrointestinal diseases. Some of the natural products covered are either at the experimental stage of development while others are well-established clinically-used products. Each has its own unique place in therapy.

This volume provides information on how to select and screen plants for their medicinal properties. It describes phytopharmacological techniques for extracting and qualitatively and quantitatively analyzing a plant's phytochemicals. After a detailed in vitro investigation including nutritional and anti-nutritional analyses, medicinal properties were tested with various in vivo models for anti-inflammatory, analgesic, anti-pyretic, anticancer and anti-diabetic properties, as well as wound healing, neurodegenerative diseases, etc. Compound identification and purification techniques include, among others, TLC and column chromatography, as well as molecular docking with specific proteins.

The science of drug safety and pharmacovigilance has rapidly evolved in the 21st century. The knowledge and principles it contains are of increasing importance in clinical and practice settings. The aim of this book is to deal with the gap in knowledge about pharmacovigilance and drug safety, including the application of pharmacovigilance knowledge to individual patient cases in clinical practice. A holistic approach is taken with each chapter written from the perspective of a practitioner, industry personnel, researcher, or regulator, creating a synergy between drug safety, pharmacovigilance, and clinical practice. Chapters offer key material on adverse drug reactions, medication errors, prescribing safety, pharmacovigilance as well as data sources used in drug safety and pharmacovigilance. Each chapter is structured as a self-contained learning resource, with learning objectives, and worked cases. The book is suitable for undergraduate healthcare professions, postgraduate students, researchers, clinical practitioners – including those with prescribing responsibilities. It will also be useful for professionals moving from a clinical practice role to a specialist pharmacovigilance role. For those already in a pharmacovigilance role, the book offers insight into the theory and practice of drug safety and pharmacovigilance in clinical settings.

This volume focuses on the importance of therapeutically active compounds of natural origin. Natural materials from plants, microbes, animals, marine organisms and minerals are important sources of modern drugs. Beginning with two chapters on the development and definition of the interdisciplinary field of pharmacognosy, the volume offers up-to-date information on natural and biosynthetic sources of drugs, classification of crude drugs, pharmacognosical botany, examples of medical application, WHO ́s guidelines and intellectual property rights for herbal products.

This book starts with a general introduction to phytochemistry, followed by chapters on plant constituents, their origins and chemistry, but also discussing animal-, microorganism- and mineral-based drugs. Further chapters cover vitamins, food additives and excipients as well as xenobiotics and poisons. The book also explores the herbal approach to disease management and molecular pharmacognosy and introduces methods of qualitative and quantitative analysis of plant constituents. Phytochemicals are classified as primary (e.g. carbohydrates, lipids, amino acid derivations, et cetera) or secondary (e.g. alkaloids, terpenes and terpenoids, phenolic compounds, glycosides, et cetera) metabolites according to their metabolic route of origin, chemical structure and function. A wide variety of primary and secondary phytochemicals are present in medicinal plants, some of which are active phytomedicines and some of which are pharmaceutical excipients.

Changing trends, ethnic and regional preferences, and a hands-on teaching method make cosmetic surgery uniquely challenging for novice and experienced surgeons alike. Aesthetic Surgery Techniques: A Case-Based Approach offers expert, real-world instruction by presenting chapters and patients in a classical fashion, providing a clinical perspective as you work through case after case, honing your knowledge and skills. A diverse, international group of highly reputable faculty takes you step by step through each case. Covers a wide range of the most common cosmetic procedures in a templated, atlas-style format, highlighting case presentations with superb illustrations and clinical photographs. Presents each case using easy-to-understand text that highlights potential risks and tips and tricks to avoid them. Conveys the real-world knowledge and expertise of a multidisciplinary team of editors including oral and maxillofacial surgeons and plastic surgeons. Uses a chapter format based on the 14 Cosmetic Surgery Competencies used to train Consultant Plastic Surgeons at the Anglia Ruskin University, UK. Offers global coverage of specific techniques to help you refine your skills and expand your surgical repertoire: Abdominoplasty (Modified Brazilian Technique in the UK and Middle East) Open Rhinoplasty (European approach) Surgical correction of the Neck (New Zealand and U.S.) Advanced Medical Aesthetics (UK and Dubai) Facelift Made Easy (U.S.) Asian Blepharolasty Ethics in Aesthetic Surgery (UK and U.S.) Breasts, Buttocks, and Thighs (Brazil)

Highlighting new and highly sought-after procedures in day-to-day plastic surgery practice, Core Procedures in Plastic Surgery, 2nd Edition, covers key areas of reconstructive, aesthetic, hand, and pediatric plastic surgery-all modified to provide streamlined detail of anatomy, workup, and procedural steps. This unique reference, derived from Dr. Peter C. Neligan's 6-volume award-winning masterwork, Plastic Surgery, 4th Edition, provides the high-yield, highly visual guidance you need to confidently perform these procedures and achieve optimal outcomes. Covers key concepts of anatomy, relevant techniques, and information about preoperative and postoperative care and potential complications. Provides quick access to highly templated, bulleted procedures, as well as full-color photos and new procedural videos, including lipoabdominoplasty, post-bariatric, and a variety of facelift techniques. Features new chapters covering the forehead, body contouring, and liposuction and fat grafting, reflecting a growing demand for aesthetic procedures and excellent outcomes. Includes fundamental procedures such as open and closed rhinoplasty, abdominal wall reconstruction, expander/implant reconstruction of the breast, local flaps for facial coverage (including cheek and lip reconstruction), cleft lip and cleft palate repair, flexor tendon reconstructions, and more. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase, which allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices

The dental needs of people living with dementia are often overlooked, particularly in the care home and hospital community. It is challenging to maintain good standards of oral care with people living with dementia, and poor care can increase the fear and anxiety levels of those living with dementia. Very few dentists have the training that equips them with the specialist knowledge necessary to work with this population. This pocket guide sets out tailored advice for supporting the oral and dental needs of people living with dementia. It sets out straightforward models on providing effective preventative mouth care, spotting symptoms and what to do when problems occur. This concise handbook will help any dentists, care home staff, nurses and other health professionals working day to day with people with dementia.

The book at hand is an international text on advanced oral and maxillofacial implantology. It is the fruition of over 40 specialists from 8 countries. The procedures presented herein are meant for expert implantologists; these procedures (including sinus floor grafting and ridge augmentation, etc.) are not for beginners or the novice; and require a great deal of skill, training and experience to perform. Although the majority of these operations require only local anesthesia and sometimes sedation in an outpatient setting, a significant number of these procedures are major operations and need to be performed by trained OMF surgeons and may require hospitalization and treatment under general anesthesia. Recruiting national and international world-renowned experts in implantology from 8 countries to write the chapters of this book was indeed a difficult undertaking. The authors generously present their cases and state-of-the-art techniques in an educational manner; actual cases were treated and their outcomes are presented thus allowing the surgeon to choose the technique which best addresses the dilemma at hand and yields the best result for that particular case. Problems commonly arise when there is insufficient bone to place implants. Operations are then needed to graft bone prior to accommodation of implants; these operations range from splitting the alveolar ridge (for horizontal ridge deficiency) to onlay grafting or sandwich techniques (to manage vertical ridge deficiency). Several solutions to solve these difficult issues are presented in this text. In the final chapter, extraoral implants are also addressed; they provide anchorage for facial prostheses and are indeed artistic as well as scientific. I would like to take the opportunity to thank all my national and international colleagues who helped me compile the chapters necessary for this text, especially the invaluable help and kind guidance of Prof. Peter Hunt, a genuine icon in the field of dental implantology by my standards, for his generosity in submitting four informative educational chapters to this text. Last but not least, I would like to thank my family for putting up with me all the long hours of the night while I was working and they were sleeping. I sincerely hope this book will be of use to all clinicians who practice this fascinating discipline for the benefit of those who need it.

"This book helps dentists, prosthodontists, and students form and organize their thinking and formulate correct diagnoses and therapies that start with appropriate treatment planning"--

Removable Prosthodontics at a Glance provides a comprehensive and accessible guide to the practical elements of complete and partial denture provision. It serves as the perfect illustrated guide for learners, and a handy revision guide for subsequent undergraduate and postgraduate studies. Following the familiar, easy to use at a Glance format, each topic is presented as a double page spread with text accompanied by clear colour diagrams and clinical photographs to support conceptual understanding. Key concepts such as patient assessment, material handling, denture design, making impressions, and much more are explained and superbly illustrated enabling the reader to visualise the intended clinical endpoint. Removable Prosthodontics at a Glance is a valuable resource for students studying dentistry and clinical dental technology, and those preparing for further studies in Prosthodontics.

This book presents step-by-step procedures for all techniques, materials, and methods associated with the use of complete dentures in dental practice. Written for dental students, dental general practitioners, and laboratory technicians, the book provides a practical approach to the complete denture patient. More than 800 photographs illustrate the text, making it easy to follow and apply in the practice or laboratory.   Treating the Complete Denture Patient covers all topics related to complete dentures, from the initial appointment and impressions to insertion and troubleshooting. Chapters discuss the diagnostic appointment, covering the analyzing of and treatment planning for edentulous patients; the making of preliminary impressions for the beginning stages of treatment; custom trays for final impression appointments; and much more.  Presents easy-to-use, clinically relevant information on all topics related to complete dentures Covers all the steps associated with providing complete dentures, from the initial appointment and impressions to inserting and troubleshooting problems Features hundreds of high-quality color photographs to depict the concepts discussed Includes access to a companion website offering video clips Treating the Complete Denture Patient is an essential resource for dental general practitioners, dental students, and laboratory technicians.

"This book breaks down treatment planning into discrete steps that can be followed by every clinician every time to achieve predictable outcomes in restorative dentistry and prosthodontics, focusing on function, esthetics, and phonetics. It aims to teach clinicians how to consider the global picture of a patient's condition before tackling the individual issues that require treatment"--

First published in 1992. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress, Pain, and Behavior in Dental Care presents the many different behavioral aspects of dental treatment, including specific dento-related behavioral dysfunctions (fear, anxiety and phobia, excessive gagging reflex, orofacial pain). Special attention is given to the specific problems of elderly dental patients, including possible problems in adapting to dentures. The effects of stress on physiological conditions in the oral cavity and stress-related behavior, such as syncope or inability to achieve local anesthesia, are discussed. The book also summarizes possible treatment modalities for patients who find it difficult to cope with the various aspects of dental care, such as behavior modification, hypnosis, and pharmaceutical approaches. Oral Psychophysiology: Stress, Pain, and Behavior in Dental Care is an indispensable resource for dentists and dental students who occasionally encounter "problematic" patients. The handling of such patients requires more than the usual, familiar, manual skills and is often a source of stress and frustration to the dentist. By developing an understanding of the underlying principles of the behavior of these patients, a clinician will be able to create a better interpersonal relationship with his/her patients, prevent some of the potential problems, and solve others.

Learn about the challenges, current trends, and the positive role that you can play in improving the dental health of the community. Completely revised and updated by members of the American Association of Public Health Dentistry, Burt and Eklund's Dentistry, Dental Practice, and the Community, 7th Edition presents dentistry and dental practice against the ever-changing backdrop of economic, technological, and demographic trends, as well as the distribution of the oral diseases that dental professionals treat and prevent. Readers will learn the latest techniques of research and measurement, and how oral disease may be limited through control and prevention. This updated text also addresses the new educational competencies for predoctoral/ post-doctoral dental students and dental hygiene students with updated and new content on cultural competency, oral health literacy, social responsibility, motivational interviewing, and oral systemic associations. All in all, this text takes a comprehensive look at the social context of dental care and the difference you can make in improving the health of the community you serve. Access to this product, which may be at the discretion of your institution, is up to 3 years of online and perpetual offline access. Elsevier reserves the right to restrict or remove access due to changes in product portfolio or other market conditions. Logical four-part organization divides content into dentistry and the community; dental care delivery; methods and measurement of oral diseases and conditions; and health promotion and prevention of oral diseases. A focus on need-to-know content emphasizes the important core information while providing comprehensive coverage of dental public health. Comprehensive analysis of dentistry's social and professional role examines issues such as epidemiology of oral diseases, prevention, and the provision of care. Evidence-based recommendations reflect the latest literature on today's public health issues. Illustrations, tables, and graphics illustrate the key material and visually enhance discussions. NEW! Completely revised and updated content looks at populations oral health and dental care as well as how it fits into a changing world. NEW! Coverage of new educational competencies provides predoctoral/ post-doctoral dental students and dental hygiene students with updated and new content on cultural competency, oral health literacy, social responsibility, motivational interviewing, and oral systemic associations. NEW! New chapters cover the applications of epidemiology and biostatistics in dental public health, oral health as it related to quality of life, oral health education, health literacy, social determinants of health and health disparities, and delivery of oral healthcare in Canada. NEW! Newly revised competencies for the Dental Public Health specialty are incorporated throughout the book.

This book will enable practicing physicians and trainees to learn, in a clinically relevant and intellectually stimulating way, guidelines for appropriate ordering of imaging exams. The new edition provides more than 460 clinical case scenarios, organized into subspecialty modules (breast, cardiac, thoracic, gastrointestinal, urologic, women's, pediatric, vascular, musculoskeletal, and neurologic imaging). Each scenario is presented as a quiz in which the reader is invited to select the best option from various imaging modalities. All choices are given ratings of appropriateness and is consistent with the American College of Radiology (ACR) Appropriateness Criteria. Furthermore, a brief solution to each case is included. Finally, over 500 radiologic images are included each associated with a clinical case to illustrate the diagnostic capabilities of the imaging exam. This second edition incorporates new content and revisions to remain consistent with the updated ACR Appropriateness Criteria since the original publication in 2012. It will be an ideal tool both for self-study and for quantitative evaluation of students' knowledge.  

Trusted by thousands of radiology residents, students, and clinicians, the "pink book" continues to be the perfect first book for essential, easily accessible information in skeletal imaging. Fundamentals of Skeletal Radiology, 5th Edition, provides an authoritative introduction to x-rays, MR, and other skeletal imaging modalities, offering a quick, effective review of musculoskeletal imaging in a concise, easy-to-read style.

This book is an up-to-date guide to the performance and interpretation of imaging studies in dental radiology. After opening discussion of the choice of X-ray equipment and materials, intraoral radiography, panoramic radiography, cephalometric radiology, and cone-beam computed tomography are discussed in turn. With the aid of many illustrated examples, patient preparation and positioning are thoroughly described for each modality. Common technical errors and artifacts are identified and the means of avoiding them, explained. The aim is to equip the reader with all the information required in order to perform imaging effectively and safely. The normal radiographic anatomy and landmarks are then discussed, prior to thorough coverage of frequent dentomaxillofacial lesions. Accompanying images display the characteristic features of each lesion. Further topics to be addressed are safety precautions for patients and staff. The book will be an ideal aid for all dental practitioners and will also be of value for dental students.

The book provides sound knowledge of 3D imaging of dentofacial craniofacial region. It guides the students and faculty for understanding the dentofacial craniofacial region in depth. It incorporates the latest techniques, frameworks and technologies in the imaging area of oral health. The book emphasizes on the dentofacial and craniofacial region and thus fills the gap in the medical imaging literature. The development in this book is not only on the imaging techniques but also emphasis will be on the three-dimensional (3D) frameworks to deal the patients for their diagnosis and treatment planning. The chapters of this book are designed in such a way that the readers may get the complete package of the exploration of the imaging clinical applications of craniofacial areas. This book will be helpful not only for the students and faculty but also for the researchers working in the relevant areas. This book will provide easy, simple way but the most authentic material to learn the craniofacial region imaging. In this manual we will incorporates authentic, internationally accepted terms and definition. To make it interesting and simple, our approach is to incorporate the material in systematic manner in a simple and easy way by incorporating maximum illustrations and flowcharts. This book provides sound knowledge of various advanced technologies for dentist imaging. This book will highlights the importance and explore the current research in the dentofacial and craniofacial areas.

This superbly illustrated book gives a comprehensive introduction to CBCT and its use for diagnosis of dental conditions and treatment planning in the dental practice. After an introductory chapter on the basics of CBCT scans, detailed description is provided on dental anatomic structures and their appearance on CBCT. Various common dental diseases are shown and discussed, as well as signs of malignancy. The book will arm the reader with fundamental knowledge of the radiological appearance of dento-alveolar anatomy and provide guidance on the interpretation of artefacts, disease and some well-known anatomical variations. While it is intended primarily for dentists, this book will be of high value for multiple other health care professionals including medical radiologists. Videos via app: download the SN More Media app for free, scan a link with play button and access videos directly on your smartphone or tablet.

This book consists of one editorial, 12 original research articles and two review papers from scientists across the world, with expertise in materials for dental application. The main subjects covered are: biomaterials and techniques for oral tissue engineering and regeneration; biomaterials for surgical reconstruction; CAD/CAM technologies and dedicated materials; novel restorative and endodontic materials and instruments.

This book is a comprehensive guide to BiodentineTM, an innovative biocompatible and bioactive material based on pure tricalcium silicate that can permanently replace dentin and can also serve as a temporary enamel substitute. Although BiodentineTM has been widely used across the world for the past decade, this is the first book to be devoted to its properties, interactions with the soft and hard tissues, and its multiple clinical applications. The coverage encompasses applications in primary and permanent teeth, in specialties as diverse as restorative dentistry, endodontics, paediatric dentistry, dental traumatology, and prosthetic dentistry. BiodentineTM application both in vital pulp therapy and endodontic procedures is illustrated and clinical step by step protocols are provided. The book provides a detailed update on BiodentineTM use to preserve the pulp vitality in direct/indirect pulp capping, pulpotomy and irreversible pulpitis treatment. It also details BiodentineTM use for non-vital teeth treatment in indications such as root/furcation perforation repair, apexification as well as in regenerative endodontic procedures. BiodentineTM: Properties and Clinical Applications will be a rich source of guidance and information for all dentists as well as dental students and academics.

Biomimetics is an innovative form of technology that emulates, imitates, or mimics nature in order to improve human lives by creating desirable solutions. It is the study of nature and natural phenomena in an attempt to understand its laws, principles, and underlying mechanisms, to obtain ideas from nature, and to apply concepts that may benefit science, engineering, pharmacy, dentistry, and medicine. Smart/intelligent biomaterials for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine are fine examples of biomimetics. Yet, biomimicry can go above and beyond the simplistic inspiration and use of natural properties as the basis for the innovation of new products. It bridges the gap between the lab and the industry via the intra-disciplinary design and formulation of functional solutions combining knowledge, methods, techniques, and advances in the fields of chemistry, biology, architecture, engineering, medicine, pharmaceutics, dentistry, and biomedical engineering. Three-dimensional printing, self-healing nanocoatings, hydrogels, bio-mechanical carbon nanotubes, stimuli-sensitive and -responsive cell/drug delivery systems, and robotics are some of the topics covered in this book. In a simplified style, the book provides interested readers with a practical reference approaching biomimetics and biomimicry from a realistic and translational perspective, discussing problems and offering solutions and including studies ranging from basics to the clinic to scale-up and industrial or go-to-market obstacles. Through Biomimetics - Bridging the Gap, you’ll quickly discover that biomimicry is more than just looking at a silkworm (silk is one of the first examples in history) or at the shape of a flower, a damselfly, or even a humpback whale and becoming re-inspired. Biomimicry is an intra-/multi-disciplinary methodology and technological-oriented approach presently employed by the most innovative organizations on this planet.

Much research has focused on the basic cellular and molecular biological aspects of stem cells. Much of this research has been fueled by their potential for use in regenerative medicine applications, which has in turn spurred growing numbers of translational and clinical studies. However, more work is needed if the potential is to be realized for improvement of the lives and well-being of patients with numerous diseases and conditions. This book series 'Cell Biology and Translational Medicine (CBTMED)' as part of SpringerNature's longstanding and very successful Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology book series, has the goal to accelerate advances by timely information exchange. Emerging areas of regenerative medicine and translational aspects of stem cells are covered in each volume. Outstanding researchers are recruited to highlight developments and remaining challenges in both the basic research and clinical arenas. This current book is the tenth volume of a continuing series.

This book presents varied clinical applications of nanomaterials in dentistry ranging from diagnostics to therapeutics. it discusses role of nanomaterials in clinical applications and future needs. Contributors are international luminaries in their respective research area. The topics covered in this book are role of nanomaterials in oral and dental diagnosis, dental disease prevention, pain free dentistry, dental implantology. It also discusses the therapeutic applications of nanoparticles in oral cancer therapy. This book will be a valuable reference for researchers, clinicians, students and professionals working in the areas of nanotechnology and health sciences. It will also be of interest to the students and researchers primarily working in the field of materials science, applied chemistry, applied physics, and biotechnology.

This fully revised new edition explores advances in the prevention and treatment of oral diseases. Beyond the updated chapters, the book delves into regenerative biology, gene editing and the use of CRISPR in oral biology, as well as histone acetylation and deacetylation methods, further reflecting advances in the application of molecular techniques to oral biology. Written for the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology series, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step and readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Authoritative and up-to-date, Oral Biology: Molecular Techniques and Applications, Third Edition serves as an ideal basic resource not only for new researchers but also for experienced scientists wishing to expand their research platform into new areas of this vital field.

This book provides evidence-based information in the field of regenerative dentistry discussing the most recent advances, current clinical applications, limitations and future directions. The coverage encompasses the regeneration of alveolar bone, the dentine-pulp complex, enamel, the periodontium and other tissues associated with the oral cavity. A full description is provided of regenerative approaches in dentistry including regenerative endodontics and tooth repair, regenerative periodontics, regenerative assisted orthodontics, regenerative approaches in oral medicine, and dental tissue derived stem cells and their potential applications. The book is written by an international team of leading experts. It will be beneficial for students, practitioners and researchers in the fields of endodontics, periodontics and implantology.

Currently there is no reason, in most cases of cavitated caries lesions, to remove affected tissue. This book presents evidence-based research on the topic and provides assessments of diagnostic devices. It offers new insights into how a dentine carious cavity can be managed by either tissue removal or restoration. Methods for preserving dental tissue are presented and ample evidence highlights the need to seal with a quality restorative material. An update on how to conduct a randomized clinical trial is followed by a chapter on agreed upon terminology for supporting improved communication among oral health professionals around the world. This is a must-read for general practitioners, restorative specialists, dental students, and oral hygienists/therapists.

This comprehensive guide to color science and shade selection in Dentistry presents all the theory and clinical guidance required in order to achieve consistent clinical success. The book opens by reviewing color and its dimensions and discussing color perception, drawing attention to the various phenomena that impact upon it. Shade selection in Operative Dentistry is then explained in detail with the aid of copious illustrations. The coverage encompasses shade selection methods for resin-based composite restorations and for bleaching procedures, with presentation of the latest evidence on their accuracy and reliability. Guidance is then provided on how to achieve predictable color harmony between the natural tooth and the composite restorative material in the context of biomimetic Dentistry, with discussion of special effects, pigments, layering techniques, surface texture, and finishing and polishing. Changes in color over time and responses to such changes are also outlined. The book will be of value for practitioners in Restorative and Esthetic Dentistry as well as for dental students and researchers.

Authoritative and comprehensive resource on the disease process and clinical management of dental caries. Dental Caries: The Disease and Its Clinical Management, 4th Edition maintains the same focus on high-level coverage of the disease etiology and process, clinical assessment and prognosis and wider public health issues connected with dental caries management, including an enhanced focus on caries control. Fully updated throughout, the chapters that discuss theory emphasize how the knowledge can be applied in both the clinic and in the public health domain to improve oral health. The new edition also includes up-to-date and validated diagnostic and management options for caries whilst ensuring that the tools provided allow practitioners to serve the needs of different socio-economic populations. All sections are complimented by high-quality color photographs, clear line drawings and references for further study. With contributions from international experts in research and clinical practice, Dental Caries includes information on: Acquisition and establishment of the oral microbiome, metabolism of the microbiome in caries, and the essential role of saliva for dental caries and erosion Initiation and progression of dental caries in dental hard tissues and the relationship between sugar, diets, and dental caries The caries control concept and consequences for minimally invasive management of caries Caries control in children, adults, and the elderly, including root surface caries and oral health care in the elderly Implication of caries control for the dental profession, including best practices for assessment of lesion activity, prognosis and risk for developing dental caries Dental Caries, Fourth Edition is an unrivaled guide to tooth decay, and a must-have resource for undergraduate and postgraduate students in dental public health, paediatric and restorative dentistry as well as all practitioners looking to develop their clinical skills.

"In-depth clinical manual covering everything dental providers need to know to provide dermal filler treatment, including specific filler products, skin anatomy review, and a step-by-step guide on specific procedures accompanied by case examples"--

This book offers up-to-date, readily understandable guidance on the materials and equipment employed in digital restorative dentistry and on the specific clinical procedures that may be performed using the new technologies. The key components of digital restorative dentistry - image acquisition, prosthetic/restorative design, and fabrication - are fully addressed. Readers will find helpful information on scanners, the software for prosthetic design, and the materials and technologies for prosthesis fabrication, including laser sintering, 3D printing, CAD/CAM, and laser ablation. The section on clinical procedures explains all aspects of the use of digital technologies in the treatment of patients requiring removable partial dentures, complete dentures, fixed partial prostheses, crowns, endodontics, and implant surgery and prosthodontics. The field of restorative and prosthetic dentistry is undergoing rapid transition as these new technologies come to play an increasingly central role in everyday dental practice. In bridging the knowledge gap that this technological revolution has created in the field of dentistry, the book will satisfy the needs of both dentists and dental students.

This book is a practical guide to direct restorative treatments, offering multiple examples of alternative techniques for the quick and predictable resolution of cases. It gives an overview of all stages of patient management including technical support, ergonomics, working technique, and workflow of the treatment stages. Up-to-date guidance is provided on tools, materials, diagnosis, and planning protocols as well as on pre-restorative procedures. Layering and morphology modelling techniques of the anterior and posterior teeth are covered in detail and methods for direct proximal wall restoration are explained. Readers will find guidance on restorative techniques for cervical lesions, injection moulding, occlusal adaptation, and the management of failures. The book is a valuable companion explaining all the stages needed to achieving good, predictable, and long-term prognostic results in an efficient manner with respect to clinical principles proven and validated by academic studies.

This book acquaints the clinician with the full range of parameters that need to be considered before undertaking an esthetic rehabilitation with veneers and describes current clinical concepts and techniques. The initial chapters provide the foundation for a comprehensive treatment plan. It is explained how digital smile design in conjunction with a wax-up and functional esthetic prototype allow a patient to visualize the possibilities. Occlusion prior to the initiation of treatment and following treatment is key to the longevity of restorations, and this aspect is given careful consideration. Detailed advice is also offered on proper selection of materials and their placement. The guidance provided will ensure that the reader is fully equipped to gather and assess all relevant information prior to commencement of the final treatment. The treatment itself can range from minimally invasive to more complex depending on the requirements of each individual case. Among the clinical concepts discussed in the book are the use of etched porcelain restorations, minimally invasive CAD/CAM veneers, and the ink glue technique.

This book concisely elucidates the science underlying implant treatment in the aesthetic zone in partially edentulous patients and clearly describes the techniques and protocols used by world-leading experts in the field. The book is divided into four parts that address treatment planning; site preparation (hard and soft tissue augmentation); immediate implant placement and provisional restoration; and the design, fabrication, and delivery of the definitive implant prosthesis. Complex cases of this nature present a significant challenge to even the most well informed and experienced of doctors. Implants in the Aesthetic Zone has been specifically crafted to meet all the needs of the clinician involved in their management, providing a reliable road map for interdisciplinary implant treatment in clinical practice. The authors have been carefully selected from a wide range of fields for their expertise in particular areas of implant science or treatment.  

"Describes methods of performing restorations for posterior teeth, beginning with a discussion on anatomical features of each tooth and then describing cavity preparation to the buildup, modeling, detailing, and finishing of restorations that closely mimic natural tooth anatomy for optimal esthetics and function"--

"This book describes the biologic basis for restoring weakened teeth with post and core systems, focusing on how to do this conservatively and esthetically to maximize longevity"--

Ronald E. Goldstein's Esthetics in Dentistry, Third Edition provides a thoroughly updated and expanded revision to the definitive reference to all aspects of esthetic and cosmetic dentistry, from principles and treatments to specific challenges and complications. Provides a current, comprehensive examination of all aspects of esthetic and cosmetic dentistry Presents 23 new chapters from international experts in the field and complete updates to existing chapters Offers more than 3,700 high-quality photographs and illustrations Adds clinical case studies and treatment algorithms for increased clinical relevance Emphasizes clinical relevance, with all information thoroughly rooted in the scientific evidence

"This book breaks down treatment planning into discrete steps that can be followed by every clinician every time to achieve predictable outcomes in restorative dentistry and prosthodontics, focusing on function, esthetics, and phonetics. It aims to teach clinicians how to consider the global picture of a patient's condition before tackling the individual issues that require treatment"--

This atlas deals with the standard technique used for reconstructing the mandible and the maxilla - the fibula flap. The reader will find useful information on all issues that are important in the surgical procedure, including the use of CAD-CAM technology (Computer Assisted Technology), bone synthesis and flap modelling. The editors draw on their 30 years of experience to provide a step-by-step description of this surgical procedure. With the help of numerous illustrations, the reader will learn the technical, functional and aesthetic developments since 1989 when this technique was first described. Plastic surgeons, otorhinolaryngologists and oral- and maxillofacial surgeons will find this book a valuable guide to the sophisticated principles of jaw reconstruction and how to apply them in their everyday practice.

Basic Guide to Dental Sedation Nursing offers a complete resource for information about dental sedation nursing. Updated to reflect the current National Examining Board of Dental Nurses (NEBDN) curriculum, the new edition provides essential information on the subject in an accessible format. The book starts by defining conscious sedation and discusses why dental sedation is used before moving on to discuss topics such as the medico-legal aspects, the dental nurse's role, equipment, patient selection, types of sedation, medical emergencies, and anatomy.  Presents essential evidence-based information on dental sedation nursing Reflects the current NEBDN curriculum Supported by images to demonstrate the concepts discussed Basic Guide to Dental Sedation Nursing is a useful manual for sedation nurses undertaking any of the NEBDN sedation qualifications, including the NEBDN Diploma in Dental Nursing, City and Guilds or CACHE Dental Nursing qualifications, as well as for dental hygienists and therapists.

CLINICAL DENTISTRY DAILY REFERENCE GUIDE The first and only practical reference guide to clinical dentistry Clinical dentistry involves the practice of preventing, diagnosing, and treating patients' oral health conditions. Clinical Dentistry Daily Reference Guide is a one-stop resource loaded with critical information for day-to-day decision making regarding a myriad of clinical scenarios. This invaluable resource saves time by eliminating the need to search through websites, textbooks, and phone apps to find answers. This book offers step-by-step assistance on health history treatment modifications, oral cancer screening, radiographic interpretation, treatment planning, preventive dentistry, periodontics, operative dentistry, endodontics, oral surgery, toothaches, crown and bridge, dentures, partials, implant crowns, occlusal guards, pharmacology, pediatric dentistry, nitrous sedation, and more. This comprehensive guide: Provides quick access to information in an easy-to-read bulleted format Includes hundreds of high-quality clinical images, illustrations, and tables Answers real-life patient questions Contains procedural steps including post-operative instructions, lab prescriptions, troubleshooting, and clinical pearls Features alphabetized medical conditions and treatment modifications, evidence-based guidelines including the dental traumatology guidelines, tables of common medications converted to pediatric dosages, and more. Helps dentists gain confidence in their decision making Clinical Dentistry Daily Reference Guide is a must-have book for all dental students and practicing dentists, both new and seasoned. Other dental professionals that will benefit from this book include dental educators, expanded function dental assistants, and dental hygienists.

The updated and authoritative reference to medications used in dental practice  The revised and updated second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide offers a practical and quick reference to medications commonly prescribed in dental practice.  With contributions from experts on the topic, this comprehensive book takes an accessible question-and-answer format, providing answers to common questions dentists ask about drugs. The most updated information on drugs is presented throughout, including the current antibiotic prophylaxis guidelines and newer osteoporosis drugs.  A new section describes how to manage patients on medications, and includes new chapters on the important topics of opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management. Alternative effective medications for opioids are discussed in detail.  Putting all the prescription and drug information needed in daily dental practice at your fingertips, The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is an essential reference for practicing dental clinicians and dental hygienists. This important book:  Offers a comprehensive and accessible guide to essential information about medications used in dental practice Presents detailed information about drugs in an easy-to-use question-and-answer format Provides answers to commonly asked questions about drugs Refers to current, evidence-based pharmacology information, tailored for the dental clinician Features information on opioid prescribing and abuse and pain management  Written for both general and specialist dentists and dental hygienists, the revised second edition of The Dentist's Drug and Prescription Guide is a must-have reference for the most current information available on medications used in the dental profession.

The only product of its kind focused specifically on nitrous oxide and oxygen sedation (N2O/O2), Handbook of Nitrous Oxide and Oxygen Sedation, 5th Edition, is ideal in educational and clinical settings. This portable text features a user-friendly outline format that is easy to digest, along with summary tables and boxes, clear illustrations, step-by-step techniques with photos, and review questions and critical thinking exercises - right when and where you need it. The 5th edition of this chairside reference includes new content on industry best practices along with efficacy in comparison to other methods of sedation. Now with new and updated artwork, this unique text continues to be the resource for students, instructors, and practitioners alike.

This book is a comprehensive guide for dentists on the practical use of midazolam in Pediatric Dentistry. It discusses predictable ways to achieve minimal/moderate sedation with midazolam. Midazolam is one of the most effective anxiolytic drugs and the sedative of choice in pediatric patients, especially for those of a certain age, extreme anxiety, and an inability to comprehend instructions. This book covers various aspects of midazolam sedation including pre-operative assessment, case selection, different routes of administration, intraoperative protocol, emergency management and meticulous documentation. It explains the importance of its conjunction with sound fundamentals of non-pharmacological behavior guidance and good local anesthetic techniques. Readers will learn how the rapid absorption, onset of action and fast metabolism makes midazolam an ideal short acting agent for dental procedures in children and a valuable asset in the child management armamentarium of dentists treating children.

This book is intended for periodontal residents and practicing periodontists who wish to incorporate the principles of moderate sedation into daily practice. A history of the development of sedation in dental practice sets the stage for understanding the need for a comprehensive preanesthetic evaluation to identify potentially reactive patients prior to treatment. Useful drugs for moderate sedation and reversal agents in the office setting are reviewed to ensure proper perioperative usage. Comprehensive airway management and rescue skills are then documented in detail so that the patient may be properly managed in the event that the sedation progresses beyond the intended level. A key aim is to equip the reader with sufficient knowledge and preparedness to overcome the patient management challenges associated with common and uncommon deviations from intraoperative norms. Finally, for those academicians interested in teaching the principles of sedation to periodontal residents, a curriculum development tool is provided to ensure comprehensive training leading to competency.

This clinical handbook is a complete guide to the use of nitrous oxide when performing dental procedures in children. Nitrous oxide offers the easiest and safest form of pharmacological behavior management in this age group and can help greatly in reducing fear and anxiety toward dentists and dental treatment.  Importantly, its use in children differs from that in adults, owing in part to the need for appropriate behavior management skills. In considering a range of clinical scenarios in which nitrous oxide is of value, this book will support clinicians in their daily practice. All aspects are covered, including rationale, basic science, mechanism of action, equipment, scavenging systems, technique, monitoring, safety, toxicity, documentation, and team building. Guidance is also provided on the use of nitrous oxide in special pediatric populations requiring oral health care. The book is supplemented by videos that will help readers to comprehend the text easily and to perform the technique efficiently and effectively.

This book aims to provide the dental team with an improved understanding of management of the oral health needs of the ageing population, in whom increasing cognitive, medical and physical disabilities impact significantly on oral health and dental care needs. All significant aspects of caring for older people are covered. The nature and implications of changing demographics are explained and information provided on common medical co-morbidities and the impact of cognitive conditions, including dementia, on dental treatment. The changing pattern of dental disease in older people is clearly described, with explanation of the consequences of these changes for aspects of restorative dentistry, oral medicine, and oral surgery. Advice is given on considerations for dental treatment planning, including the importance of prevention and utilization of dental care professionals. Provision of care for older people under general anaesthesia or sedation and domiciliary care are also covered. The book is written by specialist practicing clinicians and delivers information in an accessible way with a person-centered approach.

Guiding patient behavior is as important as ever for the practicing dentist, and the behavior of pediatric patients is perhaps the most challenging to manage, especially in today's modern society characterized by its diversity and unlimited access to information. The Third Edition of Wright's Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children delivers an up-to-date discussion of modern techniques for managing the behavior of pediatric dental patients.  The book addresses the influence of family and parenting styles on children's behavior and the factors that determine how children behave in the dental office. Pharmacological and non-pharmacological management techniques are described in depth, as are techniques for dealing with special needs patients. Clinical case scenarios are described throughout the book, with practical application of the taught principles. The final part of the book covers the dental environment¯training office personnel to manage children's behavior, practical considerations for behavior guidance, and the effects of the physical dental office environment.  The new edition adds brand-new information on parent management, discussing the unique characteristics of modern parents and millennials and cultural competence utilizing techniques such as motivational interviewing and empathetic listening, amongst other methods. New sections include the use of hypnosis and magic to guide children through their dental treatment.  Wright's Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children remains the leading book on the management of children's behavior in the dental context. Readers will also benefit from the inclusion of:  A thorough introduction to understanding key moments in child development as well as their behavior in the dental office An examination of establishing a dental home and non-pharmacologic approaches to behavior management Treatment of children with disabilities in the dental setting and tips to parents for proper homecare Understanding the rapidly evolving societal influence on the contemporary family and its impact on treating the pediatric patient How to deal with the Internet: information, misinformation, and negative online reviews Wright's Behavior Management in Dentistry for Children is an essential reference for pediatric dentists, general dentists, dental students, and dental hygienists who frequently encounter child patients in their dental offices.

DENTAL MANAGEMENT OF SLEEP DISORDERS A clinically focused, updated, and expanded edition of the leading resource on the dental management of sleep disorders The newly revised Second Edition of Dental Management of Sleep Disorders delivers a focused and authoritative exploration of the dentist's role in managing patients with sleep problems, especially sleep-related breathing disorders and bruxism. Full discussions of the use of appliances, overviews of current treatment modalities, and investigations of the relationship between sleep disorders and dental and orofacial features accompany detailed chapters on oral appliance therapy, pharmacological, and behavioral management of symptoms. The book includes a variety of revealing case studies that examine the treatment of different sleep disorders, as well as: Thorough introductions to the societal impact of sleep disorders and human sleep architecture and functional anatomy of the airway Comprehensive explorations of the pathophysiology and classification of sleep disorders and sleep disorders in the pediatric population Practical discussions of medical disorders related to obstructive sleep apnea and the dental and orofacial consequences of sleep-related breathing disorders In-depth examinations of the role and interaction of the dentist with the sleep physician and sleep study center Offering practical advice for diagnosis and treatment, Dental Management of Sleep Disorders, Second Edition is a valuable resource for dental practitioners as well as students.

This book provides comprehensive information on the etiology, pathophysiology, medical implications, diagnosis, and surgical and nonsurgical treatment of obstructive sleep apnea (OSA).  Divided into five parts, the book begins with principles and fundamentals of OSA and its diagnostic considerations. Subsequent parts then address non-surgical management, surgical management, and maxillomandibular advancements for OSA. Chapters seek to approach this common disorder from the viewpoint of multiple specialties, thereby promoting the development of a broad strategy for the evaluation and management of OSA patients that draws on each of them.  An invaluable reference, Management of Obstructive Sleep Apnea: An Evidence-Based, Multidisciplinary Textbook meets the needs of advanced dental and medical students, orthodontic, maxillofacial, ENT, neurology, and plastic surgery residents, and sleep medicine and pulmonary physicians.​​

This book on the local and systemic manifestations and correlates of temporomandibular joint disorders (TMDs) encompasses the two intertwined facets of translational science - translational research and translational effectiveness - as they relate specifically to TMDs. The first part of the book, on recent translational research, focuses on topics such as the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of the trigeminal nerve and trigeminal network system, the manifestations of neuroinflammation in TMDs, and the molecular mechanisms underlying TMDs. The second part discusses the clinical effectiveness of treatment approaches from the perspective of evidence-based dentistry, with careful attention to the critical relationships between dental malocclusions, the signs and symptoms of TMDs, and airway/breathing disorders. Interventions to correct for malocclusal conditions that lead to TMDs are examined, with explanation of the ways in which they can ameliorate a variety of local and systemic symptoms. This will be an excellent reference book for established practitioners, residents, interns, and students as well as a powerful cutting-edge document for researchers in the field. 

This book discusses advancements in the applications of nanoparticles in tissue engineering. It examines the applications of nanobiomaterials in hard tissue regeneration, fabrication, and characterization. The book also analyzes the implication of three-dimensional and four-dimensional fabrication techniques for the production of the scaffold in tissue engineering and their advantages over conventional scaffold production techniques. Further, it presents smart materials used in making 4-D scaffolds that imitate the dynamic response of tissue against natural stimuli and adapt to the microenvironment by changing their conformation or other properties. It also summarizes the growing field of biomolecular detection and biosensors in tissue engineering and the increasing prominence of nanoparticles in the biosensors. Further, it provides the future outlook and associated challenges of the application of nanomaterials in tissue engineering.

Although the field of dental surgery has witnessed significant changes over the past decade, perfect wound closure remains a key aspect for uneventful wound healing. The Art of Dental Suturing is a unique overview of the diff erent aspects of wound closure. Written by two experts in the field, this fully illustrated clinical guide on the management of suturing is intended to impart all the information necessary to achieve successful wound closure. In line with the current dental literature, and carefully constructed in a concise and simple way, the book is divided into three chapters. The first chapter deals with general characteristics of wound healing and provides information to dental clinicians and surgeons on the basic principles involved. The second chapter presents the instruments and materials required for all the categories of wound closure in every clinical situation. The third chapter is a complete guide to the various wound closure methods and techniques required in dental surgery. It is constructed in a step-by-step manner for clear understanding and is accompanied by carefully designed, large-format illustrations and photographs to impart the essential knowledge needed to facilitate perfect suturing. We hope that this book will serve as a reference guide to for all those in the profession who are tasked with the crucial role of successful wound closure. Inhaltsverzeichnis Chapter 1: Wound healing Introduction Phases of wound healing Typical characteristics of oral mucosal wound healing Wound healing and systemic factors Drugs and wound healing Local factors affecting wound healing Chapter 2: Suture materials and suturing instruments Suture threads and needles Physical properties of suture threads Absorption characteristics of suture threads Absorbable suture threads Non-absorbable suture threads Suture needles Hand instruments Tissue adhesives Chapter 3: Suturing techniques General principles of suturing Wound closure sutures Displacement sutures for approximating wound margins Sling sutures View-enhancing (tissue retraction) sutures Fixation sutures for biomaterials or grafts Sutures for securing surgical dressings or packings Hemostatic sutures Positioning sutures Sutures to prevent foreign material from traveling into deep tissue Abscess drainage sutures Biographische Informationen Çankaya, A. Burak Angaben zur Person: Associate Professor A. Burak Çankaya, DDS, graduated from Kadıköy Anatolian High School in 1995, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 2000. He worked as a visiting lecturer at Klinikum Osnabrück GmbH – Klinik für Mund-, Kiefer-, Gesichtschirurgie in 2006 and 2007. He acquired his PhD in 2007 and became Associate Professor in 2012. His professional areas of interest include impacted tooth surgery, dental traumatology, dental implants, and bone regeneration. He is a member of the Turkish Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Demirel, Korkud Angaben zur Person: Professor Korkud Demirel, DDS, graduated from Tarsus American School in 1980, and from Istanbul University, Faculty of Dentistry, in 1985. He worked as a visiting lecturer at New York University, Stony Brook School of Dentistry, Department of Periodontology in 1989 and 1990. He attained his PhD in 1992 and became Professor in 2002. He was awarded the title of Honorary Professor by the Ukrainian Academy of Postgraduate Education in 2018. His professional areas of interest include esthetic periodontal treatment, dental implants, bone regeneration, and smoking and gingival diseases. He was Past President of the Turkish Society of Periodontology, and was Past President of the European Federation of Periodontology.

Biomimetics is an innovative form of technology that emulates, imitates, or mimics nature in order to improve human lives by creating desirable solutions. It is the study of nature and natural phenomena in an attempt to understand its laws, principles, and underlying mechanisms, to obtain ideas from nature, and to apply concepts that may benefit science, engineering, pharmacy, dentistry, and medicine. Smart/intelligent biomaterials for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine are fine examples of biomimetics. Yet, biomimicry can go above and beyond the simplistic inspiration and use of natural properties as the basis for the innovation of new products. It bridges the gap between the lab and the industry via the intra-disciplinary design and formulation of functional solutions combining knowledge, methods, techniques, and advances in the fields of chemistry, biology, architecture, engineering, medicine, pharmaceutics, dentistry, and biomedical engineering. Three-dimensional printing, self-healing nanocoatings, hydrogels, bio-mechanical carbon nanotubes, stimuli-sensitive and -responsive cell/drug delivery systems, and robotics are some of the topics covered in this book. In a simplified style, the book provides interested readers with a practical reference approaching biomimetics and biomimicry from a realistic and translational perspective, discussing problems and offering solutions and including studies ranging from basics to the clinic to scale-up and industrial or go-to-market obstacles. Through Biomimetics - Bridging the Gap, you’ll quickly discover that biomimicry is more than just looking at a silkworm (silk is one of the first examples in history) or at the shape of a flower, a damselfly, or even a humpback whale and becoming re-inspired. Biomimicry is an intra-/multi-disciplinary methodology and technological-oriented approach presently employed by the most innovative organizations on this planet.

Calcium Hydroxylapatite: Expert Treatment Techniques is a hands-on reference book, created with the input of the world's leading experts on the use of this leading biostimulatory soft tissue filler. It can be used by all aesthetic medical professional injectors to study the relevant anatomy, aesthetic target sites, and injection techniques and to review the safest and most effective treatment protocols available for this versatile product. As a training aid the book contains multiple photographic sequences as well as schematic diagrams to help in clarifying the proposed techniques. The book includes not only the official on-label indications; various international experts also share their ways of tweaking the standard protocols and their innovations. There are links to procedural videos in the Support Material on the companion website.

Offering authoritative guidance and a multitude of high-quality images, Facial Trauma Surgery: From Primary Repair to Reconstruction is the first comprehensive textbook of its kind on treating primary facial trauma and delayed reconstruction of both the soft tissues and craniofacial bony skeleton. This unique volume is a practical, complete reference for clinical presentation, fracture pattern, classification, and management of patients with traumatic facial injury, helping you provide the best possible outcomes for patients' successful reintegration into work and society. Explains the basic principles and concepts of primary traumatic facial injury repair and secondary facial reconstruction. Offers expert, up-to-date guidance from global leaders in plastic and reconstructive surgery, otolaryngology and facial plastic surgery, oral maxillofacial surgery, neurosurgery, and oculoplastic surgery. Covers innovative topics such as virtual surgical planning, 3D printing, intraoperative surgical navigation, post-traumatic injury, treatment of facial pain, and the roles of microsurgery and facial transplantation in the treatment facial traumatic injuries. Includes an end commentary in every chapter provided by Dr. Paul Manson, former Chief of Plastic Surgery at Johns Hopkins Hospital and a pioneer in the field of acute treatment of traumatic facial injuries. Offers videos that clarify surgical technique, including intraoperative guidance and imaging; transconjunctival approach to the orbit and reconstruction of a zygomaticomaxillary complex fracture; calvarial bone autograft splitting; dental splinting; a systematic method for reading a craniofacial CT scan; and more. Features superb photographs and illustrations throughout, as well as evidence-based summaries in current areas of controversy. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.

This comprehensive atlas illustrates the important relationship between periodontal and systemic health and disease with a wealth of superb illustrations. The periodontium as a part of the oral tissues is of great interest to dentists and its importance extends beyond local disorders to a wide range of conditions that may affect periodontal health. The atlas covers both local and systemic disorders including inflammatory diseases, developmental disorders, metabolic disorders, endocrine disorders, cancer and a vast number of other diseases, that may present with gingival or periodontal lesions. Now in its 2nd edition, Periodontal Manifestations of Local and Systemic Diseases helps periodontists, oral medicine specialists, general dentists, and dental students to diagnose and manage patients with complex medical problems. The book is unique because no other books specifically focused on the periodontal manifestations of oral and systemic diseases have been available in this form. Nineteen years after the first edition the book has been almost entirely rewritten, expanded and updated. Over 50% of the pictorial material has been renewed and enriched with high quality color images. The book is written by a team of experienced experts and will be a valuable resource for the community.

Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry A quick reference to essential techniques in periodontics and implant dentistry designed for clinical use In Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry, distinguished periodontist Dr. Edgard El Chaar delivers a comprehensive quick reference to key information on periodontics and implant dentistry. The book takes a concise and technique-based approach to the subject, a design that allows clinicians to rapidly find and apply important information in seeing cases. It provides brief chapters with plentiful and instructive images. This manual is precise, offers quick access to the fundamentals of each of the pertinent topics in the field, and provides practitioners the ability to refer to an authoritative and straightforward resource in their daily clinical practice. It includes radiographs, histological images, clinical photographs, and line drawings. Readers will also find: A thorough introduction to the anatomy and physiology of the periodontium, including an overview of gingival tissue, embryonic development, and soft tissue physiology Comprehensive explorations of wound healing, pathology of periodontal disease, and oral medicine and pathology In-depth discussions of patient examination and initial therapy, surgical anatomy and local anesthesia, and suturing techniques Fulsome presentations of osseous surgery, clinical crown lengthening, and the principles of implant dentistry Perfect for general practitioners, periodontists, and implant dentists, Practical Techniques in Periodontics and Implant Dentistry will also earn a place in the libraries of dental students with an interest in periodontics.

This book addresses the structural and biological properties of dental and peridental tissue structures and covers their mineralization process. The book contains a description of dentines, cementum, enamel and bone, including collagens, as well as non-collagenous proteins (SIBLINGs, SLRPs, GAGs, PGs, lipids, and MMPs).

This superbly illustrated book equips readers with a detailed, up-to-date understanding of the surgical and nonsurgical complications that may arise during cranio-maxillofacial and oral surgery for a range of conditions, including malformations, infections, trauma, and tumors. It will aid both in the prevention of complications and in their effective management, across all age groups. Among the diverse surgical settings considered are cleft lip and palate, odontogenic and non-odontogenic infections, temporomandibular joint disorders, cranio-maxillofacial trauma, oral cancer, and skull base tumors. Potential complications during and after reconstructive procedures, including donor site morbidity, are considered. The book is designed to heighten awareness and to fill gaps in knowledge by providing novel insights. It will be of value for all clinicians, residents, and medical and dental students who are interested in oral, maxillofacial, craniofacial, plastic, reconstructive, and head and neck surgery.

This book is a comprehensive, state of the art guide to the contemporary non-surgical treatment of temporomandibular disorders (TMDs) that will help to compensate for the frequent lack of experience and inadequate training among health professionals who encounter patients with jaw joint problems. After an opening section outlining special considerations relating to bruxism and trauma in TMDs, medical management and dental treatment are explained in detail, with coverage of various perspectives such as those of the orthodontist and prosthodontist. Psychiatric considerations and adjunctive therapies are also thoroughly discussed and the importance of a team approach to the management of temporomandibular disorders is highlighted. Complementary volumes are devoted to anatomy, pathophysiology, evaluation, and diagnosis and to total temporomandibular joint replacement and other surgical procedures, respectively. Each book will therefore be of high value for the multidisciplinary team necessary for successful management of TMDs, including dentists, surgeons, primary care doctors, pain doctors, and allied health professionals.

In the past, individuals in the dentistry field have struggled to diagnose and treat a variety of dental diseases due to the lack of digital methods involved in the field. Modern technology offers solutions to the many commonly observed and frequently encountered occlusal problems that practicing dental clinicians regularly attempt to manage. The Handbook of Research on Clinical Applications of Computerized Occlusal Analysis in Dental Medicine aims to provide a research-based clinical resource for computerized occlusal analysis technology while also serving as a complete clinical treatment guide to support clinicians in achieving significantly better treatment outcomes than what often presently result from non-digital occlusal indicators. This three-volume compilation has been contributed to by over 20 industry-leading dentistry experts, containing over 800+ full-color figures/charts in addition to many modern-day digital occlusion research studies. This book chronicles computerized occlusal analysis' evolution and improvements, details its evidence-based rationale for employing this technology in place of traditional, non-digital occlusal indicators that rely solely on imprecise operator subjective interpretation, and describes the T-Scan's many clinical applications within the differing practice disciplines of dental medicine. While highlighting topics that include T-Scan use in orthodontics and dental implants, this book is ideally designed for clinicians, dentists, dental educators, practitioners, researchers, dental students, and academics working in prosthodontics, occlusion, esthetics, temporomandibular disorders, dental implant prosthodontics, periodontics, orthodontics, and posture and balance.

Fully updated with the latest information in the field, this comprehensive book provides a practical guide to diagnosing and managing temporomandibular disorders in the dental practice. Written in an accessible, user-friendly style, it offers a simplified approach to the basic concepts and management decision points for the most commonly observed temporomandibular conditions, integrating the latest advances and advice throughout. Quick Consult, Focal Point, and Technical Tip boxes provide quick access to relevant information, and study results are summarized in graphs for ease of comprehension.  Manual of Temporomandibular Disorders, Fourth Edition examines an array of medical and dental conditions that affect the temporomandibular joint (TMJ), masticatory muscles, and contiguous structures. It presents evidence-based, clinically practical information to help dentists diagnose TMD accurately, rule out disorders that mimic TMD, and provide effective therapy for most patients.  Special features include: Frequently Asked Questions Quick Consults, Technical Tips, and Focal Points Information on disorders that mimic TMD and factors that warrant referral Extensive color photographs and line drawings A companion website providing helpful examples and patient handouts Manual of Temporomandibular Disorders, Fourth Edition is a must-have how-to manual for general dentists, dental students, and residents involved in this area of practice.

This book is the outcome of a fruitful, long-standing cooperation between expert radiologists and clinicians, and explains the most relevant features and technical requirements that are needed to optimally conduct and assess MR examinations for temporomandibular joint (TMJ) pathologies. TMJ conditions are increasingly gaining attention, as the underlying diseases involved can vary considerably and be difficult to diagnose. Similarly, several imaging sub-specialties (e.g. dental radiology, neuroradiology, and musculoskeletal radiology) now find themselves dealing with the temporomandibular joints.  The authors provide essential information on TMJ anatomy, dynamics, function and dysfunction. Correlations between clinical aspects and MRI findings are discussed and guidance for the correct interpretation of results is offered. Special findings that are helpful for differential diagnosis (arthritis, osteochondroma, synovial chondromatosis) are also examined. Given its extensive and varied coverage, the book offers a valuable asset for radiologists, dentists, gnathologists, maxillofacial surgeons, orthodontists and other professionals seeking a thorough overview of the subject

Therapy for painful craniomandibular dysfunction (CMD) is a field of dentistry that is quite different from traditional subjects in dental medicine (eg, periodontics, restorative dentistry, or oral surgery). In these subject areas, innovation essentially means adapting clinical procedures to new technologies, such as the use of digital resources. However, better basic treatment of CMD cases cannot be achieved simply by better technique but by a new way of thinking that emphasizes patients, their suffering, and what they tell their dentists. Therefore, this book offers a clear guide to help practitioners address the issue of CMD in theory and practice and provide their CMD patients with the best possible treatment. The book is split into two parts: first a practical guide to the basic treatment of CMD patients, followed by chapters that build on that basic knowledge by exploring scientific and theoretical principles in more depth. The two parts complement each other to form a rounded and complete picture. A series of detailed charts, diagrams, and sample forms are included to supplement the important history-taking section, and chapters on splint fabrication and rehabilitation include step-by-step photographs. The book concludes with chapters on neurobiology to discuss CMDs and their treatment at an anatomical level for a more thorough understanding.

This atlas is a detailed and complete guide on imaging of the dentomaxillofacial region, a region of high interest to a wide range of specialists. A large number of injuries and patient's treatment involve the facial skeleton. Enriched by radiographic images and illustrations, this book explores the anatomy of this region presenting its imaging characteristics through the most commonly available techniques (MDCT, CBCT, MRI and US). In addition, two special chapters on angiography and micro-CT expand the limits of dentomaxillofacial imaging. This comprehensive book will be an invaluable tool for radiologists, dentists, surgeons and ENT specialists in their training and daily practice.

This book presents up-to-date information on promising indications for ultrasound in contemporary periodontics and implant therapy with the aim of assisting researchers and dental practitioners to use this novel imaging modality to advance research and patient care. Readers will find clear guidance on the application of ultrasound for evaluation of periodontal and peri-implant tissues. The mechanism of ultrasound imaging is explained in detail and compared to other imaging modalities. Furthermore, the role of ultrasound in the planning and execution of implant surgery and the assessment of implant stability is discussed. The book closes by considering the potential dental applications of functional ultrasound and volumetric ultrasound. This book will potentially be of high values for dental surgeons, periodontists, general dentists, orthodontists, dental hygienists, dental assistants, dental researchers and other practitioners, etc.

This superbly illustrated book is designed to meet the demand for a comprehensive yet concise source of information on temporomandibular joint (TMJ) imaging that covers all aspects of TMJ diagnostics. After introductory chapters on anatomy, histology, and the basics of radiological imaging, detailed guidance is provided on the use and interpretation of radiography, CT, CBCT, ultrasound, MRI, and nuclear medicine techniques. Readers will find clear presentation of the imaging findings in the full range of TMJ pathologies, from intrinsic pathological processes to invasion by lesions of the temporal bone and mandibular condyle. Careful attention is also paid to the technical issues confronted when using different imaging modalities, and the means of resolving them. The role of interventional radiology is examined, and consideration given to the use of arthrography and arthrography-guided steroid treatment. In addition, an overview of recent advances in research on TMJ diagnostics is provided. Imaging of the Temporomandibular Joint has been written by an international team of dedicated authors and will be of high value to clinicians in their daily practice. 

This book highlights the potential of low-intensity pulsed ultrasound, or LIPUS, to introduce a new era in dentistry by revolutionizing the approach to dental treatment and providing a cure for pathologic conditions long considered untreatable. Readers will find information on all aspects of LIPUS, from its mode of action and biologic mechanisms to the full range of emerging clinical applications. The role of LIPUS in promoting dental tissue repair and regeneration and in tissue engineering is fully explained in a series of chapters focusing on stimulation of cell metabolism in the dentocraniofacial region, bone healing, periodontal regeneration, the temporomandibular joint, pulp cell differentiation, the salivary glands, and orthodontics. The past two decades have witnessed numerous discoveries that have enhanced the scope for use of therapeutic ultrasound in dentistry. In summarizing the latest knowledge in this exciting field, the book will be of interest to dental surgeons, orthodontists, periodontists, and other practitioners.

This book offers a comprehensive review of the state of the art in Ultrasonography (USG) dentomaxillofacial imaging to help radiologists and dentists in their training and daily practice. The book examines the relationship between clinical features, diagnosis, and choice of minimally invasive technique for a range of dentomaxillofacial disorders and provides information on post-treatment therapy. Accurate interpretation of indications for treatment is the cornerstone of success in medicine, and as such, the book explains how the selection of imaging technique is closely linked to clinical and diagnostic aspects and how recognition of this relationship forms the foundation for optimal outcomes. In addition to examining the various modalities, the book highlights the role of the latest USG imaging techniques. Further, it discusses in detail the pathology, treatment, and prognosis of common and rare diseases, as well as congenital/developmental malformations in the dentomaxillofacial, an area that is often underestimated and largely ignored by dentists. Featuring updated high-resolution images created with state-of-the-art equipment, the book introduces readers to current imaging modalities. It also includes pathological descriptions of radiologic diagnoses to help clarify the pathophysiology of the disease, while the pearls and pitfalls of image interpretation provide a quick reference guide for practitioners.Written by leading international experts, this outstanding book is a valuable resource for both radiologists, dentists and students seeking a more in-depth appreciation of the subject and its contribution to the scientific radiology community.

Dental Wear in Evolutionary and Biocultural Contexts provides a single source for disseminating the current state-of-the-art research regarding dental wear across a variety of hominoid species under a number of temporal and spatial contexts. The volume begins with a brief introductory chapter addressing the general history, understandings and approaches to the study of dental wear. Remaining chapters cover dental macrowear and dental microwear. Students and professionals in anthropology, specifically paleoanthropologists, bioarcheologists, archaeologists, and primatologists will find this book to be a valuable resource. In addition, it is a helpful guide for dentists and other dental professionals interested in dental function. Covers a wide range of topics, including method and theory, macrowear and microwear in primates, and fossil hominins Highlights several recent technological innovations, including occlusal fingerprinting, considerations of enamel mechanical properties, and microwear texture Includes case studies from archaeological populations

What teeth can teach us about the evolution of the human species Whether we realize it or not, we carry in our mouths the legacy of our evolution. Our teeth are like living fossils that can be studied and compared to those of our ancestors to teach us how we became human. In Evolution's Bite, noted paleoanthropologist Peter Ungar brings together for the first time cutting-edge advances in understanding human evolution and climate change with new approaches to uncovering dietary clues from fossil teeth to present a remarkable investigation into the ways that teeth--their shape, chemistry, and wear--reveal how we came to be. Ungar describes how a tooth's "foodprints"--distinctive patterns of microscopic wear and tear--provide telltale details about what an animal actually ate in the past. These clues, combined with groundbreaking research in paleoclimatology, demonstrate how a changing climate altered the food options available to our ancestors, what Ungar calls the biospheric buffet. When diets change, species change, and Ungar traces how diet and an unpredictable climate determined who among our ancestors was winnowed out and who survived, as well as why we transitioned from the role of forager to farmer. By sifting through the evidence--and the scars on our teeth--Ungar makes the important case for what might or might not be the most natural diet for humans. Traveling the four corners of the globe and combining scientific breakthroughs with vivid narrative, Evolution's Bite presents a unique dental perspective on our astonishing human development.

Forensic Odontology: Principles and Practice details the aspects necessary to become an accomplished forensic odontologist, including an illustration of the skills necessary to become an expert witness. The book is ideal for both the experienced and novice forensic odontologist, covering many fields of expertise, including civil and criminal matters. The civil side involves standard of care and personal injury matters, while the criminal side involves not only dental identification, but management of mass fatality incidents, age assessment, child and elder abuse, and bitemark analysis.- Provides a comprehensive review of forensic odontology, including the skills necessary to become a competent expert witness- Covers the fields of forensic odontology, the basic skills, legal aspects, legal precedents, report writing and expert witness testimony- Includes numerous illustrations, including charts and graphs, along with B&W and color images

The unique tissues of human teeth, enamel, and dentin have been studied by scientists to understand their structure, physical and chemical properties, and the developmental machinery behind these extraordinary properties. During the developmental process, genetic, and environmental factors or the interplay between them may cause defects in dental hard tissues, impairing their biology and function. These defects have long been studied to provide better dental care and to find novel treatment options. Understanding the mechanical, chemical, and structural differences in developmental dental defects is also crucial for a routine dental practice, as many of these lesions do not have pathognomonic properties. This book focuses on the qualitative and quantitative properties of the sound enamel and dentin as well as the affected human tooth structures. It examines how genetics impact oral and dental health, the role of fluoride and trace elements in mineralization and the related clinical implications, and the impact of different approaches to diagnose and treat these developmental disorders.

This book contains the Nutrients Special Issue "Nutrition and Human Oral Health" edited by Dr. Kirstin Vach and Prof. Dr. Johan Woelber. It includes 18 wonderful publications that provide an outline of current scientific work in the field of nutritional dentistry.

New to the Practical Procedures in... series, Practical Procedures in the Management of Tooth Wear demonstrates a wide range of up to date clinical techniques in the practical management of tooth wear. Presented in an accessible and user-friendly format, the book summarises the key points of each procedure, complete with clinical photographs. Chapters outline the principles and procedures for each technique, offer clinical tips and advice, and include full references. Topics include patient assessment and diagnosis, treatment planning for localised and generalised tooth wear, the partially dentate patient, tooth wear monitoring, management, and maintenance. Created by an internationally-recognised team with both clinical and academic expertise, this valuable resource: Presents comprehensive, evidence-based coverage of the management of tooth wear Examines the epidemiology and etiology of tooth wear Covers practical aspects such as record taking, aesthetic evaluation, prevention, clinical occlusion and active monitoring Includes access to high quality instructional videos to further supplement the text. Practical Procedures in the Management of Tooth Wear is a unique source of information for general dental practitioners, senior undergraduate dental students, and postgraduates preparing for higher qualifications and training.

This book, now in an extensively revised third edition, is a superbly illustrated and authoritative reference on tooth wear and its management. Tooth wear is becoming an increasing problem as people are living longer and keeping their teeth for longer, with recent UK surveys showing that at least 75% of adults and more than 50% of children now have some form of identifiable tooth wear. This latest edition addresses this growing challenge by describing practical clinical techniques that will aid identification of the aetiological factors responsible for erosion, attrition and abrasion and by offering guidance in the planning and delivery of appropriate patient care. Readers will find helpful information on difficulties encountered in the diagnosis and prevention of tooth wear, problems associated with controlling the process and strategies for providing management solutions. Alongside thorough updates of the original chapters, this new expanded edition includes several entirely new chapters from highly regarded clinicians and researchers from the UK and Europe. This essential clinical guide will meet the needs of dental professionals and dental students alike.

Erosive tooth wear is a multifactorial condition of growing concern to the clinician and the subject of extensive research. Since the publication of the first edition of the book with the title Dental Erosion, new knowledge for a better understanding of this important subject has been gathered. The new and more detailed insights resulted in this second, extended publication. It presents a broad spectrum of views, from the molecular level to behavioural aspects, as well as trends in society. In particular, the issues concerning chemical and biological factors as well as dental erosion in children are covered more extensively in this second edition. The first chapters include topics such as the definition, diagnosis, interaction, epidemiology and histopathology of tooth wear. Further, the aetiology of dental erosion, including nutritional and patient-related factors, and dental erosion in children are discussed. This book is a valuable and indispensable guide to better oral health and is highly recommended to faculty members, researchers, dental students, practitioners and other dental professionals.

This book focuses on the clear and simplified clinical techniques for microscopic restoration dentistry. With the help of microscope and hole reference technique (HRT), dentists can design the dimensional relationship and carry it out in preparation precisely. Authors firstly introduce an overview and surgical microscope and auxiliary instruments. In the second part, there are 4 techniques shown in each chapter.

This book acquaints the clinician with the full range of parameters that need to be considered before undertaking an esthetic rehabilitation with veneers and describes current clinical concepts and techniques. The initial chapters provide the foundation for a comprehensive treatment plan. It is explained how digital smile design in conjunction with a wax-up and functional esthetic prototype allow a patient to visualize the possibilities. Occlusion prior to the initiation of treatment and following treatment is key to the longevity of restorations, and this aspect is given careful consideration. Detailed advice is also offered on proper selection of materials and their placement. The guidance provided will ensure that the reader is fully equipped to gather and assess all relevant information prior to commencement of the final treatment. The treatment itself can range from minimally invasive to more complex depending on the requirements of each individual case. Among the clinical concepts discussed in the book are the use of etched porcelain restorations, minimally invasive CAD/CAM veneers, and the ink glue technique.

Practical Procedures in Aesthetic Dentistry presents a comprehensive collection of videos demonstrating clinical techniques in aesthetic and restorative dentistry, and is accompanied by a handbook summarising the key points of each procedure. Interactive website hosting over nine hours of video Accompanying illustrated handbook summarising key points Expert teaching across a comprehensive range of aesthetic and restorative procedures International team of contributors with clinical and academic expertise

Veneers is not a book to impress, but a book to teach, wherein the author's deep knowledge of the foundations of dentistry is revealed. The need to carry out adequate diagnoses that consider functional aspects fundamental to achieving success in this compromised type of treatment is emphasized. The book answers a number of questions: Is veneering a challenge? What do you need to have a predictable key to success in your workshop? And – What did I have to learn and remember well, after an era of uncertainty, trials, and material choices, to treat this therapy as an ordinary but demanding clinical procedure? Through detailed clinical cases, this book shows when veneers are indicated, when to avoid them, what risks lie in wait, how to prepare the teeth, what type of materials to use, and how to proceed with cementation. It also shows where this type of treatment is going in the future, with the incorporation of the digital workflow. This book is a must for clinicians dedicated to esthetic restorative dentistry. Inhaltsverzeichnis Contents Chapter 01. Why Veneers? Chapter 02. Porcelain Veneers – Yes or No? Chapter 03. Planning Veneers Chapter 04. Dental Morphology Chapter 05. Photography Communication Chapter 06. Preparation – Impression – Provisional Veneers Chapter 07. Veneers Cementation Chapter 08. Atlas of Clinical Procedures Chapter 09. Minimally Invasive Veneers or No-Prep Veneers? Chapter 10. Composite Veneers Chapter 10+ Digital Veneers Summary Biographische Informationen Born in Chiavari, Walter Devoto graduated with honors in dentistry and dental protheses in 1991 from the University of Genoa. At the moment he is a lecturer at the International University of Catalonia, Barcelona, for a postgraduate course in esthetic dentistry and visiting professor at the Universitè de la Mediterranee, Marseille, where he teaches refinement of esthetic reconstructive dentistry. Dr Devoto is particulary interested in the field of conservative, esthetic restoration and is the author and coauthor of various publications in specialized international journals. As a speaker, he has participated in national and international courses and conferences on this subject as well as being a speaker, collaborator, and demonstrator in many major European universities. In addition, Dr Devoto is the author of one of the chapters of Le Guide Esthétique by A. Faucher and J. C. Paris (Quintessence Publishing France, 2003), Odontoiatria Restaurativa by Associazione Italiana Conservativa (AIC; Italy: Elsevier, 2009), Traumatología dentaria. Un enfoque multidisciplinar (Quintessence Publishing Spain, 2021), and Endoprotetyka by M. Zarow (Quintessence Publishing Poland, 2013). Since 1996 he has been a member of the Academy of Operative Dentistry. He has also been an active member of the Italian Academy of Conservative Dentistry since 1998 and an active member of the European Academy of Esthetic Dentistry since 2002. He is a founding member of the Italian Academy of Esthetic Dentistry and Styleitaliano. He runs his own private practice in the villages of Sestri Levante and Portofino in Genoa, Italy, and collaborates with prestigious dental offices specializing in esthetic dentistry throughout Europe. A dentist by choice and a graduate of the Medical University of Porto (Portugal), a few years later becoming a Master of Implantology at the University of Seville (Spain). There, she completed postgraduate studies in the field of esthetic dentistry. Margarida runs a private dental clinic specializing in surgical and prosthetic treatment. She improves her knowledge and gains new experiences as a participant of renowned courses and congresses in prestigious dental training centers. She has unique knowledge in the field of tooth morphology, so necessary to optimize the esthetics and function. Since 2019, she has actively participated in the activities of the Style Italiano group.

This book is a concise but comprehensive guide for understanding the basic principles of occlusion and esthetics that are necessary to perfect wax-ups on mounted casts. The author defines important occlusal terminology and describes tooth morphology with a focus on how these features affect function. The esthetic principles that affect smile design and are important for achieving harmony are also discussed. The second half of this book provides an overview of the waxing armamentarium and step-by-step waxing instructions for maxillary and mandibular posterior teeth in occlusion as well as esthetic wax-ups. With useful photographs and illustrations throughout, The Art of Occlusal and Esthetic Waxing has the practical information that will help readers perfect their wax-ups and understand the significance of morphologic features on proper function.

Removable Prosthodontics at a Glance provides a comprehensive and accessible guide to the practical elements of complete and partial denture provision. It serves as the perfect illustrated guide for learners, and a handy revision guide for subsequent undergraduate and postgraduate studies. Following the familiar, easy to use at a Glance format, each topic is presented as a double page spread with text accompanied by clear colour diagrams and clinical photographs to support conceptual understanding. Key concepts such as patient assessment, material handling, denture design, making impressions, and much more are explained and superbly illustrated enabling the reader to visualise the intended clinical endpoint. Removable Prosthodontics at a Glance is a valuable resource for students studying dentistry and clinical dental technology, and those preparing for further studies in Prosthodontics.

When dental students are first taught how to wax teeth, they need clear instructions with logical steps and plenty of illustrations. With the omission of any distracting information about dies, crowns, bridges, and occlusion, this concise book is squarely directed to first-year dental students and can be used as a primary laboratory manual. The author covers the basics of wax instrumentation and addition, but the bulk of the book details the steps for waxing incisors, canines, premolars, and molars. Each chapter includes an introductory waxing exercise for the tooth type, followed by the key points of morphology for the tooth in question. Photographs detail the waxing steps for both a maxillary and a mandibular full crown on a tooth peg and show how the wax-up should mimic the contralateral tooth in terms of dimension, embrasures, heights of contour, line angles, and point angles. The logical and straightforward protocols in this book will help dental students quickly improve their waxing skills and reach expected goals. Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Introduction to Waxing 2. Waxing Incisors 3. Waxing Canines 4. Waxing Premolars 5. Waxing Molars 6. Evaluation Criteria for Full-Crown Wax-Ups Biographische Informationen Rowida Abdalla, DDS, MS, is Assistant Professor in the Department of Restorative Dentistry at the University of Kentucky College of Dentistry in Lexington, where she is also the director of the dental anatomy, morphology, and occlusion course. Born and raised in Cairo, Dr Abdalla completed dental school, specialty training, and a master's degree in operative dentistry in Egypt. She taught restorative dentistry for several years in Cairo and worked as a researcher in the National Center for Radiation Research and Technology. Dr Abdalla's research focuses on the prevention of the damaging effects of radiotherapy on tooth structure, specifically for patients treated for head and neck cancer. In 2012, she moved to the United States for training at Eastman Institute for Oral Health in Rochester, New York, where she completed a fellowship in community dentistry and a residency in advanced education for general dentistry. Dr Abdalla was the 2014 recipient of the AMWPA merit award and was honored with an NAAMA grant for academic excellence. She has dedicated her career to teaching restorative dentistry and improving the skills of dental students.